operation and maintenance manual

260
Operation and Maintenance Manual For HUARA TP-49K TAP PURE REVERSE OSMOSIS UNIT UR01211-OM-00 Dec. 29, 2008 Severn Trent Water Purification, Inc. 2660 Columbia Street Torrance, CA 90503 310-618-9700 310-531-7008 Fax

Upload: daniela

Post on 26-Mar-2015

1.376 views

Category:

Documents


10 download

DESCRIPTION

Piping, sistemas de purificación de aguas por ósmosis...

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Operation and Maintenance Manual

For

HUARA

TP-49K TAP PURE REVERSE OSMOSIS UNIT

UR01211-OM-00

Dec. 29, 2008

Severn Trent Water Purification, Inc. 2660 Columbia Street Torrance, CA 90503 310-618-9700 310-531-7008 Fax

Page 2: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Registration Form-UAT.doc 10-23-08

Severn Trent Water Purification, Inc. 2660 Columbia Street Torrance, CA 90503 310-618-9700 310-531-7008 Fax www.severntrentservices.com

Thank you for your purchase of the new Severn Trent Services Product. It is important to us that you are completely satisfied with the purchase of this equipment. Severn Trent Water Purification, Inc. has made every effort to meet or exceed industry standards for machinery safety standards and to manufacture the machine, using the most modern in manufacturing technology, components and materials. To properly assist your Company with the product that you have purchased from us, we ask that you keep handy the following information, so that if you need to troubleshoot, ask any technical question, or need any technical assistance you will have the list of contacts for future reference.

Project Number: UR01211 Model: TP-49K Serial Number: 91623 Date of Manufacture: DEC 2008 Severn Trent Contact Information: 310-618-9700 Severn Trent Water Purification, Inc. 2660 Columbia St. Torrance, CA 90503 Phone: (310) 618-9700 Fax: (310) 531-7008 Email: [email protected]

Page 3: Operation and Maintenance Manual

HUARA P R O J E C T # U R 0 1 2 1 1

O & M

Table of Contents

SECTION 1 Introduction

SECTION 2 Functional & Process Description 2.1 5 Micron filtration 2.2 Reverse Osmosis System 2.3 Clean In Place (CIP) System

SECTION 3 System Design Parameters 3.1 Design Parameters 3.2 Equipment Specifications

SECTION 4 System Installation 4.1 Unpacking the Equipment 4.2 Plumbing Connections 4.3 Electrical Connections

SECTION 5 Start-Up and Operation 5.1 First time Start-up after installation 5.2 Regular Start-up

SECTION 6 Maintenance and Service 6.1 Preventative Maintenance

SECTION 7 Membrane Chemistry and Cleaning 7.1 What is R.O. Membrane Fouling 7.2 R.O. Membrane Cleaning

SECTION 8 Troubleshooting

SECTION 9 Warranty

SECTION 10 Drawings 10.1 P&ID 10.2 General Arrangement & BOM 10.3 Wiring Specification

SECTION 11 Data Sheets 11.1 Major Equipment High Pressure Pump Pressure Vessels Membranes CIP Pump 11.2 Instruments Flow Sensors Conductivity Sensors pH & ORP Sensors Pressure Switches

SECTION 12 LOG SHEETS

Page 4: Operation and Maintenance Manual

HUARA P R O J E C T # U R 0 1 2 1 1

O & M

Section

1 INTRODUCTION

UR01211-0M-00 Page 1 of 257

Page 5: Operation and Maintenance Manual

1 INTRODUCTION This User’s Manual outlines installation, operating, maintenance and troubleshooting

details vital to the performance of your system. The Water Treatment System described

herein consists of three (3) individual unit operations. The system design is based on a

well water analysis from the customers’ facility SDI<3 (see section 3). A Reverse

Osmosis system operating at 50% recovery concentrates nearly all impurities 2x. When

the feed water contains slightly soluble minerals such as calcium sulfate, silica, fluoride

or colloidal clay, an antiscalant should be considered. Precipitation of sparingly soluble

salts or colloids on the RO membrane surface can lead to reduced water production,

frequent membrane cleaning and premature failure of the membranes. Material must not

be allowed to precipitate in the permeators. The system is designed to provide an

uninterrupted supply of Reverse Osmosis treated water to the Product Water Storage tank

when operated according to the specifications described in this manual. All operations are

controlled through a PLC (customer supplied). The projected results which are included

with this User’s Manual (see section 3) indicate your systems permeate (product)

performance. If your system is altered at the site of operation or if the feed water

conditions change, please contact your local dealer or distributor to determine the proper

recovery for your application.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 2 of 257

Page 6: Operation and Maintenance Manual

HUARA P R O J E C T # U R 0 1 2 1 1

O & M

Section

2 FUNCTIONAL & PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.1 5 Micron filtration 2.2 Reverse Osmosis System 2.3 Clean In Place (CIP) System

UR01211-0M-00 Page 3 of 257

Page 7: Operation and Maintenance Manual

2.0 - FUNCTIONAL & PROCESS DESCRIPTION This section of the manual describes each of the Unit Operations of this system, explaining their functions, features and contribution to the overall process. 2.1 Five (5) Micron Filtration (CF-401) The 5 Micron Cartridge Filter is in the pretreatment section as a polishing filtration step for removal of fine particulate substances down to a nominal 5 microns. The system is provided with one (1) 316SS multi cartridge housing with (24) 10-inch 5 micron cartridges. Pressure gauges located upstream and downstream of the filter housings allow for monitoring of filter differential pressure. 2.2 Reverse Osmosis system The reverse osmosis process uses semi-permeable, spiral-wound membranes to separate and remove dissolved solids, organics, pyrogens, submicron colloidal matter and bacteria from water. Feed water is delivered under pressure to the permeators where water passes through the minute pores of the membrane and is delivered as purified product water. Impurities in the water are concentrated in the reject stream and flushed to drain. Reverse osmosis is capable of removing 90-98% of the total dissolved solids (TDS), 99% of the organics (including pyrogens), and 99% of all bacteria. Note that removal of pure water from the feed stream causes an increase in concentration of impurities and as the impurities concentrate they may reach saturation and precipitate. The RO unit is designed to supply a minimum of 34 GPM of finished water at < 30 PPM TDS when operated at 117 PSI, 25 deg C and 60% recovery. As the membranes age or the temperature changes these initial operating conditions will also change. The major components on this skid mounted system are: - High Pressure Pump with Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) - (2) 8-inch 300 PSI Four element Pressure Vessels - (8) 8-inch Brackish water elements - NEMA 12 control panel with terminal connections to user PLC - all switches, relays and electrical equipment to properly operate the system. - Main Power Panel (MPP) - ORP monitor (raw feed water) - Temperature monitor (raw feed water) - Conductivity monitor (product water) - High & Low pressure switches (high pressure pump) - Flow monitors (reject and product water) - pH monitor – (product water) - All piping, valves and plumbing required.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 4 of 257

Page 8: Operation and Maintenance Manual

2.3 Portable Clean in Place (CIP) Unit Periodic in-place cleaning of the RO unit to remove accumulated salts, suspended solids and bio-fouling from the membrane surfaces is required to extend membrane life and provide a consistent supply of water. This unit allows in-place cleaning of the RO membranes as an alternative to membrane removal and off-site cleaning. The primary components of the cleaning skid include: Solution mixing tank with low level switch, recirculation pump, cartridge filter, gauges, valves & plumbing. The cleaning skid is designed to be compatible with both high pH and low pH cleaning agents. A regular preventative cleaning program should be developed based upon operational experience.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 5 of 257

Page 9: Operation and Maintenance Manual

HUARA P R O J E C T # U R 0 1 2 1 1

O & M

Section

3

SYSTEM DESIGN PARAMETERS

3.1 Design Parameters 3.2 Equipment Specifications

UR01211-0M-00 Page 6 of 257

Page 10: Operation and Maintenance Manual

3.1 DESIGN PARAMETERS: This section of the manual describes the technical specifications pertaining to this System. The system was designed based on the following raw water analysis: (without chemical dosing)

DESIGN SPECIFICATION

Feed Water Salinity 1,574 PPM TDS

RO pre-membrane Feed Water Pressure 65 PSI

Pressure Require For membrane inlet 117 PSI

Feed Water Flow Rate 57 GPM

Product Water Flow Rate 34 GPM

Concentrate (reject) Flow rate 23 GPM

Recovery 60 %

Product TDS <30 PPM

Based on Temperature of 25 C

01. Any oil content in the inlet water to the system is harmful and as such water to our plant

inlet battery limit should be absolutely free from oil. Otherwise the warranty of the system performance would be void.

02. The feed quality is same as considered for design. In case of any change in quality

of raw water, it may have implications on operating parameters or on end result of the system.

03. The operation of water treatment plant is strictly followed as per “STWP"

operation manual and instructions. 04. Pure chemicals, original spares and consumables specified by supplier are to be

used in water treatment plant and sufficient inventory of essential spares shall be maintained.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 7 of 257

Page 11: Operation and Maintenance Manual

3.2 EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS This section describes the technical specifications of some of the major equipment, components and instrumentation.

Micron Filtration (5μ) Quantity 12

Replacement Filters U190715

Type 5 micron 10-inch

High Pressure Pump

Quantity 1

Flow rate 57 GPM

Operating pressure 183 PSI

Part # of Motor/Pump U125486

Fluid end 316 stainless steel

Motor 10 HP TEFC 380/50/3

PRESSURE VESSELS

Model 80A30-4

Quantity 3

Part # U105348

R.O. MEMBRANES

Model LE-400

Part # U124243

Quantity 18

Size of Membrane Elements 7.9 (200mm) Dia. X 40” long

Type of membrane Spiral wound membrane

Material of construction Polyamide-thin film composite

2

UR01211-0M-00 Page 8 of 257

Page 12: Operation and Maintenance Manual

CIP Pump

Quantity 1

Flow rate 40 GPM

Operating pressure 45 PSI

Part # of Motor/Pump U123551

Fluid end 316 stainless steel

Motor 3 HP TEFC 380/50/3

ORP/pH Sensor(s)

Tag Location Part #

AE442 RO Feed Water U111128

Conductivity Sensor(s)

Tag Location Part #

CE643 RO Permeate U123937

Flow Sensor(s)

Tag Location Part #

FE651 Reject U123939

FE652 Permeate U123939 Pressure Switches(s)

Tag Location Part #

PSL571 Cartridge Filter Outlet U110545

PSH572 Pre-membrane U107962

3

UR01211-0M-00 Page 9 of 257

Page 13: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 10 of 257

Page 14: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 11 of 257

Page 15: Operation and Maintenance Manual

HUARA P R O J E C T # U R 0 1 2 1 1

O & M

Section

4 SYSTEM INSTALLATION

4.1 Unpacking the Equipment 4.2 Plumbing Connections 4.3 Electrical Connections

UR01211-0M-00 Page 12 of 257

Page 16: Operation and Maintenance Manual

4.0 System Installation 4.1 Unpacking the Equipment All Equipment has been specially packaged for the maximum protection during transportation. Please carefully unpack the system. Once the system has been unpacked, please check carefully that nothing is broken or damaged during transportation. Please perform an immediate check of the following items:

- PVC pipe, Valves and fittings

- Control panels & instrumentation - Pumps & Motors NOTE: Any visible surface rust or corrosion could be a result of the deposition of saline mist from ocean freight transportation. If anything is found broken or missing, immediately advise and file a complaint with the transportation company. Please inform us also at the earliest. It is the responsibility of the client to advise and claim any damage or lost goods with the local delivery carrier or company within 24 hours after the receipt of the goods. No responsibility for the physical damage of goods can be taken once the system leaves our works. 4.2 PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS

One of the most important factors contributing to the operation and serviceability of a commercial unit is the care in which piping is installed. Following a few simple guidelines can solve many problems before they occur.

• Use the correct size pipe. Undersizing pipes or drains will interfere with the correct operation of the unit.

• Keep the installation clean. Metal shavings, flux, glue, cement, pipe joint compound, Teflon* tape, and other contaminating materials will interfere with the operation of the commercial unit.

• Allow adequate workspace for future servicing of the system and its components.

The illustrated service parts manuals provided with each control valve suggest various plumbing configurations. Use this as a guide for the installation.

1. Please review the drawings carefully before plumbing the piping and fittings together.

a) Never use smaller piping than required b) If in doubts about using the correct piping for plumbing, consult the factory

immediately and do not proceed without a confirmed answer.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 13 of 257

Page 17: Operation and Maintenance Manual

2. Make sure that the piping going from RO outlet to storage tank is absolutely unobstructed. No valves or other mechanical equipment should be connected in this line that might restrict or obstruct the flow of water. Any kind of restriction in this line, may result in a back pressure on the membrane, and may result in damaging the membranes permanently.

3. If any of the system components is damaged as a result of restrictions in piping, then

the warranty would be void. 4.3 Electrical Connection 1. Typically this requires connecting of the main power line into the main control panel. 2. Always provide a separate fused disconnect main power supply that is dedicated

only to the Reverse Osmosis equipment. 3. Make sure that this fused disconnect power supply has enough capacity to handle

both the operating and the start up amperage draw. 4. Double check that the correct voltage, cycles and phase is being fed to the main

control panel. If any components get damaged because of incorrect electrical hook up, it will void the warranty.

5. In case of doubts or questions, please contact the factory. 6. Before proceeding with the start up procedure, if you have not done it already,

please read the "Process Description" section of this manual, and familiarize yourself with the main components within the RO system. This will facilitate the start up procedures.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 14 of 257

Page 18: Operation and Maintenance Manual

HUARA P R O J E C T # U R 0 1 2 1 1

O & M

Section

5 START-UP AND OPERATION

5.1 First time Start-up after installation 5.2 Regular Start-up

UR01211-0M-00 Page 15 of 257

Page 19: Operation and Maintenance Manual

5.1 Start Up-Operation

Before starting up the system make sure that the raw feed pumps, or any other pre-treatment devices supplied by the manufacturer or separately by the buyer are properly connected to the system. All motors and pumps should be tested for proper rotation (3 phase only!). Before proceeding with the start-up procedures, make sure that there is a sufficient water supply to the RO system. To start up the operation of a plant, following procedures must be followed at all times. 5.1 First Time Start up After Installation: Check the rotation of High Pressure motors. See the rotation arrow imprinted on the top of the pump body, for correct direction. Prime the pump before startup. NOTE: R.O. is equipped with a low-pressure switch. In case the feed water pressure is insufficient the high pressure pump will not start, or if it is already ON, it will shut down automatically. Warning: If the motor is rotating incorrectly, switch any 2 of the three high voltage wires that you connected to the main electric power line (3 phase only). 1. All feed-water inlet valves, including valves outside RO skid, must be in the normal

operating position. All RO product valves must be open. If closed, then membranes might get damaged.

2. Normally you turn on the main disconnect switch located on front panel, to the "ON"

position. 3. When the system is started, the inlet feed water actuator valve will open. At this point

observe the pre-filter gauge. It should read minimum 40 PSI. 4. Make sure the pump is primed before it starts by loosening the prime nut on the

pump. We suggest you stop the RO after 10 seconds, then closing it when you see a continuous flow from the nut. Close the nut, then restart the RO.

5. Normally the system will start the flush cycle, and a brief delay happens before the

high pressure pump will turns on. 6. Check product, reject and recycle (optional) flow meters for compliance with the

design specifications.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 16 of 257

Page 20: Operation and Maintenance Manual

5.2 Regular Start-up

The following steps should be followed in any start-up: 1. All RO product and concentrate valves MUST be open. 2. The system is equipped with a low pressure switch. The RO will not start unless there

is sufficient water pressure is detected (about 30PSI). Check RO unit membrane computer projection array in the enclosed manual. For correct pressure readings, flow readings, and product water quality. WARNING: During the warranty period, should the findings of the manufacturing

engineers determine that the cause of a malfunctioning system was the lack of required maintenance or a change in water quality; the cost of a factory authorized engineer will be billed to the client at the quoted daily rate and expenses.

Equipment : Pumps Operation : Inspect all pipe connections to confirm the proper liquid flow

direction. The system should be completely filled with water before starting. Be sure that the motor is properly wired in accordance with the motor manufacturer’s requirements and in conformity with safe procedures.

CAUTION: THE PUMP WILL BE DAMAGED IF IT IS OPERATED WITHOUT WATER.

Starting -Immediately after starting the pump, verify the following:

- Pumps discharge pressure is normal. - Motor amperage is normal. - No pipe leaks and no unusual noise or vibration. If any of the above conditions are not normal then shut down the system and take corrective actions described in the “Trouble Shooting” Section.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 17 of 257

Page 21: Operation and Maintenance Manual

HUARA P R O J E C T # U R 0 1 2 1 1

O & M

Section

6 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE

6.1 Preventative Maintenance

UR01211-0M-00 Page 18 of 257

Page 22: Operation and Maintenance Manual

6.0 Maintenance and Service : This section consists of summary of system maintenance tasks which include scheduled maintenance and regular repairs. This section is to be read in conjunction with the detailed maintenance/trouble shooting/repair instructions in the respective manuals supplied by various manufacturers. All maintenance should be documented in a maintenance log, as to maintain a chronological history of all maintenance tasks performed, .while attempt has been made to make this section as exhaustive as possible, site specific problems are not included here. Need to evolve and establish detailed maintenance schedule specific to the site may exist and instruction for handling such situations may be added to this section, in consultation with the manufacturer, where necessary. 6.1 Preventative Maintenance : Regular preventive maintenance tasks are recommended on a periodic basis. The critical aspects are summarized below. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE REMARKS Complete RO System (Daily)

General inspection of the entire system to check for any leaks or malfunctioning. Clean any visible surface corrosion. Clean and paint any surface skid frame corrosion as required. Take water samples at different stages and locations in the Reverse Osmosis plant and especially before and after the RO skid. Check for TDS, Chlorine, Organics.

Fill out daily log

Write in the log of all relevant instrumentation readings such as total hrs, all pressure readings taken periodically, flow meter readings, pH and temperature as well as TDS readings.

Fax these filled out details to the manufacturer on weekly basis.

RO Skid Cleaning

Organic as well as Inorganic membrane cleaning.

Follow steps in the membrane cleaning section. We recommend keeping a stock of the cleaning chemicals.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 19 of 257

Page 23: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Cartridge Filters

Replace cartridge filter as required

We recommend keeping a stock of cartridge filters as they get consumed very fast. Under no circumstances should the unit be allowed to run without cartridge filters

UR01211-0M-00 Page 20 of 257

Page 24: Operation and Maintenance Manual

HUARA P R O J E C T # U R 0 1 2 1 1

O & M

Section

7 MEMBRANE CHEMISTRY AND CLEANING

7.1 What is R.O. Membrane Fouling 7.2 R.O. Membrane Cleaning

UR01211-0M-00 Page 21 of 257

Page 25: Operation and Maintenance Manual

7.0 RO MEMBRANE CHEMISTRY AND CLEANING 7.1 What is RO Membrane Fouling? The deposition of insoluble or sparingly soluble compounds is termed as fouling when this occurs in the RO system, an additional resistance to water flow is created which lowers the flow of water through the membrane itself; and /or increase the pressure drop across the elements. Either of these occurrences result in inefficiencies in the system which require more energy (due to increased applied pressure) to do the same work. To reverse this effect, it is necessary to remove the scale and/or foulant from the system. This is accomplished by cleaning the system. The effectiveness of cleaning will depend upon the technique and chemicals used as well as the severity of the conditions. Types of Fouling: In a spiral wound membrane RO system, fouling can occur in two places, in the brine channel and /or the membrane surface. All fouling situations will be one of these types of combination of the two. Each water source in general has its own fouling materials furthermore; each will tend to have its own fouling rate. Foulants falls into two broad categories, Inorganic and organic. A. Inorganic Foulants: They occur as a result of inadequate or poorly operated pre-treatment or by exceeding the solubility limits of a sparingly salt. i. Heavy Metal Hydrates:

Hydrated metal oxides are a group of chemical compound that include iron, manganese, aluminum and chromium. In water, these compounds form hydrates with the water and are characterized by a fluffy appearance when allowed to agglomerate. Hydrated iron oxide is frequently encountered as a membrane foulant and easily identified by its reddish brown appearance.

ii. Calcium Carbonate (CaCO3):

Calcium carbonate precipitation or scaling can be generally expected when Calcium and bicarbonate alkalinity are present in the water at pH above 7. As permeate is removed from the feed-stream with the consequent concentration of salts and as the bicarbonate- carbonate equilibrium shifts due to the transfer of carbon dioxide through the membrane, the following reaction occurs.

ca++ + 2 hco3 co2 + caco3 + h2o

Calcium carbonate precipitation on the membrane surface can cause a significant loss of water flux. It is easily removed by flushing with acidified water.

iii. Calcium and other insoluble Sulfates

UR01211-0M-00 Page 22 of 257

Page 26: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Calcium sulfate is probably the most common sparingly soluble salt that limits the recovery of R.O. Systems. Others are barium and strontium salts. Any or all of these three salts. As foulants can cause failure at the Reverse Osmosis system. Generally due to excessive pressure drops and ultimate physical damage to the elements. Once precipitated. These are difficult to remove as they go into solution very slowly.

B. Organic Foulants:

Organic foulants includes oil and grease, algae and trace organic compounds causing biological growth. Biological foulants are most commonly encountered and are also the most difficult to control.

i. Algae:

Algae if grows in the feed water supply system can seriously jeopardize a systems performance. Typically, the pre-treatment equipment would be overloaded due to this additional load of suspended solids leading to break through from channel causing increase in pressure drop. If allowed to proceed without corrective action can cause irreversible physical damage to the elements.

ii. Bacteria:

Bacteria have a unique ability to adapt to their environment, develop resistant strains and suddenly multiply and go out of control. If left unchecked the foulant layer can totally occupy the available space in the feed flow channel. Resulting into substantial loss of water flux and increase in pressure drop ultimately leading to physical damage. The effects of fouling are however apparent much earlier and hence data collection and interpretation are important factors in successful operation of R.O. Plants.

iii. Lubricants, Grease and Oil:

Normally grease and oils are not present in naturally occurring waters. These foul the membranes by forming an impervious layer on the surface. Small amounts of these foulants cause substantial reduction in the flux and permanent damage. Under no circumstances membranes must be exposed to any of the above.

In summary, RO Membranes need to be protected specially from the following: • Residual Chlorine, Bromine, Iodine. • Suspended particles. • Oil and grease • Hot water more than 40°C • Iron, Aluminum or heavy metal. • Dry condition. (storage)

UR01211-0M-00 Page 23 of 257

Page 27: Operation and Maintenance Manual

7.2 RO Membrane Cleaning Procedure for Organic Cleaning Cleaning PV-601 thru PV-602 1. Fill the Cleaning Tank with RO Permeate (make sure valve BV-815 & BV-817 are

closed) Note: The cleaning tank should only be filled with dechlorinated water or RO Permeate. 2. Open fully valves BF-814, BV-816, BV-811, GV-611 3. Close valves BV-812, BV-513 & BV-616 4. Start the cleaning pump & adjust flow to 40 GPM (this operation will flush the RO

membranes of untreated water) 5. Continue flushing the Membranes and filling the Cleaning Tank with RO Permeate

until the reject water to drain is “close” to the RO Permeate. 6. Stop the Cleaning Pump 7. Close valves BV-816 & GV-611 8. Open fully valves BV-812, BV-815 9. Start the Cleaning Pump (make sure cleaning tank is full) Pour the chemical cleaner 411 into the tank as the cleaning pump is recirculating the water. A ratio of 1 lb chemical to 5 gallons of water is used (include volume of water contained in piping and membrane vessels). Recirculate for 10 minutes or until the powder is completely dissolved. Check and record pH in Cleaning Tank.

Warning: The cleaning powder must be completely dissolved or else it will clog up the membrane pores and cause irreversible damage to the membranes. This kind of damage will not be covered under our warranty. 10. Slowly open valve BV-816 while closing BV-815 and adjust flow to 120 GPM.

(refer to membrane Cleaning Proceedures manual for more detailed information and precautions)

11. Let the cleaning cycle run for 1 hour. 12. Shut off the Cleaning Pump

UR01211-0M-00 Page 24 of 257

Page 28: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Drain the Cleaning Solution & Flush Membranes 1. Open drain valve BV-817 2. Allow cleaning tank to drain completely 3. Close valves BV-817 & BV-812 4. Open fully valve GV-611 5. Fill the Cleaning tank with RO permeate. 6. Start the Cleaning Pump & adjust flow to 40 GPM (this operation will flush the RO

membranes of untreated water) 7. Continue flushing the Membranes and filling the Cleaning Tank with RO Permeate

until the reject water to drain has a near neutral pH. 8. Stop the Cleaning Pump Procedure for Cleaning Chemical 403 Follow exactly the same procedures above using chemical cleaner 403. Securing the CIP System Change cartridge filters. Close valves BV-811 & BV-812 & BV-813 Open valves BV-513, BV-616, GV-611 Start-up RO as in Section 5.1

UR01211-0M-00 Page 25 of 257

Page 29: Operation and Maintenance Manual

HUARA P R O J E C T # U R 0 1 2 1 1

O & M

Section

8 TROUBLESHOOTING

UR01211-0M-00 Page 26 of 257

Page 30: Operation and Maintenance Manual

8.0 Trouble Shooting:

Reverse Osmosis

Sr. No.

Symptom Possible cause Action

1. High pressure pump. (a) Feed water supply inadequate

(b) Cartridge filter plugged

a) Correct inadequate condition.

b) Remove blockage or change

cartridges as required. 2. High motor current

operation a) Defective motor or low

voltage at motor terminals.

b) High pressure pump or system defective.

c) RO recovery too low or

flows too high.

a) i) Correct low voltage condition.

ii) Check motor for proper. b) i) Check all components for

any failures leading to over load. Repair / replace

if required. c) Adjust to specified

values 03. High pressure at pump

discharge.

a) Pressure control valve malfunction.

a) Check & rectify.

04. High permeate TDS

a) Unable flows or pressure in RO section.

b) O’ ring leakage (inter-

connector)

a) Check & adjust to specified levels.

b) i) Test sample from each

pressure tube ii) When problem tube is

located, probe the tube to identify the problem

iii) Replace the `O’ ring at the location identify.

c) Membrane fouling d) Change in raw water T.D.S.

c) i) Clean and flush Membrane element.

ii) Replace membrane element, if it cannot be cleaned in feed.

d) Consult manufacturer.

05. Low brine flow a) Flows & pressure imbalanced.

Check recovery & valve flows & adjust to specified levels.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 27 of 257

Page 31: Operation and Maintenance Manual

06. High permeate flow a) Change in feed pressure b) Feed water temp. c) Inter connector `O’

ring leakage. d) Membrane element

break-down

a) Check recovery & valve adjust to specified levels

b) Reduce feed pressure & adjust recovery

c) Refer to 4(b) above d) i) Check individual

membrane element performance.

iii) Replace faulty elements.

07. Low permeate flow a) Change in feed pressure

b) Feed-water temp. Low c) Membrane fouling

a) Check recovery & adjust to specified level.

b) Increase feed pressure &

readjust recovery. c) Refer to 4(c) above.

PUMP:

I. Problem : Suction Pressure Low

Danger : Operating the pump with low suction pressure can damage the pump and result in low efficiency and low discharge pressure.

Action : - Verify that pre-treatment filters are not plugged or excessively

dirty.

II. Problem : Discharge Pressure Low

Danger : If the flow is too high this will cause the discharge pressure to be low. This condition can overload the motor and may cause other damage to the pump and other components in the system.

Action : - Verify that the motor RPM is as expected. - Verify that the flow rate is at the expected level. - Verify that the motor rotation is in the proper direction.

III. Problem : Water Mist appears around the Pump sheave

UR01211-0M-00 Page 28 of 257

Page 32: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Comment : If mist appears around the hub then a part of the bearing flow is

escaping along the shaft and into the pump hub. The rotating hub throws the water out as a fine mist. This must is not steam. The pump can continue to operate. However, the mist is a nuisance and should be corrected at the first opportunity. A large increase in the bearing leakage rate compared with the rate when the pump was new indicates that the pump needs to be overhauled.

Here are the general system operation guidelines. This should provide you as a quick check DO AND DO NOT list to keep the system under control. TO DO:

To follow the guide lines provided in the Operation Manual for proper starting and shut down of the plant.

The plant to be operated by the trained and experienced personnel in Reverse

Osmosis.

To check the SDI of the feed water every day before the HP Pump.

To change the CF cartridges if the pressure difference exceeds more than 1.0 kg./cm² OR 15-20 PSI OR once in three months whichever earlier.

Before starting HPP, keep the system full of water and free of air.

To check for any abnormality of HPP.

To monitor the system pressure at different level of the process as per the

recommendation provided in the Operation Manual.

To correctly balance the RO Product and reject flow rate as per the plant design and specifications.

To ensure system interlocks are in line as a protection to the plant equipments.

To closely observe the pressure difference across the RO Module, quality of product

water produced.

To calibrate at regular intervals as per our recommendation all the instruments for accuracy and reliability of data for ensuring overall integrity and efficiency of the plant.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 29 of 257

Page 33: Operation and Maintenance Manual

To keep proper record keeping such as daily operational log sheets, review the plant status, recording of daily events, activities carried out and to maintain the equipment history record to carry out necessary service in time.

Always maintain minimum inventory of original spares and regular consumables to

reduce down time of the plant equipments.

DO NOT :

Not to operate the plant when the SDI of the feed water is more than the limiting factor specified.

Not to operate the plant when the pressure difference across 5 micron filter is more

than 20 percent.

Not to operate the plant when the feed water conductivity is more than the limiting factor specified.

Not to run the High Pressure Pump with insufficient suction pressure.

Not exceed the product recovery rate more than the specified

Not to open and dismantle the HPP during the Warranty Period without prior

information to the manufacturer.

Not to open the RO module incase of any deviations of the plant parameters without prior information to the manufacturer during the Warranty period.

Not to operate the plant without checking the presence of any oxidizing agents such

as ozone, chlorine before the RO feed.

Not to use duplicate spare parts / regular consumables which may impair the long life of system and equipment.

Note: The list provided above is provided as a quick guideline. It should not be considered as 'complete' and exhaustive' information on system operation.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 30 of 257

Page 34: Operation and Maintenance Manual

HUARA P R O J E C T # U R 0 1 2 1 1

O & M

Section

9 WARRANTY

UR01211-0M-00 Page 31 of 257

Page 35: Operation and Maintenance Manual

9.0 WARRANTY

ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS

FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE LIMITED TO THE TERMS AND PERIODS

OF WARRANTY SET FORTH BELOW, AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY

LAW ANY AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUDED.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS EXTENDED IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, AGREEMENTS OR OBLIGATIONS, EXPRESSED OR IMPIED, COVERING SEVERN TRENT WATER PURIFICATION – UNIVERSAL AQUA (STWP/UAT) COMPONENTS. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA SHALL GOVERN THIS WARRANTY.

THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT COVER DAMAGES, INCIDENTAL AND/OR CONSEQUENTIAL DUE TO THE FAILURE OF STWP/UAT’S EQUIPMENT.

1. FACTORY SERVICE / REPLACEMENT-EXCHANGE. STWP/UAT WILL

REPAIR, OR REPLACE, AT ITS OPTION, COMPONENTS FOUND TO BE DEFECTIVE DUE TO FAULTY MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP, WHEN SUCH COMPONENTS, EXAMINED BY AN AUTHORIZED SERVICE DEALER OR A FACTORY AUTHORIZED TECHNICIAN, ARE FOUND TO HAVE A DEFECT FOR WHICH THE COMPANY IS RESPONSIBLE. STWP/UAT WARRANTS ALL PARTS REPLACED DURING FACTORY SERVICE PERFORMED AT ITS PLANT OF MANUFACTURE FOR A PERIOD OF TWELVE (12) MONTHS FROM DATE OF DELIVERY OR (18) MONTHS FROM DATE OF SHIPMENT (WHICHEVER OCCURS FIRST), AGAINST DEFECTS IN MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP WHEN USED IN COMPLIANCE WITH STWP/UAT'S OPERATING MANUALS OR INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STWP/UAT ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND GUARANTEES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE, WITHIN THAT PERIOD, AT ITS OPTION, ANY PRODUCT WHICH PROVES, UPON EXAMINATION TO THE SATISFACTION OF STWP/UAT, AT STWP/UAT'S PLANT OF MANUFACTURE, TRANSPORTATION CHARGES PREPAID BY BUYER, TO BE DEFECTIVE, OR, AT ITS OPTION, THE NET SALES PRICE OF SAID PRODUCT WILL BE REFUNDED, PROVIDED THE DEFECT OCCURRED IN MANUFACTURE AND NOT FROM ANY OTHER CAUSE WHATSOEVER. NO LABOR IS INCLUDED. LABOR COSTS ARE NOT COVERED UNDER THIS WARRANTY. THE STWP/UAT WARRANTY WILL ONLY COVER THE ORIGINAL PARTS ACTUALLY

UR01211-0M-00 Page 32 of 257

Page 36: Operation and Maintenance Manual

MANUFACTURED BY STWP/UAT. STWP/UAT WILL PASS ONTO THE BUYER THE ACTUAL WARRANTY OF THE THIRD PARTY WHO ACTUALLY SUPPLIED OR BUILT THE COMPONENT/EQUIPMENT IN QUESTION.

2. RECOMMENDATIONS AND ADVICE AS TO PROPERTIES AND USAGES

OF MATERIALS, DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND USE OF PRODUCTS, ENGINEERING AND OTHER MATTERS ARE PROVIDED AS AN ACCOMMODATION AND ARE INTENDED ONLY AS SUGGESTIONS. STWP/UAT ASSUMES NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY FOR ANY RESULTS OBTAINED IN THEIR USE OR APPLICATION, AND THEY ARE NOT TO BE CONSTRUED AS ESTABLISHING ANY WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.

3. IF THE COMPONENT HAS TO BE EXAMINED AT THE FACTORY, THEN

THE CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE TO SHIP THE COMPONENT IN QUESTION BACK TO THE FACTORY, FREIGHT PREPAID. IF THE CUSTOMER, PRIOR TO EXAMINATION OF THE COMPONENT, REQUESTS A REPLACEMENT OF THE COMPONENT IN QUESTION, THEN THE CUSTOMER WILL BE CHARGED FOR THE REPLACEMENT COMPONENT. ONCE THE COMPONENT IN QUESTION IS RECEIVED AND EXAMINED, THE CUSTOMER WILL BE INFORMED IF THE ITEM FALL UNDER THE WARRANTY CRITERIA. IF THE COMPONENT IS TO BE REPLACED UNDER WARRANTY, AND THE CUSTOMER HAS ALREADY PAID FOR A REPLACEMENT, THEN A CREDIT WILL BE ISSUED BACK TO THE CUSTOMER. IF THE COMPONENT DOES NOT FALL UNDER THE STWP/UAT WARRANTY CRITERIA, THEN THE CUSTOMER WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COST OF THE REPLACEMENT.

4. WARRANTY ON MEMBRANES:

STWP/UAT WARRANTS THAT MINIMUM PERMEATE FLOW, WHEN OPERATED UNDER STANDARD CONDITIONS SHALL BE AT LEAST 15% PLUS OR MINUS THE SPECIFIED INITIAL AVERAGE FLOW SHOWN IN THE STWP/UAT OFFER. THE MEMBRANES WILL HAVE A 12-MONTH PRO-RATED WARRANTY. STWP/UAT WILL ON CONFIRMATION OF LOSS OF PERFORMANCE DURING THIS WARRANTY PERIOD, CREDIT 1/12 OF THE REPLACEMENT PRICE OF THE ELEMENT FOR EACH UNUSED MONTH OF THE WARRANTY PERIOD TOWARD THE PURCHASE OF A REPLACEMENT MEMBRANE ELEMENT AT THE CURRENT PREVAILING RETAIL PRICE.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 33 of 257

Page 37: Operation and Maintenance Manual

THE WARRANTY DESCRIBED ABOVE FOR THE MEMBRANE SYSTEMS SHALL BE NULL AND VOID IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE NOT MET:

I. THE FEEDWATER TEMPERATURE SHALL NOT EXCEED 40 DEGREES C.

II. CHANGES IN FEED WATER QUALITY BASED ON THE ORIGINAL FEED WATER QUALITY THE SYSTEM WAS SOLD AND DESIGNED FOR.

III. DURING SHUTDOWNS, THE EQUIPMENT HAS TO BE PRESERVED AGAINST MICROBIOLOGICAL CONTAMINATION.

IV. THE MEMBRANES HAVE TO BE CLEANED PERIODICALLY FOLLOWING THE EXACT INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN THE OPERATION MANUAL.

V. FEEDWATER TO THE EQUIPMENT SHALL CONTAIN NO CHLORINE, OZONE, PERMANGANATE OR OTHER STRONG OXIDIZING AGENTS.

VI. MEMBRANES ARE ALLOWED TO FREEZE. VII. THE SYSTEM DAILY LOG SHEETS MUST BE FILLED OUT AND

SAVED BY THE BUYER. ONCE A WEEK A SUMMARY COPY MUST BE FAXED TO STWP/UAT TORRANCE CA USA (310)618-1204 ATTN: STWP-UAT SERVICE MANAGER.

5. THIS WARRANTY SHALL NOT APPLY TO:

A) FAILURES DUE TO NORMAL WEAR, ACCIDENT, MISUSE, NEGLIGENCE, OR

IMPROPER INSTALLATION OR LACK OF REASONABLE AND NECESSARY MAINTENANCE. B) PRODUCTS, WHICH ARE MODIFIED, REPAIRED OR ALTERED IN A

MANNER NOT AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY STWP/UAT. C) INADEQUATE INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. D) SERVICE PERFORMED BY AN UNAUTHORIZED SERVICE DEALER

WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION FROM STWP/UAT. E) ANY LABOR AND TRAVEL EXPENSES. F) TELEPHONE, TELEFAX, OR OTHER COMMUNICATION EXPENSES.

6. STWP/UAT WILL NOT PAY FOR ANY CUSTOM DUTIES FOR REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS.

7. FREIGHT CHARGES FOR COMPONENTS RETURNED TO STWP/UAT MUST BE SHIPPED BACK TO STWP/UAT FREIGHT PREPAID. PARTS RETURNED WITH COLLECT FREIGHT CHARGES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED AND WILL BE RETURNED TO SHIPPER.

8. A RETURN GOODS AUTHORIZATION NUMBER “RGA” HAS TO BE ISSUED TO THE BUYER BY STWP/UAT FOR THE DEFECTIVE PART (S) TO BE RETURNED.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 34 of 257

Page 38: Operation and Maintenance Manual

9. DEFECTIVE PARTS ARE TO BE RETURNED FREIGHT PREPAID BY BUYER TO STWP/UAT WITHIN THIRTY (30) DAYS OF RECEIPT OF REPLACEMENT PART BY BUYER, IF SO REQUESTED BY STWP/UAT.

10. NO PERSON, DEALER OR COMPANY IS AUTHORIZED TO EXTEND ANY OTHER WARRANTIES OR TO ASSUME OTHER LIABILITIES ON BEHALF OF STWP/UAT.

11. THE FOLLOWING IS A SAMPLE LIST OF NORMAL RE-OCCURRING SRVICE/MAINTENANCE PARTS WHICH ARE NOT COVERED BY THIS LIMITED WARRANTY, OTHER ITEMS MAY BE INCLUDED THAT ARE NOT LISTED HERE:

a) ALL CARTRIDGE FILTER ELEMENTS b) PUMP SEALS c) PUMP PACKING d) PUMP VALVE ASSEMBLIES e) BELT DRIVES f) GAUGE INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION g) CHEMICAL INJECTION POINTS h) AUXILIARY TUBING i) FUSES AND RELAYS j) ALL INSTRUMENT TRANSMITTERS AND PROBES k) INDICATION LAMPS l) ALL O-RINGS AND SEALS m) MEMBRANE CLEANING CHEMICALS n) FEEDWATER PRETREATMENT CHEMICALS o) ALL BEARINGS p) MOTORS q) PNEUMATIC COMPONENTS, VALVES, AND PISTONS

(MOVING PARTS)

A. THE FOREGOING STATES THE ENTIRE WARRANTY AND REPRESENTS THE BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY HEREUNDER. NO OTHER WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. STWP IS NOT LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR CLAIMS FOR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER (WHETHER DIRECT, IMMEDIATE, FORESEEABLE, CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL) SUFFERED BY BUYER OR ANYONE ELSE ARISING OUT OF ANY BREACH BY STWP.

CAUTION: USE OF NON – SEVERN TRENT WATER PURIFICATION – UAT PARTS AND PARTS NOT SUPPLIED DIRECTLY BY STWP/UAT, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO MAINTENANCE PARTS, CHEMICALS, LUBRICANTS, SPARE PARTS, REPLACEMENT PARTS, SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND OR SYSTEM ACCESSORIES, SHALL IMMEDIATELY NULL AND VOID ALL WARRANTIES

UR01211-0M-00 Page 35 of 257

Page 39: Operation and Maintenance Manual

HUARA P R O J E C T # U R 0 1 2 1 1

O & M

Section

10 DRAWINGS

10.1 P&ID 10.2 General Arrangement & BOM 10.3 Wiring Specification

UR01211-0M-00 Page 36 of 257

Page 40: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 37 of 257

Page 41: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 38 of 257

Page 42: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 39 of 257

Page 43: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 40 of 257

Page 44: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 41 of 257

Page 45: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 42 of 257

Page 46: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 43 of 257

Page 47: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 44 of 257

Page 48: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 45 of 257

Page 49: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 46 of 257

Page 50: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 47 of 257

Page 51: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 48 of 257

Page 52: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 49 of 257

Page 53: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 50 of 257

Page 54: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 51 of 257

Page 55: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 52 of 257

Page 56: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 53 of 257

Page 57: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 54 of 257

Page 58: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 55 of 257

Page 59: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 56 of 257

Page 60: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 57 of 257

Page 61: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 58 of 257

Page 62: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 59 of 257

Page 63: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 60 of 257

Page 64: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 61 of 257

Page 65: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 62 of 257

Page 66: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 63 of 257

Page 67: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 64 of 257

Page 68: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 65 of 257

Page 69: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 66 of 257

Page 70: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 67 of 257

Page 71: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 68 of 257

Page 72: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 69 of 257

Page 73: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 70 of 257

Page 74: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 71 of 257

Page 75: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 72 of 257

Page 76: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 73 of 257

Page 77: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 74 of 257

Page 78: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 75 of 257

Page 79: Operation and Maintenance Manual

HUARA P R O J E C T # U R 0 1 2 1 1

O & M

Section

11 DATA SHEETS

11.1 Major Equipment

High Pressure Pump Pressure Vessels Membranes CIP Pump 11.2 Instruments Flow Sensors Conductivity Sensors pH & ORP Sensors Pressure Switches

UR01211-0M-00 Page 76 of 257

Page 80: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 77 of 257

Page 81: Operation and Maintenance Manual

1

2

43

6

87

9 10

5

11

1

2

34

5

6

78

9

10

11

Q H

P N

GPM FEET

HP PSI °F max

RPM

Type range:CR, CRI, CRN

Rated flow rate in [m³/h] (x 5=GPM)

Number of impellers

Code for pump version

Code for pipe connection

Code for materials

Code for rubber parts

Code for shaft seal

Type range:CR, CRN

Rated flow rate in [m³/h] (x 5=GPM)

Number of impellers

Number of reduced diameter impellers

Code for pump version

Code for pipe connection

Code for materials

Code for rubber pump parts

Code for shaft seal

Type range:CR, CRN

Rated flow rate in [m³/h] (x 5=GPM)

Number of stages x 10

Number of impellers (used onlyif the pump has fewer impellersthan stages)

Code for pump version

Code for pipe connection

Code for materials

Code for shaft seal andrubber parts

UR01211-0M-00 Page 78 of 257

Page 82: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 79 of 257

Page 83: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 80 of 257

Page 84: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 81 of 257

Page 85: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Figure 1: Bolt Hole Centers

8 11/16" (220mm) Max

7 1/16" (180mm)

(4) 1/2"HOLES(13mm)

3 1

5/1

6" (1

00m

m)

5 1

5/1

6" (1

50m

m) M

ax

CR(I)(N) 1s, 1, 3, 5 & CRT 2, 4

10 1/16" (256mm) Max.

8 1/2" (215mm)

(4) 1/2"HOLES(13mm)

51/8

"(1

30m

m)

77/8

"(2

00m

m)

Max

CR(I)(N) 10, 15, 20 & CR(N)(X)(T) 8, 16

11 3/4" (298mm)

9 7/16" (240mm)

(4) 9/16"HOLES(14mm)

61

1/1

6"(1

70m

m)

87/8

"(2

26m

m)

CR(N) 32

13" (331mm)

10 1/2" (266mm)

(4) 9/16"HOLES(14mm)

71/2

"(1

90m

m)

97/8

"(2

51m

m)

CR(N) 45, 64

13 3/4" (348mm)

11" (280mm)

(4) 9/16"HOLES(14mm)

77/8

"(1

99m

m)

10

5/1

6"(2

61m

m)

CR(N) 90

Figure 2 Figure 3

UR01211-0M-00 Page 82 of 257

Page 86: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Btulb.°F

kJkg°C

• • • •• • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • • •

UR01211-0M-00 Page 83 of 257

Page 87: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 84 of 257

Page 88: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Priming Vent PlugCR(I)(N) 1s, 1, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20CR(X)(N)(T) 2, 4, 8, 16

Suction

Drain Plug

Discharge

Figure 5aFigure 5b

UR01211-0M-00 Page 85 of 257

Page 89: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 86 of 257

Page 90: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 87 of 257

Page 91: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Keyway KeywayGap between coupling

CORRECT

TopView

CORRECT

NOT CORRECT

UR01211-0M-00 Page 88 of 257

Page 92: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 89 of 257

Page 93: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Note: Do not start the pump until it has been filled with liquid and vented.

Pay attention to the direction of the vent hole and take care to ensure that the escaping liquid does not cause injury to personsor damage to the motor or other components.In hot-liquid installations, special attention should be paid to the risk of injury caused by scalding hot liquid.It is recommended to connect a drain pipe to the ½" air vent in order to lead the hot water/steam to a safe place.

Step Action

1

TM

02 4

151

5001

Note: The air-cooled top should only be started up with cold liquid.

Close the isolation valve on the discharge side and open the isolat-ion valve on the suction side of the pump.

2

TM

02

41

52

15

03

Remove the priming plug from the pump head (1) and slowly fillthe pump with liquid.When the pump is completely filled with liquid, replace the priming plug and tighten securely.

3

TM

02

41

53

15

03

Remove the priming plug from the air-cooled chamber (2) andslowly fill the chamber with liquid.When the chamber is completely filled with liquid, replace the prim-ing plug and tighten securely.

4

TM

o2

59

07

40

02

Open the isolation valve on the discharge side of the pump..Valve may have to be partially closed when pump is startedif no back pressure is present (i.e. boiler not up to pressure).

5

TM

01

14

06

37

02

/ T

M0

1 1

40

5 4

497 Start the pump and check the direction of rotation.

See the correct direction of rotation of the pump on the motor fan cover.If the direction of rotation is wrong, interchange any two of the in-coming supply wires.After 3 to 5 minutes, the air vent has been filled with liquid.Note: During start-up of a cold pump with hot liquid, it is normalthat a few drops of liquid are leaking from the sleeve.

ClosedOpen

OpenOpen

UR01211-0M-00 Page 90 of 257

Page 94: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 91 of 257

Page 95: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 92 of 257

Page 96: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Hookup 1

UR01211-0M-00 Page 93 of 257

Page 97: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 94 of 257

Page 98: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 95 of 257

Page 99: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 96 of 257

Page 100: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 97 of 257

Page 101: Operation and Maintenance Manual

GRUNDFOSCOMMERCIAL INDUSTRIAL SERVICE MANUAL

TORQUES

CONTENTSDismantling Procedures .............................................. Page 2

When Should A Part Be Replaced ? .............................................. Page 8

Reassembly Procedures .............................................. Page 9Setting The Coupling Height ....................................................... Page 15Order of Stage Assembly: CR, CRI, CRN 10 ............................... Page 16Order of Stage Assembly: CR, CRI, CRN Low NPSH 10 .......... Page 17Order of Stage Assembly: CRNE 10 SF ....................................... Page 18Order of Stage Assembly: CR, CRI, CRN 15/20 ........................ Page 19Order of Stage Assembly: CR, CRN Low NPSH 15/20 ........... Page 20Order of Stage Assembly: CRN15/20 SF .................................. Page 21

CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20Dismantling &

Reassembly

PositionNumber

7a Coupling Guard Screw ............. 1.5 ft.-lbs./2 Nm

9 Coupling Hex Screw5 mm M6 Screw ................... 10 ft.-lbs./13 Nm6 mm M8 Screw ................... 23 ft.-lbs./31 Nm8 mm M10 Screw ................. 46 ft.-lbs./62 Nm

26b Strap Bolt13 mm M8 x 25 mm ........... 11 ft.-lbs./15 Nm

28 Motor Bolt9/16" UNC 3/8" Bolt ............ 10 ft.-lbs./13 Nm3/4" UNC 1/2" Bolt .............. 23 ft.-lbs./31 Nm

36 Staybolt NutCR, CRI ..................................... 59 ft.-lbs./80 NmCRN ....................................... 74 ft.-lbs./100 Nm

67 Shaft Lock Nut ....................... 16.3 ft.-lbs./22 Nm

105 (a,b) Shaft Seal41 mm Nut ............................ 26 ft.-lbs./35 Nm

113 2.5 mm Set Screw ................. 2 ft.-lbs./2.5 Nm

UR01211-0M-00 Page 98 of 257

Page 102: Operation and Maintenance Manual

22222

Remove the 5, 6 or 8 mm Hex HeadCoupling Bolts (Pos. 9) from theCoupling Halves (Pos. 10a).

Dismantling Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20

22222

To free, remove remaining CouplingHalf. Strike Coupling Half with a rubbermallet on upper edge. Remove shaftpin (Pos. 10).

NOTE: If you have multiple pumps,do not interchange coupling components...they are a matched set.

44444

Remove Coupling Halves. Insert aslotted Screwdriver in Coupling gapand twist to free Coupling Half.

33333

Remove the 9/16" Head UNC 3/8" or3/4" Head UNC 1/2" Motor Bolts (Pos.28) and lift the motor off the MotorStool (Pos. 2).

55555

These instructions cover the complete

dismantling and repair of the pump

after the pump has been isolated from

the system. Before removing the

pump from the system, make sure all

valves are closed. Relieve any built up

pressure by opening the vent plug

screw. The power source should be

turned off and locked out before

starting any work. Removal of field

wiring to the motor wires may be

required. Color coding or numbering

the wires will aid in reinstallation.

Using a slotted Screwdriver or TORX®tip T20, remove Coupling Guard Screws(Pos. 7a). Then, remove the CouplingGuards (Pos. 7).

11111

Remove the four 24 mmStaybolt Nuts (Pos. 36) andWashers (Pos. 66a).

Remove the cartridge Shaft Seal (Pos. 105) by:

····· Loosening the three 2.5 mm Shaft Seal Securing AllenScrews (Pos. 113) approximately 1/2 to 1 turn.

····· Using 00SV2107 or a 41 mm deep socket, fully unscrewthe Shaft Seal from the Motor Stool (Pos. 2) or PumpHead (Pos. 77) on I and N models.

····· Sliding the Shaft Seal up and off the Shaft (Pos. 51).

For Shaft Seal replacement only, go to Reassembly,step 24. For full dismantling, continue to step 7.

66666

77777 Remove the Motor Stool (Pos. 2) andPump Head (Pos. 77) on I and N models.(Light upward blows with a rubbermallet may be required.)• If the pump is a standard unit, skip to

Dismantling, step 23.• For Cool -Top® type/equipped pumps, see

Dismantling, steps 9 to 13.• Pumps built with a Back-to-Back Seal, see

Dismantling, steps 14 to 17.• Pumps built with Tandem/Quench Seal, see

Dismantling, steps 18 to 22.

88888

UR01211-0M-00 Page 99 of 257

Page 103: Operation and Maintenance Manual

33333

Dismantling Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20 – Cool-Top®

Remove the Disk Plate (Pos. 79a) from the Pump Head Cover (Pos. 77a) by pushing outward with your thumb. If stuck, use a Nylon Punchand a Mallet to drive out.

Remove the Cool-Top® assembly/Pump Head Cover (Pos. 77a). Lightblows with a rubber mallet may berequired to loosen assembly.

99999

Before removing the Disk Plate (Pos.79a) from the Pump Head (Pos. 77),inspect the Bushing (Pos. 79b). If worn,use a Flat Blade Punch and a mallet todrive out Bushing.

1010101010

Cool-Top®

1111111111

Remove the O-ring (Pos. 37c & 109a)from the Disk Plate (Pos. 79a).

1212121212

Remove Sleeve O-ring (Pos. 37) from the pump Head Cover (Pos. 77a). Then remove thePTFE Stack Compression Springs (Pos. 60a) from the Pump Head Cover.

To continue, proceed to step 23.

1313131313

UR01211-0M-00 Page 100 of 257

Page 104: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Loosen and remove the plug to allow access to Shaft Seal securing screw. Insert a 2.5 mmallen wrench to loosen (approximately 1/2 to 1 turn) the three Set Screws (Pos. 113) ofthe Inboard Seal (Pos. 105b).

Back-to-Back Seal

Remove the Sleeve O-Ring (Pos. 37) and the PTFE Stack Compression Springs(Pos. 60) from the Pump Head Cover (Pos. 77a).

To continue, proceed to step 23.

Flip the Pump Head Cover over to remove Shaft Seal (Pos. 105a). Using 00SV2107 or41 mm Deep Socket, loosen and unscrew the Shaft Seal.

1414141414

Remove the Pump Head Cover(Pos. 77a). Light blows with a rubbermallet may be required to loosenassembly.

1515151515 1616161616

1717171717

44444

Dismantling Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20

(View from acutaway pump)

UR01211-0M-00 Page 101 of 257

Page 105: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Use specialty tool, 00SV2107, a 41 mm Deep Socket, or an Open Ring Spanner toloosen.

Finish removal of Shaft Seal (Pos. 105b)from Pump Head Cover (Pos. 77a). Flipthe Pump Head Cover over and go tostep 22.

1919191919

2121212121

1818181818

Loosen (approximately 1/2 to 1 turn)the three 2.5 mm Set Screws (Pos.113) of the Inboard Seal(Pos. 105b).

Tandem Seal

55555

Dismantling Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20

Remove the Pump Head Cover(Pos. 77a). Light blows with a rubbermallet may be required to loosenassembly.

2020202020

Remove the Sleeve O-Ring (Pos. 37)and the PTFE Stack CompressionSprings (Pos. 60) from the Pump HeadCover (Pos. 77a).

2222222222

To continue,proceed to step 23.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 102 of 257

Page 106: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Move the shaft into a hole of the shaftholder through which it can pass freely.Screw the Punch for Dismantling Shaft(material #00SV0234) onto thethreaded section of shaft. Using ahammer, drive punch down past thehub of the first impeller. Noting chartinstructions in step 30, remove eachimpeller (Pos. 49a) and Chamber withbearing (Pos. 4a) and Chamber (Pos. 4).

Repeat these steps until you get downto the last impeller. At that time, gentlyknock the punch down through the hubarea, make sure to catch the shaft as itfalls free. Go to step 31.

Place the Holder for Shaft, 00SV0040, in a vise. With the shaft pin inserted into the shaft,place the impeller stack into the shaft holder. Tighten vise. Using a 13 mm wrench,remove the Chamber Stack Strap Bolt (Pos. 26b), Washer (Pos. 26c), and Strap (Pos. 26a).

Lift the Impeller (Pos. 49a) off the shaft.If it comes off freely, proceed to step29. If it is stuck and cannot be removedby hand, proceed to step 28.

2424242424

2727272727

2828282828

Remove the

suction inlet

connector

(Pos. 44).

NOTE: This

may come

apart in two

pieces

(Pos. 44a &

44b).

2525252525

Remove the Chamber with bearing(Pos. 4a) or Chamber (Pos. 4). If it isstuck to the rest of the stack, pry itloose by inserting a screwdriverbetween the chambers.

2929292929

Using a 13 mm wrench, remove theShaft Lock Nut (Pos. 67), Lock Washer(Pos. 66) and Splined Spacer (Pos. 64c).

2626262626

Grab the shaft and lift impeller stackout of the pump. If it is stuck, a lightblow with a rubber mallet may beneeded to jolt the stack free.

2323232323

66666

Dismantling Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20

UR01211-0M-00 Page 103 of 257

Page 107: Operation and Maintenance Manual

The dismantling procedures fromthis point will depend on the typeof pump and number of stages itcontains. Beginning on page 16,refer to the charts in theReassembly Procedures todetermine what you can expectwith the pump you are working on.

Remove all the Bearing Rings(Pos. 47a) and Spacers (Pos. 64 a, c,d) you encounter while repeatingsteps 27-29. Continue until youremove the last impeller.

Remove the shaft and examine fordamage. At that point, continue...

3030303030

To remove Seal Ring (Pos. 45), insert aslotted screwdriver in relief slot of SealRing Retainer (Pos. 65) and twist or usePuller 00SV0239.

3131313131

Remove the four Stack CompressionSprings (Pos. 60) from the Motor Stool(Pos. 2) or Pump Head (Pos. 22).

3333333333

Remove, Sleeve O-rings (Pos. 37) in theMotor Stool (Pos. 2) or Pump Head(Pos. 77) and the Pump Housing(Pos. 6).

3434343434

If the unit leaked around the Sleeve(Pos. 55), removal of the Sleeve may berequired. Grip Staybolts (Pos. 26)diagonally. Using your thumbs, pressagainst the Sleeve to release it fromthe Pump Housing (Pos. 6). Lift offsleeve. (Rocking or light upward blowswith a rubber mallet may be required.)

3232323232

77777

Dismantling Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20

Wear Rings (Pos. 49c) can be removedon CR/CRI/CRN 15 and 20 models.Impellers (Pos. 49a) use Puller 00SV239and Support 00SV0043 to work WearRing off of impeller.

3535353535

THE PUMP ISNOW COMPLETELY DISASSEMBLED.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 104 of 257

Page 108: Operation and Maintenance Manual

When Should A Part Be Replaced ?Part Position(s) Minimum Operating Condition

Motor Stool 2 Excessive pitting of these castings could cause leaks.Rusted castings should have all seating areas cleaned toensure proper seating of O-rings.

Suction/Discharge 6Chamber

Chambers 4a, 4 Same as for impellers. The maximum inside diameter forthe bearing in position 4a is 17.52 mm. If a groove can beseen or felt, the chamber should be replaced.

Neck Ring 45 Should be free of visible wear on the inside edgesInside diameter for CR10 = 44.01 to 45.04Inside diameter for CR15 & 20 = 59.84 to 60.02

Bearing ring 47a Minimum outside diameter is 17.349 mm. If a groove canbe seen or felt, the bearing should be replaced.

Impellers 49 Should be free from physical markings except for the guidevane welds. The eyelet or contact surface for the Neck Ringshould not show any signs of wear. If worn, replaceimpeller on CR, CRI, CRN10 or Wear Ring only on CR, CRI,CRN 15 and 20.

(1) Cavitation - the implosion of vapor "bubbles" within theimpeller stack. Make sure the Net Positive Suction HeadAvailable for the pump meets the minimum Net PositiveSuction Head Required for the pump when running at therequired flow.

(2) Improper coupling height. If the coupling is not set tothe proper height (see steps 29 to 31 of the Reassemblyprocedures) the impellers are not suspended as theyshould be, causing them to rub against the chambers,causing wear.

Shaft 51 Smooth area at the top of shaft should be free of fittinggrooves. Spline should not be worn.

Sleeve 55 Should not be pitted or cracked.

Stack Compression 60 & 60a Should not be reused...replace.Spring

Spacers & Clamp 64, 64a, 64c, 66, 66b, 69 Should show no signs of gouging or wear at bottom or top.

Lock Nut 67 Should not be reused....replace.

Lock Washers 66 Should not be reused....replace.

O-rings 37a, 38, 68, 100, 102, 109a&b Should be soft and pliable with no visible scars. Since theyare easily damaged and fairly inexpensive, it isrecommended they be replaced whenever the pump isdisassembled.

Shaft Seal 105 & 105b Seals cannot be disassembled; should be replaced whenrepairing /rebuilding the pump.

Bushing in Disk 79b If bushing is scored, replace Bushing. If the inner borePlate 79a of Disk is damaged, replace Disk.

Refer to the Parts List and Kits section for a list of material numbers and spare pare kits.

88888

Dismantling Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20

UR01211-0M-00 Page 105 of 257

Page 109: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Reassembly Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20

Place Sleeve O-ring (Pos. 37) into recessed area of the Motor Stool (Pos. 2) for CR models, or into the Pump Head (Pos. 77) for CRI, CRNmodels. Install Sleeve O-ring (Pos. 37b) into Pump Head Cover (Pos. 77a) for CRI, CRN, Cool-Top®, Back-to-Back Seal, Tandem Sealmodels. Install O-ring into Suction/Discharge Pump Housing (Pos. 6). Note specialty O-ring (Pos. 37b) will always be installed in thelower "Hot" section of the pump of Cool-Top® models. Also install Stack Compression Springs (Pos. 60) for CR, CRI, CRN into Motor Stoolor Pump Head Cover. NOTE: Cool-Top® models require two sets of four Stack Compression Springs. The PTFE will always be placed inthe lower "Hot" section of pump to press against the stack assembly (Pos. 80).

11111

Replace any Seal Ring (Pos. 45) in the Chambers (Pos. 4, 4a, and 5a). Inner edge mustface downward (see diagram). Snap Seal Ring Retainer (Pos. 65) into place. Theretainer should not spin on the chamber, and the seal ring should move freely fromside to side.

The reassembly procedures from thispoint will depend on the type of pump

and the number of stages it contains. Referto diagrams on pages 16-21 to determinethe proper sequence of impellers (Pos. 49or 49a), Chambers (Pos. 4, 4a), Spacers (Pos.64 a, c, d) and Bearing Ring (Pos. 47a)needed for the pump you are working with.

Reassemble these stages in the ordershown, beginning with the highest numberstage and continue to the first stage.Then, continue....

22222

55555

Place the Clamp Spacer (Pos. 64c) ontothe shaft.

77777

Before reusing the original Shaft (Pos.51), use a light grit emery cloth tosmooth away old set screw marks, asthese can cut the O-rings in the sealassembly.

33333

99999

Press new Wear Ring (Pos. 49c) ontoImpeller (Pos. 49a). CR, CRI, CRN, usenew Impellers if eyelet of Impeller isworn.

With Shaft Pin

(Pos. 10) inserted into

the Shaft (Pos. 51),

place shaft into Shaft

Holder (material

#00SV0040).

66666

44444 CR, CRI, CRN 15 & 20 ONLY

UR01211-0M-00 Page 106 of 257

Page 110: Operation and Maintenance Manual

1010101010

Reassembly Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20

Place Suction Inlet Connector (Pos. 44a & b) onto Stack. Insert Straps (Pos. 26a) into slot in Top Chamber (Pos. 3). Place Washers (Pos.26c) and Strap Bolt (Pos. 26b) on/into the Straps using a 13 mm Socket, 00SV0091, and Torque Wrench, 00SV0292, with Ratchet,00SV0295, to Torque Bolt to 11 ft.-lbs./15 Nm.

1010101010

Lubricate the threaded end of the shaftwith an FDA-approved lubricant.Thread the Lock Nut (Pos. 67) onto theshaft and torque to 16.3 ft.-lbs./22 Nm.Use 13 mm Socket, 00SV0091,Ratchet, 00SV0295, Torque Wrench,00SV0269.

99999

The Lock Washers (Pos. 66) come as a set. If they become separated, it is important thewashers are repositioned correctly as noted in the diagram. The tabs should interlockwhile the serrated edges both point outward. Place the washers onto the shaft.

88888

Lower new Stack Kit (Pos. 80) into thePump Housing. Make sure it seatsfully into the machined recess.(Chamber Straps must be located aspictured, 90° from suction/dischargeports).Standard CR, CRI, CRN models skip to step 22Cool-Top® models skip to step 13Back-to-Back Seal models skip to step 17Tandem Seal models skip to step 19.

1212121212

Spray soapy water on the Sleeve O-rings (Pos. 37). Then lower and pressSleeve (Pos. 55) firmly into place.

1111111111

UR01211-0M-00 Page 107 of 257

Page 111: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Place O-rings (Pos. 109a & 37c) ontothe Disk Plate (Pos. 79a). Do not rollthe O-rings; they should be stretchedover and released into place to preventcutting the material during installationinto the housing. Spray soapy solutiononto O-rings and housing.

Cool-Top®

Reassembly Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20

1111111111

1414141414

If Bushing (pos. 79b) was removed fromDisk Plate (Pos. 79a), use a Punch toinstall Bushing and Retaining Washer(Pos. 3) into Disc Plate.

1313131313

Press the plate firmly in place. Beforeproceeding to step 16, flip the PumpHead over; make sure the PTFE Stack"Compression Springs" (Pos. 60a) andthe Sleeve O-ring (Pos. 37b) have beeninstalled from step 1. If they have notbeen installed, follow the instructionsin step 1 (page 9), then proceed tostep 16.

1515151515

1616161616

Position the plugs to the desiredlocation; lower the completed Cool-Top® Pump Head Assembly (Pos. 77a)over the Shaft and seat on the Sleeve(Pos. 55). If it does not freely seat ontothe Sleeve, STOP. Remove the PumpHead and turn over. Remove sleeve O-ring and stretch. Replace and reinstallthe Pump Head onto Shaft and Sleeve.Skip to step 22.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 108 of 257

Page 112: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Back-to-Back Seal

1212121212

Reassembly Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20

Use care while sliding/loweringcompleted Back-to-Back Pump HeadCover into place. Firmly seat oversleeve. If it does not freely seat ontosleeve...STOP! Remove the Pump HeadCover, turn over, remove sleeve O-ringand stretch. Reinstall/replace O-ringinto Pump Head Cover, then reinstallonto Shaft and sleeve. Do not tightenthe three 2.5 mm set screws at thistime. This will be done in step 30.Proceed to step 22.

1818181818

Insert Inboard Seal (Pos. 105b) into the bottom side of the prepped Pump Head Cover(Pos. 77a). Using the specialty tool, 00SV2107, or a 41 mm Deep Socket, tighten/torqueseal the 26 ft.-lbs./35Nm.

NOTE: If Pump Head Cover has not yet been prepped with PTFE Stack CompressionSprings (Pos. 60) and Sleeve O'Ring (Pos. 37) as previously instructed in step 1, page 9,do so now.

1717171717

UR01211-0M-00 Page 109 of 257

Page 113: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Position the plugs to the desiredlocation. Lower the completed PumpHead Assembly (Pos. 77a) over the shaftand seat on the Sleeve (Pos. 55). If itdoes not freely seat onto thesleeve...STOP.

Remove the pump head and turn over.Remove sleeve O-ring and stretch.Replace and reinstall the pump headonto shaft and sleeve.

1919191919

Slide the Inboard Seal (Pos. 105b) down the shaft and thread into the pump head. Usespecialty tool, 00SV2107, a 41 mm Deep Socket, or an Open Ring Spanner to torque theInboard Seal to 26 ft.-lbs./35 Nm.

2020202020

Tandem Seal

Reassembly Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20

1313131313

Push down on the coller area of theSeal, then lift Shaft to create a clearanceof 123 mm from the top of the Shaft(Pos. 51) to the top of the Shaft Seal.Tighten the three 2.5 mm set screws to2 ft.-lbs./2.5 Nm. Proceed to step 22.

2121212121

An alternative to step 21 is when the special tool 00SV2078 and two 27.5 mm Spacers(96491537) are used with two Staybolt Nuts and Washers.

Place tool over Staybolts and seat against Pump Head Assembly (Pos. 77a). Slide27 mm Spacers down Staybolts.

Place Washers and Nuts onto Staybolts and tighten diagonally to:

CR, CRI: 59 ft.-lbs. or 80 NmCRN: 74 ft.-lbs. or 100 Nm

Push Shaft down, then tighten the three 2.5 mm Set Screws to 2 ft.-lbs./2.5 Nm. RemoveStaybolt Nuts/Washers, 27 mm Spacers, and tool 00SV2078. Proceed to step 22.

Alternative to Step 21OR

UR01211-0M-00 Page 110 of 257

Page 114: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Spray soapy water on the Sleeve O-rings (Pos. 37) in the Motor Stool orCRI, CRN Pump Head. Then lower andfully press in place.

2222222222

Spray soapy water onto the SealO-ring Seating Surface of the PumpHead and the Shaft (Pos. 51). (If reusingoriginal Shaft, be sure to use Emerytool provided with Seal Kit to removeany burrs on the Shaft. Then, spraywith soapy water.)

Place the Washers (Pos. 66a) over theStaybolts (Pos. 26). Then, lubricatewith a light oil. Place the 24 mmStaybolt Nuts (Pos. 36) onto Stayboltsand tighten diagonally to:

CR, CRI: 59 ft.-lbs. or 80 NmCRN: 74 ft.-lbs. or 100 Nm

2323232323 2424242424

Lower motor onto Motor Stool and/or Spacer (Pos. 1), then install and tighten MotorBolts (Pos. 28) diagonally to the proper torque.

17 ft.-lbs. or 23 Nm for UNC 3/8" bolts (9/16" Head), and30 ft.-lbs. or 40 Nm for UNC 1/2” bolts (3/4" Head)

2626262626

Pushing down on Shaft Seal collar (do not push down on Hex Nut), lower the new Shaft Seal (Pos. 105) over the Shaft. Use specialty tool,00SV2107, a 41 mm Deep Socket, or an Open Ring Spanner to tighten to 26 ft.-lbs. or 35 Nm. Push the Shaft all the way down (for TandemSeal models you must continue to apply downward force), then tighten the three 2.5 mm Shaft Seal Securing Allen Screws torque to2 ft.-lbs. or 2.5 Nm.

2525252525

Place the Shaft Pin (Pos. 10) into theShaft (Pos. 51).

2727272727

1414141414

Reassembly Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20

UR01211-0M-00 Page 111 of 257

Page 115: Operation and Maintenance Manual

1515151515

Reassembly Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20

Install Coupling Halves (Pos. 10a).Spray a light machinery oil onto theCoupling Bolts (Pos. 9). Install looselyinto the Couplings.

2828282828

Gap between coupling

TopView

CORRECT

Keyway Keywaypling

CORRECT

View

NOT CORRECT

Using a screwdriver, lift the Shaft upward.Insert Shaft Seal Spacer tool between ShaftSeal Collar and Hex Nut. Remove thescrewdriver and tighten and torque theCoupling Bolts.

Ensure the gap between the two CouplingHalves are even (see Diagram -->).

5 mm - M6 to 10 ft.-lbs. or 13 Nm6 mm - M8 to 23 ft.-lbs. or 31 Nm8 mm - M10 to 46 ft.-lbs. or 62 Nm

Using a screwdriver, lift the Shaft upward. Insert two of the Spacer tools between ShaftSeal Collar and Hex Nut. Insert a 2.5 mm allen wrench through one of the lower ventport holes and torque the lower inboard seal securing screws to 2.0 ft.-lbs./2.5 Nm.Remove allen wrench and replace plugs (Pos. 23a) into the Pump Head Cover (Pos. 77a).Remove only one Spacer. Then, tighten and torque the Coupling bolts to values instep 29.

2929292929 Standard Units and Cool Top®

THE PUMP IS NOWCOMPLETELY ASSEMBLED.Open the isolation valves in the system

to fully vent and fill the pump.Restore power supply.

Remove Spacer Tool, then spin theshaft by hand; proceed only if theshaft spins freely.

If the shaft does not spin freely:Stop and start over, inspecting thecomponents for any cause of binding.

Place Shaft Seal Spacer tool(s) on toCoupling Guard(s).

3232323232

Install the Coupling Guards (Pos. 7)and the Screws (Pos. 7a). Using aTorque Screwdriver, with a slotted ora TORX® tip T20, torque to 1.5 ft.-lbs.or 2 Nm.

3333333333

Spring tension from the seals may havealready lifted the Shaft upward. If not,lift the Shaft upward. At this timeinsert the Shaft Seal Spacer tool.Remove the screwdriver. Ensure theShaft has moved downward and shaftSeal Collar is resting on the tool.Tighten and torque the Coupling boltsto values in step 29.

Tandem Seal31313131313030303030 Back-to-Back Seal

UR01211-0M-00 Page 112 of 257

Page 116: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Reassembly Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20

NOTES:1. If an impeller is to be permanently removed (pump

destaged), the thickness of the impeller back plate/hub areamust be compensated for. Use a longer spacer orcombination of spacers that equal the thickness of backplate/hub area material.

2. Since proper reassembly of the impeller stages must bedone "upside down," this chart has been arranged that wayfor your convenience. Impeller eyelet (opening) facesupward away from vise.

Legend

Part Combination A Part Combination B Part Combination C

Order of Stage Assembly – Models C– Models C– Models C– Models C– Models CR, CR, CR, CR, CR, CRRRRRI, CI, CI, CI, CI, CRRRRRN 10N 10N 10N 10N 10

Part Combination E

Beg

in re

asse

mb

ly o

n t

his

en

dB

otto

m c

ham

ber

Stages1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 17 18 20 22

Number of impellers

BCC

AX

BD

BE

DD

D

AX

BAX

C CBAX

C

BAX

CCC

BAX

CCCC

BAX

CCCCCDD

DD

D

D

BAX

CCCCCC

BAX

CCCBCCC

BAX

CCCCBCCC

BAX

CCCCCCBCCC

CCD

BAX

CCCCCCCCBC

BAX

CCCCBCCCCC

BAX

CCCCCBCCCCCCB

BAX

CCCCCBCCCCCCB

C C CD C C

C C CE D C

BAX

CCCCCCCBCCCCCCB

BAX

CCCCCCCCBCCCCCCC

C CD C

CD

B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

X

A

64Spacing Pipe

4Chamber - CPL

49Impeller

C

69aSpacing Pipe

E

69Spacing Pipe

DB

61Stop Spacer

Part Combination D

61Stop Spacer

End Combination X

66Star Washer

64cClamp

67Lock Nut

3aTop ChamberwithoutGuide Vanes

26cStrap Washer

26bStrap Bolt

44bLowerInlet Part

44aUpper Inlet partwith Retainer& Seal Ring

3Top Chamberwith GuideVanes

49Impeller

64aSpacing Pipe

64dSpacing Pipe

49Impeller

47aBearing Ring

4aChamber withBearing

26aStrap

1616161616UR01211-0M-00 Page 113 of 257

Page 117: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Legend

Part Combination A Part Combination B- Part Combination B

Order of Stage Assembly – Models C– Models C– Models C– Models C– Models CR, CR, CR, CR, CR, CRRRRRN 10 (LN 10 (LN 10 (LN 10 (LN 10 (Looooow Nw Nw Nw Nw NPPPPPSH)SH)SH)SH)SH)

Part Combination D

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 17 18 20 22

Nameplate number of impellers

CBC

AX

B-BD

B-BE C

CDD

DD

DD

C

C

D

D

D

D

D

C

AX

B-AX

B BB-AX

C

B-AX

BCC

B-AX

BCCC

B-AX

BCBCCCC

CC

C

C

E

C

C

C

C

C

B-AX

BCCBCC

B-AX

BCCCCBC

B-AX

BCCCCCCB

B-AX

BCCCCCCCCB

CBC

B-AX

BCCCCBCCCC

B-AX

BCCCCBCCCC

B-AX

BCCCCCBCCCCCC

B-AX

BCCCCCCCBCCCC

C B CC C C

C BC

D

CC

C

E

A

64aSpacing Pipe

64dSpacing Pipe

49Impeller

3UpperChamberwithGuideVane

D

64Spacing Pipe

CB-

Part Combination C

Part Combination E

66Lock Washer

64cClamp

67Nut 49

Impeller

3aUpperChamberwithout GuideVane

69aSpacing Bush

4Chamber

49Impeller

4bChamber

49iImpellerLow NPSH

64eSpacing Pipe

61Stop Spacer

Reassembly Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20

1717171717

Stages

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

Beg

in re

asse

mb

ly o

n t

his

en

dB

otto

m c

ham

ber

NOTES:1. If an impeller is to be permanently removed (pump destaged), the thickness of the

impeller back plate/hub area must be compensated for. Use a longer spacer orcombination of spacers that equal the thickness of back plate/hub area material.

2. Since proper reassembly of the impeller stages must be done "upside down," this charthas been arranged that way for your convenience. Impeller eyelet (opening) facesupward away from vise.

3. Because the low NPSH chamber and impeller are twice the thickness of a standardchamber, it has the performance of two impellers. Physically, there is one less chamberin a stack than the number of stages listed on the pump label (example: CR10-22 onlyhas 21 chambers and impellers).

64bSpacing Pipe

4aChamber withBearing

47aBearing Ring

B

69Spacing Pipe

6Stop Spacer

61Stop Spacer

26cWasher26cWasher

X

End Combination X

26bScrew

26cWasher

26aStrap

44cInlet PartUpper

44bInlet Part Lower

44dSpacerRing

UR01211-0M-00 Page 114 of 257

Page 118: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Reassembly Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20

1818181818

Legend

Part Combination A Part Combination B- Part Combination B

Order of Stage Assembly – Models C– Models C– Models C– Models C– Models CRRRRRN 10 SF (Flipped Stack)N 10 SF (Flipped Stack)N 10 SF (Flipped Stack)N 10 SF (Flipped Stack)N 10 SF (Flipped Stack)

Part Combination D

A CB-

Part Combination C

Beg

in re

asse

mb

ly o

n t

his

en

dB

otto

m c

ham

ber

NOTES:1. If an impeller is to be permanently removed

(pump destaged), the thickness of the impellerback plate/hub area must be compensated for.Use a longer spacer or combination of spacersthat equal the thickness of back plate/hub areamaterial.

2. Since proper reassembly of the impeller stagesmust be done "upside down," this chart hasbeen arranged that way for your convenience.Impeller eyelet (opening) faces downwardtoward vise.

B

61Stop Spacer

44aInlet PartUpper

49Impeller

69Spacing Pipe

44bInlet Part

D

B-A

CCCCCCBCCCCCB

B-A

CCCCCCCCBCCCC

C CC CC CD

C

CC

B

Stages

1

2

3

45

6

7

8

910

11

121314

15

16

17

18

19

2021

22

4Chamber

49Impeller

64Spacing Pipe

D46DischargePart

46bO-Ring

46aO-Ring

26aStrap

26cWasher

26bScrew

66Lock Washer

67Nut

64cClamp

47aBearing Ring

64aSpacing Pipe

4cLowerChamber withBearing

64aSpacing Pipe

64dSpacing Pipe

49Impeller

4aChamberwith Bearing

47aBearing Ring

17 21Number of impellers

UR01211-0M-00 Page 115 of 257

Page 119: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Legend

Part Combination A

Order of Stage Assembly – Models C– Models C– Models C– Models C– Models CR, CR, CR, CR, CR, CRRRRRI, CI, CI, CI, CI, CRRRRRN 15 & 20N 15 & 20N 15 & 20N 15 & 20N 15 & 20

Reassembly Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20

1919191919

NOTES:1. If an impeller is to be permanently removed

(pump destaged), the thickness of the impellerback plate/hub area must be compensated for.Use a longer spacer or combination of spacers thatequal the thickness of back plate/hub areamaterial.

2. Since proper reassembly of the impeller stagesmust be done "upside down," this chart has beenarranged that way for your convenience. Impellereyelet (opening) faces upward away from vise.

Part Combination A-

A-

66Lock Washer

64cClamp

67Nut

64dSpacing Pipe

A

66Star Washer

64cClamp

67Lock Nut

Part Combination B

B

64aSpacing Pipe

64dSpacing Pipe

49Impeller

47aBearing Ring

4aChamber withBearing

Part Combination C

64Spacing Pipe

4Chamber - CPL

49Impeller

C

Part Combination B-

B-

64fSpacing Pipe

64dSpacing Pipe

49Impeller

47aBearing Ring

4aChamber withBearing

Part Combination EPart Combination D

69aSpacing Pipe

E

69Spacing Pipe

D

61Stop Spacer

61Stop Spacer

3Top Chamberwith GuideVanes

49Impeller

X

End Combination X

26cStrap Washer

26bStrap Bolt

44bLowerInlet Part

44aUpper Inlet partwith Retainer& Seal Ring

26aStrap

D

B-A-X

E DBA-X

BAX

CD

BA-X

CCD

BAX

CCCD

BA-X

CCCCD

BAX

CCBCCD

BA-X

CCCBCCD

BAX

CCCCBCCD

BAX

CCCCCBCCD

BA-X

CCCBCCCBCC

BAX

CCCCBCCCCBCCD

BAX

CCCCCCBCCCCCBCCD

1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 12 14 177

Number of impellers

Stages

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17Beg

in re

asse

mb

ly o

n t

his

en

dB

otto

m c

ham

ber

UR01211-0M-00 Page 116 of 257

Page 120: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Reassembly Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20

2020202020

Legend

Part Combination A Part Combination A- Part Combination A+

Order of Stage Assembly – Models C– Models C– Models C– Models C– Models CR, CR, CR, CR, CR, CRRRRRI, CI, CI, CI, CI, CRRRRRN 15 & 20 (loN 15 & 20 (loN 15 & 20 (loN 15 & 20 (loN 15 & 20 (low Nw Nw Nw Nw NPPPPPSH)SH)SH)SH)SH)

Part Combination B

A A-

Part Combination B-

NOTES:1. If an impeller is to be permanently removed (pump destaged), the

thickness of the impeller back plate/hub area must be compensatedfor. Use a longer spacer or combination of spacers that equal thethickness of back plate/hub area material.

*Substitute E for D when destaging.

2. Since proper reassembly of the impeller stages must be done"upside down," this chart has been arranged that way for yourconvenience. Impeller eyelet (opening) faces upward away fromvise.

3. HM = Hard Metal - Tungsten Carbide

4. SiC = Sintered Silicon Carbide

A+

66Lock Washer

67Nut

64cClamp

64eSpacing Pipe

47aBearing Ring, HM

64eSpacing Pipe

64bSpacing Pipe

66Lock Washer

67Nut

64eSpacing Pipe

64cClamp

Part Combination EPart Combination D

69aSpacing Pipe

E (*see note 1)

69Spacing Pipe

D

61Stop Spacer

61Stop Spacer

3Top Chamberwith GuideVanes

49Impeller

X

End Combination X

26cStrap Washer

26bStrap Bolt

44bLowerInlet Part

44aUpper Inlet partwith Retainer& Seal Ring

26aStrap

D

B-A-X

E DB-A-X

B-A+X

CD

B-A-X

CCD

B-A+X

CCCD

B-A-X

CCCCD

B-A+X

CCBCCD

B-AX

CCCBCCD

B-AX

CCCCBCCD

B-A-X

CCCCCBCCD

B-A-X

CCCBCCCBCC

B-A-X

CCCCBCCCCBCCD

B-AX

CCCCCCBCCCCCBCCD

1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 12 14 177

Number of impellers

Stages

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17Beg

in re

asse

mb

ly o

n t

his

en

dB

otto

m c

ham

ber

3aTop Chamberwithout Guide Vanes

64aSpacing Pipe

64bSpacing Pipe

49iImpellerLow NPSH

4aChamber withBearing

47aBearing Ring,SiC

B-

64aSpacing Pipe

64dSpacing Pipe

49Impeller

4aChamber withBearing

47aBearing Ring,SiC

B

47aBearing Ring, HM64eSpacing Pipe

66Lock Washer

67Nut

64cClamp

64eSpacing Pipe

64bSpacing Pipe

47aBearing Ring, HM

64eSpacing Pipe

UR01211-0M-00 Page 117 of 257

Page 121: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Legend

Order of Stage Assembly – Models C– Models C– Models C– Models C– Models CRRRRRN 15 & 20 SF (Flipped Stack)N 15 & 20 SF (Flipped Stack)N 15 & 20 SF (Flipped Stack)N 15 & 20 SF (Flipped Stack)N 15 & 20 SF (Flipped Stack)

2121212121

NOTES:1. If an impeller is to be permanently removed (pump destaged), the thickness of the impeller back plate/hub area must be compensated for.

Use a longer spacer or combination of spacers that equal the thickness of back plate/hub area material.

2. Since proper reassembly of the impeller stages must be done "upside down," this chart has been arranged that way for your convenience.Impeller eyelet (opening) faces downward toward vise.

Reassembly Procedures CR, CRI, CRN 10•15•20

CB-A

CCCCBCCCD

CB-A

CCCCCCBCCD

CB-A

CCCCCBCCCCCBCCD

9 11 17

Number of impellers

Stages

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

Beg

in re

asse

mb

ly o

n t

his

en

dB

otto

m c

ham

ber

Part Combination A Part Combination B- Part Combination B Part Combination D

A CB-

Part Combination C

B

61Stop Spacer

44aInlet PartUpper

49Impeller

69Spacing Pipe

44bInlet Part

4Chamber

49Impeller

64Spacing Pipe

D46DischargePart

46bO-Ring

46aO-Ring

26aStrap

26cWasher

26bScrew

66Lock Washer

67Nut

64cClamp

47aBearing Ring

64aSpacing Pipe

4cLowerChamber withBearing

64aSpacing Pipe

64dSpacing Pipe

49Impeller

4aChamberwith Bearing

47aBearing Ring

UR01211-0M-00 Page 118 of 257

Page 122: Operation and Maintenance Manual

SM-DRC-136 06/06PRINTED IN USA

Being responsible is our foundationThinking ahead makes it possible

Innovation is the essence

GRUNDFOS Pumps Corporation17100 W. 118th TerraceOlathe, Kansas 66062Phone: 913.227.3400Fax: 913.227.3500

www.grundfos.com

GRUNDFOS Canada, Inc.2941 Brighton RoadOakville, Ontario L6H 6C9 CanadaPhone: 905.829.9533Fax: 905.829.9512

Bombas GRUNDFOS de Mexico S.A. de C.V.Boulevard TLC No. 15Parque Industrial Stiva AeropuertoApodaca, N.L. Mexico 66600Phone: 52.81.8144.4000Fax: 52.81.8144.4010

UR01211-0M-00 Page 119 of 257

Page 123: Operation and Maintenance Manual

GRUNDFOSINDUSTRIAL SERVICE MANUAL

CRI10Parts List & Kits

Contents

Parts ListSpare Part Kits

AccessoriesSpecial Tools

Standard ToolsTools for Torques

UR01211-0M-00 Page 120 of 257

Page 124: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Exploded View CRI10

1

Double Seal &Cool Top options

60a

37

79a

37c

109a

23

100a

23b 23100a

77a

23b

18100a

23100

105b

23100a77a10023

105b

37

Tandem

Back-to-Back

Cool Top

UR01211-0M-00 Page 121 of 257

Page 125: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Parts List & Kits CRI10

2

PARTS LIST1 Adapter for Motor Stool 8-14 1 For NEMA, 213/215TC, 7.5 - 10HP 96476208 No

16-18/17 1 For NEMA, F254TC, 15-20HP 96486329 No14-22 1 For IEC, F265, MG132, 5.5 - 7.5kW 96486323 No

1 For IEC, F300, MG160, 8.0 - 18.5kW 96486326 No2 Motor Stool Cat. Cast Iron, without insert pos. 77 2/1-2 1 NEMA, 56C, .75 - 2.0HP 96486290 No

3-7 1 NEMA, 182TC, Low, 3 - 5Hp 96486308 No3-7 1 NEMA, 182TC, High, 3 - 5Hp (option) 96486314 No

8-14 1 Add Pos.1 for NEMA 213/215TC, 7.5-10HP 96486308 No8-14 1 Add Pos.1 NEMA 213/215TC, 7.5-10HP (High opt.) 96486314 No

16-18/17 1 Add Pos. 1 for NEMA 254/256TC, 15-20HP 96486314 No1 NEMA, 284/286TSC, 25HP 96486296 No

2/1 1 IEC, F85, MG 71, .37 - .55kW 96486266 No2-3 1 IEC, F100, MG 80, .75 - 1.1kW 96486272 No4-6 1 IEC, F115, MG 90, 1.5 - 2.2kW 96486278 No

7-12 1 IEC, F130, MG 100/112, 3.0 - 4.0 kW 96486284 No14-22 1 Add Pos. 1 for IEC, F265, MG132, 5.5 - 7.5kW 96486308 No

1 Add Pos. 1 for IEC, F300, MG160, 8.0 - 18.5kW 96486314 No3 Chamber, Top, Complete with guide vane 2-17 *1 Slotted to accept Strap, pos. 26a 96487783 No

3a Chamber N, Top, without guide vane 2/1&18/17 *1 Slotted to accept Strap, pos. 26a 96491220 No3b Chamber without guide vane 3-22 *1 420015 No4 Chamber complete with Pos. 45 & 65 2/1-22 ^^^ PTFE Pos.45 96487846 No

4a Chamber N Cpl. w/Pos. 45 & 65 & Bearing 2/1-22 ^^^^ Silicon Carbide Brg, PTFE Pos.45 96487849 YESChamber N Cpl. w/Pos. 45 & 65 & Brg. (option) 2/1-22 ^^^^ Graflon Bearing, PTFE Pos.45 96492496 YESChamber N Cpl. w/Pos. 45 & 65 & Brg. (option) 2/1-22 ^^^^ Bronze Bearing, PTFE Pos.45 96492498 YES

4b Chamber N Cpl. w/Pos. 45 & 65, (low NPSH opt.) 3-22 1 PTFE Pos.45 96505300 No6 Base 2/1-6 1 Flexi -Clamp/Oval, SS. (max. 232 PSI), 50Hz to 16 stg. 96490789 No

2/1-16 1 For DN50 Flanges JIS, FGJ, ANSI, SS (max. 362 PSI) 96490704 No2/1-22 1 Victaulic (PJE) 2", Stainless (max. 362 PSI) 96490828 No

7 Coupling Guard 2/1-3 50 Hz 2 IEC, F85-F100 96491001 YES2/1-2 2 NEMA-56C; IEC-F115,130= 4 to 12 stage 96491002 YES3-14 2 NEMA, 182-215TC (Low); IEC F115 - 265 to 22 stg. 96490657 YES3-22 2 NEMA, 182-215TC (High),254TC-286TSC, IEC F300 96490656 YES

7a Screw for Coupling Guard 2/1-22 4 Screw comb. slot torx/straight slot 4 x 8mm 96488481 YES9 Allen Screw 2/1-2 4 M6 x 20mm, Delta Seal 00ID7899 YES

7-12 4 M8 x 25mm, Delta Sl. use with pos..10a-480006 & 8 00ID7900 YES3-22 4 M10 x 25mm, Delta Seal 00ID7901 YES

10 Shaft Pin 2/1-22 1 ø5 x 26mm 310192 95061337 YES10a Coupling Half (machined set) 2/1-2 1 NEMA, 56C, 1/3 - 2HP. ø15.9/ ø16mm 96516777 YES

3-7 1 NEMA, 182/184TC, 3-5HP. ø28.6/ø16mm (Std-Low) 96516774 YES3-7 1 NEMA, 182/184TC, 3-5HP. ø28.6/ø16mm (Opt-High) 96516009 YES

8-14 1 NEMA, 213TC, 7.5-10HP. ø34.9/ø16mm (Std-Low) 96516775 YES8-14 1 NEMA, 213TC, 7.5-10HP. ø34.9/ø16mm (Opt-High) 96516770 YES

16-18/17 1 NEMA, 254TC, 15-20HP. ø41.2/ø16mm (High) 96516771 YES1 NEMA, 284/286TSC, 25HP. ø41.2/ø16mm 96516771 YES

Coupling Half 2/1 2 IEC, F85, MG71, .37-.55kW. ø14/ø16mm 480002 YES2-3 2 IEC, F100, MG80,.75-1.1kW. ø19/ø16mm 480004 YES4-6 2 IEC, F115, MG 90, 1.5-2.2kW. ø24/ø16mm 480006 YES

7-12 2 IEC, F130, MG100/112, 3-4 kW.ø28/ø16mm 480008 YESCoupling Half (machined set) 14-22 1 IEC, F265, MG132, 5.5-7.5kW. ø38/ø16mm 96516772 YES

1 IEC, F300, MG160, 8.0-18.5kW. ø42/ø16mm 96516008 YES12 Oval Flange 2/1-6 2 Painted CI, 1-1/2" -11.5 NPT. Option (max. 232 PSI) 96493637 YES

2/1-6 2 Stainless, 1-1/2" -11.5 NPT. Option (max. 232 PSI) 96490775 YES2/1-6 2 Painted CI, 2.0" -11.5 NPT (max. 232 PSI) 96493636 YES2/1-6 2 Stainless, 2.0" -11.5 NPT (max. 232 PSI) 96490782 YES

Oval Flange, 50 Hz. models 2/1-16 2 Painted CI, RP 1-1/2" BSP DIN (max. 232 PSI) 320054 No2/1-16 2 Stainless, RP 1-1/2" BSP DIN (max. 232 PSI) 96490773 No2/1-16 2 Painted CI, RP 2.0" BSP DIN (max. 232 PSI) 320045 No2/1-16 2 Stainless, RP 2.0" BSP DIN (max. 232 PSI) 96490781 No

12a Adapter Flg. for ANSI pos.201/Flexi Base (option) 2/1-6 2 Stainless, DN50 (max. 232 PSI) 50Hz. to 16 stage. 96491152 YES12b Pipe Stub for Clamp/Flexi Base (option) 2/1-6 2 Stainless, Internal 1-1/2" -11.5 NPT (max. 232 PSI) 96498795 YES

2/1-6 2 Stainless, Internal 2.0" -11.5 NPT (max. 232 PSI) 96498796 YES2/1-6 2 Stainless, Internal 2-1/2" -11.5 NPT (max. 232 PSI) 96498797 YES

2/1-16 2 Stainless, RP 2" (max. 232 PSI) 330199 No2/1-16 2 SS.. DN50 ø60.3x2.9mm Welding Flg. (max. 232 PSI) 330207 No

12c Clamp for Flexi Base & pos. 12b (option) 2/1-16 2 Stainless, (max. 232 PSI) 00ID7195 YES18 Priming/Vent Plug 2/1-22 * G 1/2A, NV24 with NV9 x M8 stem 405150 95061351 YES23 Plug 2/1-22 ** G 1/2A, w/1/4" NPT threaded port, NV24 91120659 YES

Plug (option) 2/1-22 ** G 1/2A, Solid no port, NV24 370025 95061733 YES23b Plug Vented for Pos. 77a Cool Top option only 2/1-22 2 G 1/2A, Vented, NV25 96510323 No23c Pipe Plug for Pos. 23 & 25 with hollow stem 2/1-22 ** 1/4" NPT, SS SQHD 00ID7216 YES25 Drain Plug without O-rings 2/1-22 1 G 1/2A, NV24 with solid stem 96491043 YES

Drain/Priming Plug Cpl. w/O-rings, opt. for gauge 2/1-22 1 G 1/2A, NV24 w/NV9 x M8 hollow stem, EPDM 96528428 No2/1-22 1 G 1/2A, NV24 w/NV9 x M8 hollow stem, FKM 96528429 No2/1-22 1 G 1/2A, NV24 w/NV9 x M8 hollow stem, FXM 96528431 No2/1-22 1 G 1/2A, NV24 w/NV9 x M8 hollow stem, FFKM 96528430 No

Due to part changes over time, allposition numbers (1-203) may not be used.

This column indicates which pump model uses the spare part.If blank, the part is used in all models.

Comments/DimensionsStagesPart DescriptionIncludedin kits ?Model

B.O.M.Ref. No.

MaterialNo.

Pos.No.

No.Used

UR01211-0M-00 Page 122 of 257

Page 126: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Parts List & Kits CRI10

3

PARTS LIST26 Staybolt 2/1-2 4 M16 x 240mm 96492802 No

3 4 M16 x 270mm 96492803 No4 4 M16 x 300mm 96492804 No5 4 M16 x 330mm 96492806 No6 4 M16 x 360mm 96492807 No7 4 M16 x 390mm 96492808 No8 4 M16 x 420mm 96492850 No9 4 M16 x 450mm 96492851 No

10 4 M16 x 480mm 96492852 No12 4 M16 x 540mm 96492854 No14 4 M16 x 600mm 96492856 No16 4 M16 x 660mm 96492858 No

18/17 4 M16 x 720mm 96492859 No20 4 M16 x 780mm, 50 Hz. 96492860 No22 4 M16 x 840mm, 50 Hz. 96492862 No

Staybolt (Back-to-Back, Tandem Seal & Cool Top 2/1-2 4 M16 x 330mm 96492806 Nooption) 3 4 M16 x 360mm 96492807 No

4 4 M16 x 390mm 96492808 No5 4 M16 x 420mm 96492850 No6 4 M16 x 450mm 96492851 No7 4 M16 x 480mm 96492852 No8 4 M16 x 510mm 96512253 No9 4 M16 x 540mm 96492854 No

10 4 M16 x 570mm 96512254 No12 4 M16 x 630mm 96492857 No14 4 M16 x 690mm 96512256 No16 4 M16 x 750mm 96512257 No

18/17 4 M16 x 810mm 96492861 No20 4 M16 x 870mm, 50 Hz. 96512148 No22 4 M16 x 930mm, 50 Hz. 96512150 No

26a Strap 2/1-2 2 L*= 78.5mm x 20.3mm x 1.3mm, 316 SS, M8 nut 96487758 No3 2 L*= 108.5mm x 20.3mm x 1.3mm, 316 SS, M8 nut 96487760 No4 2 L*= 138.5mm x 20.3mm x 1.3mm, 316 SS, M8 nut 96487761 No5 2 L*= 168.5mm x 20.3mm x 1.3mm, 316 SS, M8 nut 96487762 No6 2 L*= 198.5mm x 20.3mm x 1.3mm, 316 SS, M8 nut 96487764 No7 2 L*= 228.5mm x 20.3mm x 1.3mm, 316 SS, M8 nut 96487765 No8 2 L*= 258.5mm x 20.3mm x 1.3mm, 316 SS, M8 nut 96487766 No9 2 L*= 288.5mm x 20.3mm x 1.3mm, 316 SS, M8 nut 96487768 No

10 2 L*= 318.5mm x 20.3mm x 1.3mm, 316 SS, M8 nut 96487769 No12 2 L*= 378.5mm x 20.3mm x 1.3mm, 316 SS, M8 nut 96487771 No14 2 L*= 438.5mm x 20.3mm x 1.3mm, 316 SS, M8 nut 96487773 No16 2 L*= 498.5mm x 20.3mm x 1.3mm, 316 SS, M8 nut 96487775 No

18/17 2 L*= 558.5mm x 20.3mm x 1.3mm, 316 SS, M8 nut 96487777 No20: 50 Hz. 2 L*= 618.5mm x 20.3mm x 1.3mm, 316 SS, M8 nut 96487778 No22: 50 Hz. 2 L*= 678.5mm x 20.3mm x 1.3mm, 316 SS, M8 nut 96487781 No

26b Bolt for Pos 26a 2/1-22 2 M8 x 25mm, 316 SS w/Delta Seal 96416603 No26c Washer for Pos 26b 2/1-22 2 A4, ø16.0/ø8.4x1.6mm 00ID3284 No28 Motor Bolt 2/1-2 4 NEMA, 56C, 1/3 - 2HP. UNC 3/8" x 25mm 00ID1839 No

3-7 4 NEMA, 182/184TC, 3 - 5HP.UNC1/2" x 25mm 00ID1840 No8-14 4 NEMA, 213TC, 7.5 -10HP. JR 1/2" x 1.25" UNC 00ID0185 No

16-18/17 4 NEMA, 254TC, 15HP. 1/2" x 2.5" UNC 96491112 No2/1 4 IEC, F85, MG71, .37-.55kW. M6 x 20mm 00ID8022 No2-3 4 IEC, F100, MG80,.75-1.1kW. M6 x 25mm 00ID8023 No4-6 4 IEC, F115, MG 90, 1.5-2.2kW. M8 x 20mm 00ID8024 No

7-12 4 IEC, F130, MG100/112, 3-4 kW. M8 x 25mm 00ID8025 No14-22 4 IEC, F265, MG132, 5.5-7.5kW. M12 x 25mm 00ID7915 No

4 IEC, F300, MG160, 8.0 - 18.5kW. M12 x 25mm 00ID7915 No28a Motor Bolt 14-22 4 IEC, F265, MG132, 5.5-7.5kW. M12 x 30mm 00ID7904 No

4 IEC, F300, MG160, 8.0 - 18.5kW. M16 x 45mm 00ID7905 No35 Hexagon Head Screw for SS 2" Oval Flange 2/1-6 4 M12x80mm ISO 4014 00ID9241 Yes

Hexagon Head Screw for Cast Iron Oval Flg. 2/1/-16 4 M12 x 90mm, 8.8 DIN931 96502505 Yes35b Screw for Clamp Pos.12c (Flexi opt.) 2/1-6 4 M10 x 45mm 00ID7189 Yes35c Nut for Screw Pos. 35b for Clp. Pos. 12c (Flexi opt.) 2/1-6 4 Nut RR M10 00ID3570 Yes36 Staybolt Nut 2/1-22 4 24mm x M16, Delta Seal 00ID7908 No

36a Nut for motor bolt IEC MG 160 models 4 24mm x M16, Delta Seal 00ID7908 No36b Nut for flange Hex. Screw pos. 35 4 19mm x M12, 96550564 Yes

4 19mm x M12, 316 SS. 00ID0876 No4 19mm x M12, Delta Seal 00ID7917 Yes

37(a) Sleeve O-ring 2/1-22 EPDM, ø170.7 x 3.3mm 96483101 Yes2/1-22 FKM, ø170.7 x 3.3mm 96483102 Yes

37b Sleeve O-ring (option) 2/1-22 2 FXM, ø171.25 x 3.3mm 96483109 YesSleeve O-ring (option) 2/1-22 2 FFKM, ø170.7 x 3.3mm 96483140 Yes

37c Disc plate O-ring (Cool Top option only) 2/1-22 1 EPDM, ø155.0 x 3.0mm 96509703 Yes2/1-22 1 FKM, ø155.0 x 3.0mm 96480168 Yes

Due to part changes over time, allposition numbers (1-203) may not be used.

This column indicates which pump model uses the spare part.If blank, the part is used in all models.

Comments/DimensionsStagesPart DescriptionIncludedin kits ?Model

B.O.M.Ref. No.

MaterialNo.

Pos.No.

No.Used

UR01211-0M-00 Page 123 of 257

Page 127: Operation and Maintenance Manual

PARTS LIST

Due to part changes over time, allposition numbers (1-203) may not be used.

This column indicates which pump model uses the spare part.If blank, the part is used in all models.

Comments/DimensionsStagesPart DescriptionIncludedin kits ?Model

B.O.M.Ref. No.

MaterialNo.

Pos.No.

No.Used

Parts List & Kits CRI10

4

38 Drain Plug O-ring 2/1-22 1 EPDM, ø16.3 x 2.4mm 00ID1288 Yes2/1-22 1 FKM, ø16.3 x 2.4mm 00ID2231 Yes

Drain Plug O-ring (option) 2/1-22 1 FXM, ø16.3 x 2.4mm 96442869 YesDrain Plug O-ring (option) 2/1-22 1 FFKM, ø16.3 x 2.4mm 96428162 Yes

38a Drain Plug O-Ring 2/1-22 1 ø5.3 x 2.4mm, EPDM 00ID2142 Yes2/1-22 1 ø5.3 x 2.4mm, FKM 00ID3945 Yes

Drain Plug O-Ring (option) 2/1-22 1 ø5.3 x 2.4mm, FXM, black 96511292 YesDrain Plug O-Ring (option) 2/1-22 1 ø5.3 x 2.4mm, FFKM 96511293 Yes

39 Gasket for Oval Flange 2/1-6 2 K, 124mm x ø80/ø59 x2mm, 50 to 16 stage 320120 Yes2/1-6 2 K, 122mm x ø60/ø44 x 2mm (use with 1-1/2" flg.) 420039 Yes

39b O-ring for Flexi Clamp FGJ Flange (option) 2/1-6 2 EPDM, ø64.5 x 3mm 00ID2143 Yes2/1-16 2 FKM, ø64.5 x 3mm 00ID4038 Yes

O-ring for Clamp, Thread stub-Union (option) 2/1-6 2 EPDM, ø71.0 x 4mm 00ID7192 Yes2/1-16 2 FKM, ø71.0 x 4mm 00ID7193 Yes

44a Inlet upper with pos.45 & 65 2/1-22 1 96489070 No44c Inlet upper N with pos.45 & 65 (low NPSH option) 2/1-22 1 96489039 No44b Inlet lower, machined 2/1-22 1 96488000 No44d Spacer ring N for low NPSH pos. 44c 2/1-22 1 96505491 No45 Neck Ring 2/1-22 # imp.- ø59.5 x ø44.08 x 1.2mm, PTFE-Acoflon 100 96487401 Yes

Neck Ring (low NPSH option) 2/1-22 1 ø75.8 x ø59.95 x 1.2mm, PTFE-Acoflon 100 96487400 Yes47a Bearing Ring/Spacer 2/1-22 ^^^^ SiC 150, ø23.4 x ø17.6 x ø15.0 x 14mm 96482117 Yes

Bearing Ring/Spacer 2/1-22 ^^^^ SiC 150, ø23.4 x ø17.6 x ø15.0 x 14mm 96482117 YesBrg. Ring/Spacer (option for Graflon / Brz. 4a) 2/1-22 ^^^^ TC, ø21.9 x ø17.6 x ø15.0 x 14mm 330085 95061371 Yes

49 Impeller 2/1-22 # stgs- ø92.9 x ø44.0 x 13.6mm (back-plate 1.0mm) 96487817 No49i Impeller N (low NPSH option) 3-22 1 ø104.8 x ø59.85 x 25.4mm (back-plate 1.5mm) 96476527 No51 Shaft, Complete 2/1-2 1 ø16 x 179.0mm, 431 SS 96489224 No

3 1 ø16 x 209.0mm, 431 SS 96490794 No4 1 ø16 x 239.0mm, 431 SS 96490796 No5 1 ø16 x 269.0mm, 431 SS 96490870 No6 1 ø16 x 299.0mm, 431 SS 96490872 No7 1 ø16 x 329.0mm, 431 SS 96490874 No8 1 ø16 x 359.0mm, 431 SS 96490878 No9 1 ø16 x 389.0mm, 431 SS 96490880 No

10 1 ø16 x 419.0mm, 431 SS 96490882 No12 1 ø16 x 479.0mm, 431 SS 96490886 No14 1 ø16 x 539.0mm, 431 SS 96490890 No16 1 ø16 x 599.0mm, 431 SS 96490894 No

18/17 1 ø16 x 659.0mm, 431 SS 96490896 No20 1 ø16 x 719.0mm, 431 SS, 50 Hz 96490898 No22 1 ø16 x 779.0mm, 431 SS, 50 Hz 96490913 No

Shaft, Cpl. (Back-to-Back, Tandem Seal & Cool Top 2/1-2 1 ø16 x 269.0mm, 329 SS 96507534 Nooption) 3 1 ø16 x 299.0mm, 329 SS 96507538 No

4 1 ø16 x 329.0mm, 329 SS 96507539 No5 1 ø16 x 359.0mm, 329 SS 96507571 No6 1 ø16 x 389.0mm, 329 SS 96507572 No7 1 ø16 x 419.0mm, 329 SS 96507573 No8 1 ø16 x 449.0mm, 329 SS 96507575 No9 1 ø16 x 479.0mm, 329 SS 96507576 No

10 1 ø16 x 509.0mm, 329 SS 96507577 No12 1 ø16 x 569.0mm, 329 SS 96507579 No14 1 ø16 x 629.0mm, 329 SS 96507581 No16 1 ø16 x 689.0mm, 329 SS 96507583 No

18/17 1 ø16 x 749.0mm, 329 SS 96507584 No20 1 ø16 x 809.0mm, 329 SS, 50 Hz 96507585 No22 1 ø16 x 869.0mm, 329 SS, 50 Hz 96507587 No

55 Outer Sleeve 2/1-2 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 74.0mm x 1.5mm, 304 SS 96485420 No3 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 104.0mm x 1.5mm, 304 SS 96489762 No4 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 134.0mm x 1.5mm, 304 SS 96489763 No5 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 164.0mm x 1.5mm, 304 SS 96489765 No6 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 194.0mm x 1.5mm, 304 SS 96489766 No7 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 224.0mm x 1.5mm, 304 SS 96489838 No8 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 254.0mm x 1.5mm, 304 SS 96489768 No9 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 284.0mm x 1.5mm, 304 SS 96489769 No

10 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 314.0mm x 1.5mm, 304 SS 96489770 No12 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 374.0mm x 2.0mm, 316 SS 96489829 No14 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 434.0mm x 2.0mm, 316 SS 96489830 No16 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 494.0mm x 2.0mm, 316 SS 96489832 No

18/17 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 554.0mm x 2.0mm, 316 SS 96489833 No20 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 614.0mm x 2.0mm, 316 SS, 50Hz 96489834 No22 1 ø171.1/ ø170.7 x 674.0mm x 2.0mm, 316 SS, 50Hz 96489859 No

56 Base Plate (Low) for PJE / Flexi-clamp Pos.6 2/1-22 1 Cast Iron (Used on 50 Hz models) 96493006 NoB. P. (High) for PJE/Flexi-clamp w/FGJ Pos.6 2/1-22 1 Cast Iron (All 60 Hz; On 50 Hz. FGJ models) 96493003 NoBase Plate N (Low) for PJE / Flexi-clamp Pos.6 GI 2/1-22 1 Cast Stainless (Used on 50 Hz models) 96490808 NoB. P. N (High) for PJE/Flexi-clamp w/FGJ Pos.6 GI 2/1-22 1 Cast Stainless (All 60 Hz; On 50 Hz FGJ models) 96490806 No

UR01211-0M-00 Page 124 of 257

Page 128: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Parts List & Kits CRI10

5

PARTS LIST

Due to part changes over time, allposition numbers (1-203) may not be used.

This column indicates which pump model uses the spare part.If blank, the part is used in all models.

Comments/DimensionsStagesPart DescriptionIncludedin kits ?Model

B.O.M.Ref. No.

MaterialNo.

Pos.No.

No.Used

60 Stack Compression Spring 2/1-22 4 ø11.0 x ø7.0 x 15.5mm, EPDM 96503070 YES2/1-22 4 ø11.0 x ø7.0 x 15.5mm, FKM 96503072 YES

60a Stack Compression Spring (option) 2/1-22 4 ø11.0 x ø7.0 x 15.5mm, PTFE 96503071 YES61 Stop spacer 2/1-22 1 ø29.0 x ø18.4 x ø17.6 x ø15.0 x 9.5 x 2mm 330072 95061584 YES62 Stop ring 2/1-22 1 ø16.6 x ø15.0 x 1.6mm 330057 YES64 Spacing Pipe 2/1-22 ^^^ ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 29.05mm 331404 95061499 No

64a Spacing Pipe 2/1&18/17 ^^^^ ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 9.0mm 96495333 YES64b Spacing Pipe (low NPSH option only) 2/1&18/17 2 ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 10.05mm 331402 95061472 No64c Clamp, Splined 2/1-22 1 ø21.5 x ø17.6 x ø15.0 x 12.7mm 96496311 YES64d Spacing Pipe 2/1-22 ^^^^ ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 6.0mm 331412 No64e Spacing Pipe (low NPSH option only) 2/1-22 1 ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 38.0mm 331406 95061629 No64g Spacing Pipe (de-staging 2 impellers option only) 3-22 1 per ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 30.0mm (use with 3b only) 331410 No

de-stg65 Neck Ring Retainer N 2/1-22 # stgs- ø61.9 x ø47.2 x 4.7mm 96487285 YES

Neck Ring Retainer N (low NPSH option) 2/1-22 1 ø78.8 x ø61.5 x 6.7mm 330059 No66 Lock Washer Set for Shaft 2/1-22 1 ø13.5 x ø8.2 x 2.6mm 96417297 YES

66a Washer for Staybolt 2/1-22 4 DIN 125A, ø30 x ø17 x 2.5mm, Delta Seal 96430378 No67 Lock Nut for Shaft 2/1-22 1 13mm x M8 96496488 YES69 Spacing Pipe 2/1-22 ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 18.0mm 96491536 No

69a Spacing Pipe (de-staging 1 impeller option only) 2/1&18/17 1 ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 19.0mm (use with 3a only) 331409 95062143 No76 Nameplate 2/1-22 1 304SS, 60 x 45mm 96563333 No

76a Rivet for Nameplate 2/1-22 2 304SS, ø3 x 5mm 96022882 No77 Pump Head Cover for motor stool pos. 2 2/1-22 1 Cast Stainless 96490647 No

77a Pump Head Cover for Tandem Seal & Cool Top 2/1-22 1 Cast Stainless 96505487 NoPump Head Cover for Back-to-Back 2/1-22 1 Cast Stainless 96505488 No

79a Disc / Plate complete w/79b & c for Cool Top 2/1-22 1 Cast Stainless 96511281 No79b Bushing for Disc / Plate 79a 2/1-22 1 Graflon 96505571 No79c Retaining Ring for 79b 2/1-22 1 Stainless 96510985 No100 Priming/Vent Plug O-ring 2/1-22 EPDM, ø16.3 x 2.4mm 00ID1288 YES

2/1-22 FKM, ø16.3 x 2.4mm 00ID2231 YES100a Priming/Vent Plug O-ring (option) 2/1-22 FFKM, ø16.3 x 2.4mm 96428162 YES

Priming/Vent Plug O-ring (option) 2/1-22 FXM, ø16.3 x 2.4mm 96442869 YES105(b) Shaft Seal HQBE 2/1-22 *** SiC, Carbon with resin-impregnated, EPDM 96484076 YES

Shaft Seal HQBV 2/1-22 *** SiC, Carbon with resin-impregnated, FKM 96484077 YESShaft Seal HQQE 2/1-22 *** SiC, SiC, EPDM 96484071 YESShaft Seal HQQV 2/1-22 *** SiC, SiC, FKM 96484072 YESShaft Seal HQQF (option) 2/1-22 *** SiC, SiC, FXM 96484075 YESShaft Seal HQQK (option) 2/1-22 *** SiC, SiC, FFKM 96484074 YESShaft Seal HUBE 2/1-22 *** TC, Carbon with resin-impregnated, EPDM 96483952 YESShaft Seal HUBV 2/1-22 *** TC, Carbon with resin-impregnated, FKM 96483964 YESShaft Seal HUBF (option) 2/1-22 *** TC, Carbon with resin-impregnated, FXM 96483966 YESShaft Seal HUBK (option) 2/1-22 *** TC, Carbon with resin-impregnated, FFKM 96483965 YESShaft Seal HUUE 2/1-22 *** TC, TC, EPDM 96483967 YESShaft Seal HUUV 2/1-22 *** TC, TC, FKM 96483968 YESShaft Seal HUUF (option) 2/1-22 *** TC, TC, FXM 96484070 YESShaft Seal HUUK (option) 2/1-22 *** TC, TC, FFKM 96483969 YES

109a O-ring for Disk Plate 79a (Cool Top option only) 2/1-22 1 ø27.2 x 2.75mm, EPDM 96483103 YES2/1-22 1 ø27.2 x 2.75mm, FKM 96483104 YES2/1-22 1 ø27.2 x 2.75mm, FXM 96483141 YES

116 Counter Nut for Pipe 117 2/1-22 2 NV24, internal G1/2, 316SS 96506709 YES117 Air Vent Pipe for 118 2/1-14 1 G1/2, 316SS, 56C-213TC .33-10HP; .37 to 7.5 kW 330272 YES

16-18/17 1 G1/2, 254TC - 286TSC 15-25HP., 11.0 to 18.5kW 96521537 YES118 Air Vent 2/1-22 1 Air vent type 1511-AV - 5/6430 96427483 YES201 Flange, FGJ 2/1-22 2 ANSI, DIN, JIS. DN50 Cast Iron GGG50 96476189 YES

GI 2/1-22 2 ANSI, DIN, JIS. DN50 Stainless 96476184 YES203 Lock Ring for Flange 2/1-22 2 ø91.6x 5.0mm Stainless 96475396 YES

See Notes on next page.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 125 of 257

Page 129: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Parts List & Kits CRI10

Key to SymbolsKITS ....... Recommended spare partØ ....... DiameterANSI ....... American National Standards InstituteCPL ....... Complete Assembly – these parts consist of more than one componentEPDM ....... Ethylene Propylene (also known as EPR and EPT) – an elastic

substance similar to rubberFFKM ....... Kalrez Elastomer made by DuPontFKM ....... Fluoro Elastomer (generic for Viton)FXM ....... Fluoraz Elastomer made by Greene TweedIEC ....... International Electro-technical Commission (European standards)M ....... International standard thread size designation (thread diameter in mm)mm ....... Mil l imeterMG ....... Identifies Grundfos motor type/sizeN ....... Stamp code for 316 SS or similarNBR ....... Buna - N (also known as Nitrile) – an elastic substance similar to rubberNEMA ....... National Electrical Manufacturers AssociationNPSH ....... Net Positive Suction HeadPTFE ....... TeflonSiC ....... Sil icon CarbideSS ....... Stainless SteelTC ....... Tungsten CarbideUNC ....... Unified National Coarse – a standard for threads on bolts

NOTES:The first number is total number of stages.The second number behind the slash (/) equals the number of impellers.

Example: a CRI10-2/1 has 2 chambers and 1 impeller (de-staged by 1).

* 1 2 to 16 and 18 to 22 stage use position 32 /1 and 18/17 stage use position 3aDe-staging by two impellers use one 3a and one 3b

^^^ 2/1 and 2 stage use 03 to 8 stage = # of stages less 29 to 14 stage = # of stages less 316 to 22 stage = # of stages less 4Exception to the above: low NPSH models4/2 and 4/3 stage use 05/4 to 8/7 stage = # of stages less 49/8 to 16/15 stage = # of stages less 518/16 to 22/21 stage = # of stages less 6De-staging by two impellers use 1 less than stated above

^^^^ 2/1 to 8 stage = use 19 to 14 stage = use 216 to 22 stage = use 3Exception to the above: low NPSH models16/15 stage = use 218 stage and up= use 3

* Standard use 1. Back-to-Back or Tandem pump version use 2

** Standard use 1. Back-to-Back or Tandem pump version use 2

*** Standard use 1. Back-to-Back or Tandem pump version use 2

Standard use 1. CR(I,N)10-2/1 and 10-18/17 replace with pos. 69a

# stgs- Use the number of stages in standard models,less one in de-staged and Low NPSH models.

# imp.- Use the number of stages in standard models,less one in de-staged and Low NPSH models.

Standard use 2. Back-to-Back or Tandem pump version use 3,Cool Top use 1 EPDM or FKM and 2 FXM in lower hot section of pump.

Standard use 2. Back-to-Back or Tandem pump version use 6.

L* Is a tip-to-tip length which includes the bends for slot engagement.Bottom tip to bend is 4.5mm shorter than the tip to tip value.

6UR01211-0M-00 Page 126 of 257

Page 130: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Since certain pump parts can be expected to exhibit wear at the same time as related pump parts, they have been grouped into thefollowing kits for your convenience. The numbers indicate the quantity of the part within each kit. Please order these kits using the kitmaterial number at the top of the columns.

Spare Part Kits CRI10

SPARE PART KITS

STACK KITS (SiC) Pos.80Model Material No.

CRI10-2/1 96491694CRI10-2 96491695CRI10-3 96491696CRI10-4 96491697CRI10-5 96491698CRI10-6 96491699CRI10-7 96491700CRI10-8 96491701CRI10-9 96491702CRI10-10 96491703CRI10-12 96491704CRI10-14 96491705CRI10-16 96491706CRI10-18/17 96529404

*** CRI10-18 96491707*** CRI10-20 96491708*** CRI10-22 96491709

***For 50 Hz operation only.

7

CR(I, N)10 SiC BearingWEAR PARTS KIT 1-8 Kit No. 96511889WEAR PARTS KIT 9-14 Kit No. 96511922WEAR PARTS KIT 15-22 Kit No. 96511925

Pos. No. Description Material No.4a Chamber N Cpl. w/Pos.45 & 65 & SiC Bearing 96487849 1 2 3

26b Bolt for strap, M8 x 25mm, 316 SS w/Delta Seal 96416603 2 2 226c Washer for strap, A4, ø16.0/ø8.4x1.6mm 00ID3284 2 2 245 Neck Ring, ø59.5 x ø44.08 x 1.2mm, PTFE-Acoflon 100 96487401 7 12 19

47a Bearing Ring/Spacer, SiC 150, ø23.4 x 14mm 96482117 1 2 361 Stop Spacer,ø29.0 x ø18.4 x ø17.6 x ø15.0 x 9.5 x 2mm 330072 1 1 162 Stop Ring, ø16.6 x ø15.0 x 1.6mm 330057 1 1 1

64a Spacing Pipe, ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 9.0mm 96495333 1 2 364c Clamp, Splined, ø21.5 x ø17.6 x ø15.0 x 12.7mm 96496311 1 1 164d Spacing Pipe, ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 6.0mm 331412 1 2 365 Neck Ring Retainer, N, ø61.9 x ø47.2 x 4.7mm 96487285 7 12 1966 Lock Washer Set of 2, ø13.5 x ø8.2 x 2.6mm 96417297 1 1 167 Lock Nut, 13mm x M8 96496488 1 1 1

CR(I, N )10 Graflon BearingWEAR PARTS KIT 1-8 Kit No. 96511921WEAR PARTS KIT 9-14 Kit No. 96511924WEAR PARTS KIT 15-22 Kit No. 96511927

Pos. No. Description Material No.4a Chamber N Cpl. w/Pos.45 & 65 & Graflon Bearing 96492496 1 2 3

26b Bolt for strap, M8 x 25mm, 316 SS w/Delta Seal 96416603 2 2 226c Washer for strap, A4, ø16.0/ø8.4x1.6mm 00ID3284 2 2 245 Neck Ring, ø59.5 x ø44.08 x 1.2mm, PTFE-Acoflon 100 96487401 7 12 19

47a Bearing Ring/Spacer, TC 150, ø21.9 x 14mm 330085 1 2 361 Stop Spacer,ø29.0 x ø18.4 x ø17.6 x ø15.0 x 9.5 x 2mm 330072 1 1 162 Stop Ring, ø16.6 x ø15.0 x 1.6mm 330057 1 1 1

64a Spacing Pipe, ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 9.0mm 96495333 1 2 364c Clamp, Splined, ø21.5 x ø17.6 x ø15.0 x 12.7mm 96496311 1 1 164d Spacing Pipe, ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 6.0mm 331412 1 2 365 Neck Ring Retainer, N, ø61.9 x ø47.2 x 4.7mm 96487285 7 12 1966 Lock Washer Set of 2, ø13.5 x ø8.2 x 2.6mm 96417297 1 1 167 Lock Nut, 13mm x M8 96496488 1 1 1

CR(I )10 Bronze BearingWEAR PARTS KIT 1-8 Kit No. 96511920WEAR PARTS KIT 9-14 Kit No. 96511923WEAR PARTS KIT 15-22 Kit No. 96511926

Pos. No. Description Material No.4a Chamber N Cpl. w/Pos.45 & 65 & Bronze Bearing 96492498 1 2 3

26b Bolt for strap, M8 x 25mm, 316 SS w/Delta Seal 96416603 2 2 226c Washer for strap, A4, ø16.0/ø8.4x1.6mm 00ID3284 2 2 245 Neck Ring, ø59.5 x ø44.08 x 1.2mm, PTFE-Acoflon 100 96487401 7 12 19

47a Bearing Ring/Spacer, TC 150, ø21.9 x 14mm 330085 1 2 361 Stop Spacer,ø29.0 x ø18.4 x ø17.6 x ø15.0 x 9.5 x 2mm 330072 1 1 162 Stop Ring, ø16.6 x ø15.0 x 1.6mm 330057 1 1 1

64a Spacing Pipe, ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 9.0mm 96495333 1 2 364c Clamp, Splined, ø21.5 x ø17.6 x ø15.0 x 12.7mm 96496311 1 1 164d Spacing Pipe, ø21.5 x ø17.5 x 6.0mm 331412 1 2 365 Neck Ring Retainer, N, ø61.9 x ø47.2 x 4.7mm 96487285 7 12 1966 Lock Washer Set of 2, ø13.5 x ø8.2 x 2.6mm 96417297 1 1 167 Lock Nut, 13mm x M8 96496488 1 1 1

GASKET KIT (EPDM) Kit No. 96509609GASKET KIT (FKM) Kit No. 96509610GASKET KIT (FXM) Kit No. 96534871GASKET KIT (FFKM) Kit No. 96533374GASKET KIT (EPDM)-Double Seal option. Kit No. 96525433GASKET KIT (FKM)-Double Seal option. Kit No. 96525434GASKET KIT (FFKM/EPDM)-Double Seal option. Kit No. 96525435GASKET KIT (FFKM/FKM)-Double Seal option. Kit No. 96525436GASKET KIT (EPDM)-Cool Top option. Kit No. 96525419GASKET KIT (FKM)-Cool Top option. Kit No. 96525431GASKET KIT (FXM/EPDM)-Cool Top option. Kit No. 96525432

Pos. No. Material No.37 Sleeve O-ring, EPDM (WRC NSF), ø170.7 x 3.3mm 96483101 2 3 1 3 1

Sleeve O-ring, FKM, ø170.7 x 3.3mm 96483102 2 3 1 337b Sleeve O-ring, FXM, ø171.25 x 3.3mm 96483109 2 2

Sleeve O-ring, FFKM, ø170.7 x 3.3mm 96483140 2 2 237c Disc Plate O-ring, EPDM, ø155.0 x 3.0mm 96509703 1 1

Disc Plate O-ring, FKM, ø155.0 x 3.0mm 96480168 138,100(a,b) Drain Plug O-ring, EPDM, Ø16.3 x 2.4mm 00ID1288 3 7 4 4 1

Drain Plug O-ring, FKM, Ø16.3 x 2.4mm 00ID2231 3 7 4 4Drain Plug O-ring, FXM, ø16.3 x 2.4mm 96442869 3 3Drain Plug O-ring, FFKM, ø16.3 x 2.4mm 96428162 3 3 3

38a Drain Plug O-ring, EPDM, ø5.3 x 2.4mm 00ID2142 1 1 1Drain Plug O-ring, FKM, ø5.3 x 2.4mm 00ID3945 1 1Drain Plug O-ring, FXM, ø5.3 x 2.4mm 96511292 1 1Drain Plug O-ring, FFKM, ø5.3 x 2.4mm 96511293 1 1 1

39 Flange O-ring, EPDM, ø90 x 3mm 96496200 2 2Flange O-ring, FKM, ø90 x 3mm 00ID2856 2 2Flange gasket, Fiber, 122mm x ø60 x ø44 x 2mm 420039 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2Flange gasket, Fiber, ø102 x ø65 x 2mm 330035 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2Flange gasket, Fiber, ø92 x ø49 x 2mm 00ID2582 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

60(a) Stack Compression Spg., EPDM, ø11.0xø7.0x15.5mm 96503070 4 4 8 4Stack Compression Spg., FKM, ø11.0xø7.0x15.5mm 96503072 4 4 8Stack Compression Spg., PTFE, ø11.0xø7.0x15.5mm 96503071 4 4 4 4 4

109a Disc Plate O-ring, EPDM, ø27.5.0 x 2.75mm 96483103 1Disc Plate O-ring, FKM, ø27.5 x 2.75mm 96483104 1Disc Plate O-ring, FXM, ø27.5 x 2.75mm 96483141 1

Qty. Included in each Kit

Qty. Included in each Kit

Qty. Included in each Kit

Qty. Included in each KitDescription

UR01211-0M-00 Page 127 of 257

Page 131: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Spare Part Kits CRI10

SPARE PART KITS (Continued)

8

HQxx SHAFT SEAL KIT, BALANCED CARTRIDGE Kit No. 96511848(Maximum allowed working PSI is 435) Kit No. 96511849(Tandem Seal option Pumps require 2 of each Seal Kit) Kit No. 96511844

Kit No. 96511847Kit No. 96511846Kit No. 96511845

Pos. No. Description Material No.105 HQBE 96484076* 1

HQBV 96484077* 1HQQE 96484071* 1HQQF 96484075* 1HQQK 96484074* 1 HQQV 96484072* 1

N/A Grinding Device Tool for Emery Cloth 370711 1 1 1 1 1 1N/A Emery Cloth 370712 1 1 1 1 1 1

* Seal material number includes the Adjusting fork 96483950.

HUxx SHAFT SEAL KIT, BALANCED CARTRIDGE Kit No. 96511836(Maximum allowed working PSI is 435) Kit No. 96511839(Tandem Seal option Pumps require 2 of each Seal Kit) Kit No. 96511838

Kit No. 96511837Kit No. 96511840Kit No. 96511843Kit No. 96511842Kit No. 96511841

Pos. No. Description Material No.105 HUBE 96483952* 1

HUBF 96483966* 1HUBK 96483965* 1HUBV 96483964* 1 HUUE 96483967* 1 HUUF 96484070* 1HUUK 96483969* 1HUUV 96483968* 1

N/A Grinding Device Tool for Emery Cloth 370711 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1N/A Emery Cloth 370712 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

* Seal material number includes the Adjusting fork 96483950.

IEC COUPLING KITø14/ø16 Kit No. 96511315ø19/ø16 Kit No. 96511317ø24/ø16 Kit No. 96511319ø28/ø16 Kit No. 96511350ø38/ø16 Kit No. 96511351ø42/ø16 Kit No. 96511352

Pos. No. Description Material No.9 Allen Screw, M6 x 20mm, Delta Seal 00ID7899 4 4

Allen Screw, M8 x 25mm, Delta Seal 00ID7900 4 4Allen Screw, M10 x 25mm, Delta Seal 00ID7901 4 4

10 Shaft Pin, ø5 x 26mm, Stainless 310192 1 1 1 1 1 110a Coupling Half, F85, MG71, .37-.55kW. ø14/ø16 480002 2

Coupling Half, F100, MG80,.75-1.1kW. ø19/ø16 480004 2Coupling Half, F115, MG 90, 1.5-2.2kW. ø24/ø16 480006 2Coupling Half, F130, MG100/112, 3.0-4.0 kW.ø28/ø16 480008 2Coupling mach. set, F265, MG132, 5.5-7.5kW. ø38/ø16 96516772 1Coupling mach. set, F300 MG160, 11.0-18.5kW.ø42/ø16 96516008 1

N/A Adjusting Fork 96483950 1 1 1 1 1 1

NEMA COUPLING KITø15.9/ø16 Kit No. 96511353ø28.6/ø16 (Standard- Low) Kit No. 96511354ø28.6/ø16 (Option- High) Kit No. 96753660ø34.9/ø16 (Standard-Low) Kit No. 96511355ø34.9/ø16 (Option- High) Kit No. 96753661ø41.3/ø16 Kit No. 96511356

Pos. No. Description Material No. Qty. Included in each Kit9 Allen Screw, M6 x 20mm, Delta Seal 00ID7899 4

Allen Screw, M10 x 25mm, Delta Seal 00ID7901 4 4 4 4 410 Shaft Pin, ø5 x 26mm, Stainless 310192 1 1 1 1 1 1

10a Coupling. Half set, 56C, 1/3 - 2HP. ø15.8 / ø16 96516777 1Cplg. Half set, 182/184TC, 3-5HP, std.-low, ø28.5/ø16 96516774 1Cplg. Half set, 182/184TC, 3-5HP, opt.-high, ø28.5/ø16 96516009 1Cplg. Half set, 213TC, 7.5-10HP, std.low, ø34.9/ø16 96472175 1Cplg. Half set, 213TC, 7.5-10HP, opt.-high, ø34.9/ø16 96516770 1Cplg. Half set, 254TC-284/286TSC,15-25HP. ø41.2/ø16 96516771 1

N/A Adjusting Fork 96483950 1 1 1 1

COUPLING GUARD KITIEC, F85-F100, .37 to 1.1 kW Kit No. 96509611NEMA 56C, 1/3-2HP; IEC-F115-130, 1.5-4.0kW Kit No. 96509612NEMA 182-215TC (Low)3-10HP; IEC F115 - 265, 1.5-4.0kW Kit No. 96509613NEMA 182-215TC (High) & 254TC-286TSC, 3 -25HP. IEC F300, 11-18.5kW Kit No. 96509614

Pos. No. Description Material No.7 Coupling Guard, W=127mm x H=70mm 96491001 2

Coupling Guard, W=127mm x H=90.5mm 96491002 2Coupling Guard, W=157mm x H=125mm 96490657 2Coupling Guard, W=157mm x H=171mm 96490656 2

7a Screw comb.slot torx/straight slot 4 x 8mm 96488481 4 4 4 4

Qty. Included in each Kit

Qty. Included in each Kit

Qty. Included in each Kit

Qty. Included in each Kit

UR01211-0M-00 Page 128 of 257

Page 132: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Spare Part Kits CRI10

SPARE PART KITS (Continued)

PLUG KITKit No.

Pos. No. Description Material No.Qty. Included in each Kit18 Priming/Vent Plug, G 1/2A, NV24 with NV9 x M8 stem 40515023 G 1/2A, w/1/4" NPT threaded port, NV24 91120659

23c 1/4" NPT,SS SQHD 00ID721625 Drain Plug-solid stem, without O-rings, G 1/2A, NV24 9649104338 O-ring, EPDM, Ø16.3 x 2.4mm 00ID1288

O-ring, FKM, Ø16.3 x 2.4mm 00ID223138a Drain Plug O-ring, EPDM, ø5.3 x 2.4mm 00ID2142

Drain Plug O-ring, FKM, ø5.3 x 2.4mm 00ID3945100 O-ring, EPDM, Ø16.3 x 2.4mm 00ID1288

O-ring, FKM, Ø16.3 x 2.4mm 00ID2231

FLEXI FLANGE KIT FOR MEDIUM CRI10, 15, & 201-1/2" Threaded Cast Iron ( 232 PSI Max.) Kit No.

Pos. No. Description Material No. Qty. Included in each Kit12 Flange, Cast Iron, 1-1/2" - 11.5 NPT 96493637 235 Hex Head Bolt, M12 x 90mm, 8.8 DIN931, Delta Seal 96502505 4

36b Nut, CS M12 x NV19mm, w/Delta Seal 00ID7917 439 Gasket , 122mm x ø60/ø44 x 2mm, KLINGERSIL C4430 420039 2

FLEXI FLANGE KIT FOR MEDIUM CRI (N)10, 15, & 201-1/2" Stainless Steel ( 232 PSI Max.) Kit No.

Pos. No. Description Material No. Qty. Included in each Kit12 Flange, Stainless Steel 1-1/2" - 11.5 NPT 96490775 235 Hex Head Bolt, M12 x 80mm, ISO4014, DIN931 00ID9241 4

36b Nut, M12 x NV19mm, 316SS 00ID0876 439 Gasket , 122mm x ø60/ø44 x 2mm, KLINGERSIL C4430 420039 2

FLEXI FLANGE KIT FOR MEDIUM CRI10, 15, & 202" Threaded Cast Iron ( 232 PSI Max.) Kit No.

Pos. No. Description Material No. Qty. Included in each Kit12 Flange, Cast Iron, 2" - 11.5 NPT 96493636 235 Hex Head Bolt, M12 x 90mm, 8.8 DIN931, Delta Seal 96502505 4

36b Nut, CS M12 x NV19mm, w/Delta Seal 00ID7917 439 Gasket , 124mm x ø80/ø59 x2mm, KLINGERSIL C4430 320120 2

FLEXI FLANGE KIT FOR MEDIUM CRI (N)10, 15, & 202" Stainless Steel ( 232 PSI Max.) Kit No.

Pos. No. Description Material No. Qty. Included in each Kit12 Flange, Stainless Steel 2" - 11.5 NPT 96490782 235 Hex Head Bolt, M12 x 80mm, ISO4014, DIN931 00ID9241 4

36b Nut, M12 x NV19mm, 316SS 00ID0876 439 Gasket , 124mm x ø80/ø59 x2mm, KLINGERSIL C4430 320120 2

FLEXI CLAMP FLANGE KIT FOR MEDIUM CRI(N)10, 15 & 202" Cast Iron Flange EPDM Kit No. 96511400(Conversion max. allowable operating pressure 232 ) FKM Kit No. 96511401

Pos. No. Description Material No. Qty. Included in each Kit12a Adapter Flange DN50 for ANSI pos.201/Flexi Base (232 PSI) 96491152 2 235 Hex Head Bolt, M12 x 90mm, 8.8 DIN931, Delta Seal 96502505 4 4

36b Nut, CS M12 x NV19mm, w/Delta Seal 00ID7917 4 439b O -ring, EPDM , ø64.5 x 3m m 00ID2143 2

O -ring, FKM , ø64.5 x 3m m 00ID4038 2201 Flange, ANSI, DIN, JIS, Cast Iron 96476189 2 2203 Lock Ring, Stainless 96475396 2 2

FLEXI CLAMP FLANGE KIT FOR MEDIUM CRI(N)10, 15 & 202" Stainless Steel Flange EPDM Kit No. 96511402(Conversion max. allowable operating pressure 232 ) FKM Kit No. 96511403

Pos. No. Description Material No. Qty. Included in each Kit12a Adapter Flange DN50 for ANSI pos.201/Flexi Base (232 PSI) 96491152 2 235 Hex Head Bolt, M12 x 80mm, ISO4014, DIN931 00ID9241 4 4

36b Nut, M12 x NV19mm, 316SS 00ID0876 4 439b O -ring, EPDM , ø64.5 x 3m m 00ID2143 2

O -ring, FKM , ø64.5 x 3m m 00ID4038 2201 Flange, ANSI, DIN, JIS, Stainless Steel 96476184 2 2203 Lock Ring, Stainless 96475396 2 2

122

1111

96511314

111

96498841

96498837

96498838

96498839

9UR01211-0M-00 Page 129 of 257

Page 133: Operation and Maintenance Manual

SPARE PART KITS (Continued)

FLEXI CLAMP KIT FOR MEDIUM CRI(N)10, 15 & 201-1/2" Internal Threaded SS Pipe Stub ( 232 PSI Max.) EPDM Kit No. 96500271

FKM Kit No. 96500272

Pos. No. Description Material No. Qty. Included in each Kit12b Stainless, Internal 1-1/2" -11.5 NPT 96498795 2 212c Clamp for Flexi Base & pos.12b 00ID7195 4 435b Screw for Pos. 12c, M10 x 45mm - A2, RR DIN933 00ID7189 4 435c Nut for Pos. 35b, M 10, 304SS, A2, RR DIN934 00ID3570 4 439b O -ring, EPDM , ø71.0 x 4.0m m 00ID7192 2

O-ring, FKM, ø71.0 x 4.0mm 00ID7193 2

FLEXI CLAMP KIT FOR MEDIUM CRI(N)10, 15 & 202" Internal Threaded SS Pipe Stub ( 232 PSI Max.) EPDM Kit No. 96500273

FKM Kit No. 96500274

Pos. No. Description Material No. Qty. Included in each Kit12b Stainless, Internal 2" -11.5 NPT 96498796 2 212c Clamp for Flexi Base & pos.12b 00ID7195 4 435b Screw for Pos. 12c, M10 x 45mm - A2, RR DIN933 00ID7189 4 435c Nut for Pos. 35b, M 10, 304SS, A2, RR DIN934 00ID3570 4 439b O -ring, EPDM , ø71.0 x 4.0m m 00ID7192 2

O-ring, FKM, ø71.0 x 4.0mm 00ID7193 2

FLEXI CLAMP KIT FOR MEDIUM CRI(N)10, 15 & 202-1/2" Internal Threaded SS Pipe Stub ( 232 PSI Max.) EPDM Kit No. 96508602

FKM Kit No. 96508603

Pos. No. Description Material No. Qty. Included in each Kit12b Stainless, Internal 2" -11.5 NPT 96498797 2 212c Clamp for Flexi Base & pos.12b 00ID7195 4 435b Screw for Pos. 12c, M10 x 45mm - A2, RR DIN933 00ID7189 4 435c Nut for Pos. 35b, M 10, 304SS, A2, RR DIN934 00ID3570 4 439b O -ring, EPDM , ø71.0 x 4.0m m 00ID7192 2

O-ring, FKM, ø71.0 x 4.0mm 00ID7193 2

Air Vent Kit56C to 213TC .33-10HP; .37 to 7.5 kW Kit No. 91136564254TC to 286TSC 15-25HP; 11.0 to 18.5kW Kit No. 91136565

Pos. No. Description Material No. Qty. Included in each Kit116 Counter Nut for Pipe 117, G1/2 96506709 2 2117 Air Vent Pipe for 118, G1/2 , 150x90 330272 1

Air Vent Pipe for 118, G1/2 , 185x90 96521537 1118 Air vent type 1511-AV - 5/6430 96427483 1 1

ANSI COMPANION FLANGES FOR MEDIUM CR2" Threaded Stainless Steel, 300 Lb. Class Kit No. 339919

Pos. No. Description Material No. Qty. Included in each KitN/A Nut, HEX 5/8"-11 UNC, 18-8SS 0ID00164 16N/A Plain Bolt, 5/8" -11 x 3", 18-8SS 0ID00174 16N/A Flange, Stainless Steel, 2" 00ID7240 2N/A Gasket - Flange, 2", 250#, Cut Ring 00ID2747 2

VICTAULIC, 2" COUPLING KIT FOR MEDIUM CRI(N)10, 15 & 20EPDM Kit No. 331301

(1,000 PSI Max.) FKM Kit No. 0ID00128

Pos. No. Description Material No. Qty. Included in each KitN/A Stainless 316, Nipple - 2" NPT External Thread 330130 2 2N/A Coupling Set 2", EPDM 00ID2643 2N/A Coupling Set 2", FKM 0ID00122 2

ACCESSORIES

Spare Part Kits • Accessories CRI10

10UR01211-0M-00 Page 130 of 257

Page 134: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Being responsible is our foundationThinking ahead makes it possible

Innovation is the essence

GRUNDFOS Pumps Corporation17100 W. 118th TerraceOlathe, Kansas 66062Phone: 913.227.3400Fax: 913.227.3500

www.grundfos.com

Being responsible is our foundationThinking ahead makes it possible

Innovation is the essence

GRUNDFOS Canada, Inc.2941 Brighton RoadOakville, Ontario L6H 6C9 CanadaPhone: 905.829.9533Fax: 905.829.9512

Bombas GRUNDFOS de Mexico S.A. de C.V.Boulevard TLC No. 15Parque Industrial Stiva AeropuertoApodaca, N.L. Mexico 66600Phone: 52.81.8144.4000Fax: 52.81.8144.4010

00SV0040 Shaft Holder for Dismantling/AssemblyUsed to hold and protect the shaft during dismantling and assembly.

00SV2107 Tubular Box Spanner for Shaft Seal 41.0 mmUsed to install and remove the shaft seal.Fits a 1/2” drive ratchet.

00SV2101 Ring Insert Tool for Shaft Seal + Square41 mm x 1/2” drive

00SV0239 Puller for Neck RingUsed to remove the Neck Ring from Chamber.

00SV0047 Circlip Pliers for Flange Lock RingUsed to remove the Lock Ring for the Flange.

00SV2011 Bit HolderUsed with Bits Kit, 1/4”

00SV2010 Bits KitNV 5 mm for M6, 1/4”NV 6 mm for M8, 1/4”NV 8 mm for M10, 1/4”

00SV2012 Hexagon Socket BitUsed for Shaft SealNV 2.5 mm for M5, 1/4”

00SV2127 Bearing Removal Punch

WrenchesUsed to tighten various nuts.

00SV0083 NV 10 mm for M600SV0055 NV 13 mm for M800SV0054 NV 19 mm for M1200SV0122 NV 24 mm for M16

Torque WrenchUsed to torque various screws.

00SV0292 4-20 Nm, 9 x 1200SV0269 20-100 Nm, 9 x 1200SV0400 40-200 Nm, 14x18

Torque ScrewdriverUsed to tighten various nuts.

00SV0438 1-6 Nm, 1/4”

Ratchet Spanner for all Adapters00SV0295 9 mm x 12 mm, 1/2”00SV0401 14 mm x 18 mm, 1/2”

Socket Spanner with Inside Hex00SV0296 NV 5 mm for M6, 1/2” x 1/2”00SV0297 NV 6 mm for M8, 1/2” x 1/2”00SV0298 NV 8 mm for M10, 1/2” x 1/2”

Ring Spanner00SV0310 NV 10 mm, 9 x 12, for M600SV0294 NV 13 mm, 9 x 12, for M800SV0271 NV 19 mm, 9 x 12, for M1200SV0524 NV 24 mm, 14 x 18, for M16

Socket Spanner00SV2013 NV 13 mm for M8, 1/2” drv.00SV0267 NV 19 mm for M12, 1/2” drv.

Tools not generally available from normal sources.

In addition to being available from Grundfos, comparable tools can be purchased through normal sources.

SPECIAL TOOLS

STANDARD TOOLS

Mat. No. Description and Use

Mat. No. Description and Use

L-CR-SM-044 8/07PRINTED IN USA

UR01211-0M-00 Page 131 of 257

Page 135: Operation and Maintenance Manual

!440-286-4116"#$440-286-7532Goa, India !91-832-2883300"#$ 91-832-2883312

Milan, Italy Regent Hills, Australia

www.codeline.com

45

50

UR01211-0M-00 Page 132 of 257

Page 136: Operation and Maintenance Manual

! " !! !# $%&&'" ' "!# ! #& ! !# ! $( & !! " " !! " &" ! !" $( " ) " ! #" "! " $

*! '!&# & ! !#+ ! $ !# # "" $

, !# + !" ! " " $*! " " ) " " # -& $

, !! ! ! "!"# .

CodeLine DivisionL/52-55, Verna Industiral EstateVerna, Goa, INDIA(91) 832-2883300/).(91) 832-2883312

UR01211-0M-00 Page 133 of 257

Page 137: Operation and Maintenance Manual

0 & $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 1 0 2 $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 1 0 -3," + $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 1 0 ,! $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 1 0 ( $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 1 40 5 ! $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 1 60 ,( $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 1 70 8 # $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 1 0 1 $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 1 70 %# " $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 1 77

0 #& 9 $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 70 5&1 : ! $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 0 ,$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 0 & $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$

0 8 $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 70 1" $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 0 , $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$

0 3," + $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ ; 70 5 * $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ ; 0 !! $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ ; 70 ,! < $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ ; 0 =&$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ ; 0 , $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ ; 4

UR01211-0M-00 Page 134 of 257

Page 138: Operation and Maintenance Manual

!"!

!! #$!

!

"# $%&' (

)*

!"#$!

%&!$'$("

)*"!%%"!"

UR01211-0M-00 Page 135 of 257

Page 139: Operation and Maintenance Manual

" ! $%" "# &>" '" & " " ! #& '" $ *! ! "" #&" " $

! !#&'! ! ! " ' &! -& "$ &$& " & " 1 $"&!" "" & ! ?', < @ 677 7 7 " 9 A$

%

!! #$!

0 & $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 1 0 2 $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 1 0 3," + $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 1 0 ,! $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 1 0 ( $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 1 40 5 ! $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 1 60 ,( $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 1 70 8 # $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 1 0 1 $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 1 70 %# " $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ 1 77

UR01211-0M-00 Page 136 of 257

Page 140: Operation and Maintenance Manual

& $ !

0 ' & " $ / + &

!&& ) " $

0 " + ! !! ) :! '" ! $

0 :! # " !! $

0 ( &"" +! & $

0 &' ! $

0 /! !# ! ! ? !! ! @ 5 ! 1 A$

+ , -.%/0' ,12

+ '

+ '

+ 33

+ &-4

+ 5 6 7

+ 7

+ &

+

UR01211-0M-00 Page 137 of 257

Page 141: Operation and Maintenance Manual

! !

"7 6 7

% # %& %'(

'!#/<95%<<=5;222

*15%5<52B%8=<<59<%2(55<*1B5

"7 8 9 : 039 : 2

"7 8 8

) 7 7

9

!"

# !

UR01211-0M-00 Page 138 of 257

Page 142: Operation and Maintenance Manual

"$!( ! )*!

&,- ..../.0 1//--. .2.3

40,#..1/3

40,' . 3

#..1/3

23

"

151C255<5152% 85*51C<D2%5<,E"0 00 ,.0 5,,. 0 01 0 -/0,0,0 . 6#1 . 0. - 50 0 ,,010. 6"0 .,.0 ..0

2B,225,%20 7.0 ,80 .6)02,6

&.2..0 0 1 . 0 0 . ,0 . 9#%.0 0 0 0 (6

&2.0 . 00. ,.0,..0 6.2.010 .0 .0 .00..1/,..: ..6

#1 . 0. - 50 0 ,,010. 6# 1 . 0..1/- -5,./0.0.610 .06;0 .01- .. 0 ,..16

' .010 ,0<.11 0 .6

,- 0 1 . 6

5<5152%2%5/,5#0. .00/ .,1 1 6

&. .0- .017 0/ 8,1 1 6

0 , . ..10 0. .. , ,5

./0150 010, .0 10 0 6 "0 0 .0 0 . /,01 5.0...6

0,-. .0 /.0 10. 10, 0 .

=.0,06..5 0..1/.,010

1 .0 . =.0., .6

* 11 0 0>0,10 = . .. 0..1.5 5.0 ....6

UR01211-0M-00 Page 139 of 257

Page 143: Operation and Maintenance Manual

! !! !+,-.+

%!&'$&;"(;!$4)%"!

! .1 ,0

;

?

!

" #

!

"##$!

% ! "!$

&& '

% !() "* % !( "! "

* +,- - "$. !! "/ !! "$0 ! "' ) "!1 !2 "

-

4

<-.

--

$% & & ' "()'*(

UR01211-0M-00 Page 140 of 257

Page 144: Operation and Maintenance Manual

!"# $%&%&' %&'6 ), ,?@0 0 ,

.0 .. . .6 &. 0 /01.-00,./. ) "10& 70 6 ++85 000/ ,1.6&0 0 /,-0/.1 0 2-. 0, . 0/ 0 6;,000 . 10 6'. ../ ,0 .06',0 .,,15.02 -0-010.0 .0.)%&*4&5/ 0,00 01 0 ,011/0 1 6&0200 00 ...50... 01 0 6

). 4..

(%# ))* - ' =

+$ &%&'

* ! & ! " & " 595& !" $ ! ! & ! # !& 5;<(5 " $

,- *%.

" # ! " $

.%)/"&&/" 6 4. 0 1 10 ,1

10,..6

0$!%& &. /(")* 6 !=01 .,..,. 6',0 .

50.,-.3

#6 ). 0 ..-0.10-/.0 0110,%/A6

6 .0-0. ..-0 -06

, & ! " F " ! $* ! ! ! ! $

B

UR01211-0M-00 Page 141 of 257

Page 145: Operation and Maintenance Manual

), ,0 ,

9

"1 0 ,1

"10 ,1.0 ... .6&..01./ , / 0 0. .=6

"8" !" !+ " #!" $

!"# 1$.

6 (0.. 0-/0 .6

6 .0-01.100,1..6C0 0..,0.106

"1 .100

" !& # & + " " "&F" " ## + " #$ # " ! !$

UR01211-0M-00 Page 142 of 257

Page 146: Operation and Maintenance Manual

/ ,0-1 -

) =

(%!%&$ - )4 -./. . . 666

6 #..0./ ,1..5,- ..110 ,0<.11 0 .6

6 0.0/ 1,1..,- ./. . . D... 6

!"# (!& %& 2$/1$ .3$

6 "1. ,1- .017 08 6

6 "100.,11 .00 6

+$ &%&'

* ! & ! " &"(55< & !" $

1E595%8%%85,52%<@5 15%5A%9C5/151C255<5152%%,E,225,%5*%%85515 %5%2*5C%852*/(5 5<'" $ 3 " ! #" ) " $

UR01211-0M-00 Page 143 of 257

Page 147: Operation and Maintenance Manual

!=01 /,.0.

* " ! # " ! ! $

E #-0. 1 0 .0 1 .

,,,-6&, 7.01 8. 1/1.16

E # , 1 .0 1/. 0 0 ../100 2 0 6

6 . 0 0=10 F1= , -05/0 .,..6&.10/./01.. 0.0/.:.-0/.02 1=6&.-0.11/0 1 0 0 0 ,.0 ../6

&. #0

(!& !"#$(6 "1 1 . ,1 .. ,- 1

10 ,0. . .60 ,,0 =../0 ,1.. .01/,1 1 .

(!&("$.%&'6 !=01 .01,..,.0.

1, .0100,,.0 00/,0 1 .0.6 . .. , 105 0 =../0 5./1 0. ./ . D..5 % 06

6 ...-0 -010.0 /.6

+6 !=01 11/0 1 .,0. , 0 1, -.0../60000 .,0 .7#&4 / .0086',0 ,.0, -

',/ .0. .0 1 0 1 .. .,-.50/ .0./0 .01 , 1 .6 . , 0 .0 1. ,0.016

6 )0,.1 .01 ,..6)00,- .,1 G ,1..,00 =1 6

?6 #0,1,0 1/0./0 5.0.02%)/5 67&01 ,/./G. 0. 6!=../1./1 ../,1 01 0 86

B6 #..1/ 01 6

96 ) =1 /00 0..1/ 000..1/ ,.1 6

UR01211-0M-00 Page 144 of 257

Page 148: Operation and Maintenance Manual

' .0 .

" "" !@, A $ ! !& " " " $

, " @ ! A # " ! !# ! +'" " '" ! " " #" $ 3 "#" ) " $

+$ &%&'

1 ! ! & !#& $ * ! " # #& $

1! ! ! # ! $

&0200. 1 .,00.0 /,,..02 0. 6

# 0&!0.1

%.10 ,0. 00 ,10 000..1/6

' . 0 0..1/ - . 005 - .01 ,..6

' .00 , 6

)01 .0../ %.6

"100..1/0 1%' .0!1 ' ,0;0-06

6 ./1 . .. 0,- .0G ,1..6"00 .. 01 .0 .06

6 * , 01 . .05.1 .02,-0 ,0,,.7- .0181 .G.., /01

%&)$(( (!& %& 2$/1$ .3$

- &

. >?'

@ > 0"2

UR01211-0M-00 Page 145 of 257

Page 149: Operation and Maintenance Manual

!#- *%.

" # ! " $

+$ &%&'

,85,E %85 85* 51C<D / ,2 *5 ,C5*2%8585*5C9<*2B5,%2$,*5*%,259<%2,%%8,/<95$* 3 & "" & " $

4 4 666

6 !1 .0 00.0/ .0 ..,- . "0 !1 .. 6

6 ;00./ 2,1 0..1// ,- ./. . . ;0"/ . 6

+6 D..0./ .11 11 ,11/0 1 .,>6%0+?,/ . . , 0 . , - .11 .>6

5 6

6 ' . .. . .,0 , 0 . .., 106',0 0, 50 .,00.,-.3

#6 . 011, 0,%/A0 01.0. 50 0 ,.. .,09@ ,10 ,..6

6 " .0-00 . ..,1. ..,0. 0 ,.-06

0 .. ..,0

6 ' ... ..,0,.0.010-0.02.6D...0021./06

+6 ' . 0.0.0 001 ., 00 = 00100 6

UR01211-0M-00 Page 146 of 257

Page 150: Operation and Maintenance Manual

%&)$(( %& ("/76 0,-0 /.1.,1

0 6&1./00 /,

6 *00..1/ .0 .50,00 .0 ...67& / 0/ 8

+6 . 0 0.00 0 '646,.6

6 0 . .0 6

6 D,00 .,.0 /, 6

' .0 00..1/H/0

0 #0 %.5 ' 6 ,0 5 , 010 ..I. 0.,0 05 .0.001 .0. . 6

1$. )$( $&.1$. (*8 %/$%"&6 ' .00.00 /0'66,0.0

6 )/00-00 .0 00-- 0.5,0/- 6

+

2 ! # " $

* " ! " " ! ! ! " ""$

' .1 .00 .10/0.0/ 0..1>10 , 10/,0.0..1/ ..6

# 10 /0 ./0 ,1..//,0 ,./0 6( .0110000//0 0- ,11/0 .6

%&)$(( 1$.6 ;00..1/.>00=.,./

0. . 0 / 0 .6 % .0 0...0 .,64 000..1/0, . ..0..100.0.0/106

6 . /0 .5,1.0 0.,00.-67#.05,,.10/ ..0 0 .0 .. /86 * 0 .. 5.0 ...0 -/=.6

UR01211-0M-00 Page 147 of 257

Page 151: Operation and Maintenance Manual

' .0 0

6 " 10 , ..106

/"&&/

+$ &%&'

! # & $ !#& 5;<(585* $

. , 0 0 0/ .00 00 .- .002,0..1/6

* " ! " ! ! ! " ""$

'.010 0,- 2./0/,0 01.10..:..6

'.11 0..:0 2.708/...100,00..0/ ,16

85*51C<D

D,,- 00 ,..3

6 ;00..1/. 5- , 010 . 6 % . . ;0"/ 0 0 0

6 "0 . 06

1 !# 5 !

D,0666

6 !1 .0 .0 ..66 !1 00.0 .000 ,..6+6 &. . .00- .01 ,..6

,

6 20 . .0-002,.06

9 ))* %:$%"&

6 #,- 0/..:0 2.5..: .. 00 - 1 10 ,0..,0 .

6 D..../,.-0...00 .0

+6 D..../..:.-001011/0 1 .0 ..1 .

* 2% 59G5 " (55<=%89%5<5152%2%<<5*$* 3 " & " " & $

+$ &%&'

UR01211-0M-00 Page 148 of 257

Page 152: Operation and Maintenance Manual

)%$!!#233.3- *%.

;01 ,0 H0.0..1/

? 7* ,

! 7

+$ &%&'

* & ! & & " (55< & !" $

& ! H I $ ! ! ) " $

UR01211-0M-00 Page 149 of 257

Page 153: Operation and Maintenance Manual

"1 00,110

(%!%&$ - ))4 -./. . 666

6 #..0./ ,1..5,- ..110 ,0<.11 0 .6

6 ;0 0. / 1 ,1 .. ,- . D... 6

" .%)$))!8( 1$.) !"# !$

" 6 "1101/0 #0,1

10606 (0. ,00 0 0

10 0 1006 "1 00.0@@

6 "1@@ 7.8,110#06

+6 "100.0@@ ,110/6

'10/ ..0-.-0. . ./020.0/- 16

?

#.10.-.1010/.1 .6 ;-5 010 .0 .,0. 0 -002010.6

'.11 00.0./0010.0..1/6

) !"#&*6 "110 0 = 0.

,. 0/0 2-.6$0 0.,0 0.6

"1 10

UR01211-0M-00 Page 150 of 257

Page 154: Operation and Maintenance Manual

/"!"&& /($&%&' $&.0$!%&$%"&

6 *0.01 . ,.-06

6 -1 .-1..05,000/6-.--05 ,6

) 3$)1/"!"&&)

& ,- =01. 0 - 01 .>6

#6 10 0 0 . .0 6

6 4.100 .7../,1/ 86

6 020..

46 0 / 0106

# 0 ./0 0/1./,) 6

/ , "! " " ! # & " ! "$&: " "# '$ $" " ! ' "# ! #& ! "" ! $

6 "1.>010.0,1.,106

B

; , 6 %00. 0,1.10

06

..10

) !"#1 !$ " 6 "110/.00 ,1

.100 " # !+ ! # ! ! $

%" & " ! ! $!#" '" # & ! $

& " "# , < $

," ) ! )! $

) %&%%$( /"!"&& %&)/%"&

6 !=01 01 .,0 01000,,.0. .0 .6

6 "0 0 0. . / .0 00/6

UR01211-0M-00 Page 151 of 257

Page 155: Operation and Maintenance Manual

9

', 0 1 . 0 025 ., .510 0010..0 /16 &. 1 .1./ 06# 0 100. 10 / > .00 .6 0) ,. 6

) #$(*$%&' /" ".. !$(/"!"&&)

&.0.,- 0.3#64.1006"0 "

6 !=01 .1 .,. 60 1 . J0. -K 50.,-.3

#6 ). 0 0..-.10-/.6

6 01 . .0- 0 ,.0-00 ./ .,0-110%/A 0. .16

6 " .1 .0 -,.-06

46 -1 .-1..05,000/6

!6 "=01 1 .,01000,,.0. .0 .6# 1 . J0. -K 1./06

6 ' .1 .,0 01001. 5766= 00105 00100. 5686

%" ! # & ! $ " # &! H I ' " !# $

&.0.,- 1 .3

#6106$6 #0

6 !=01 00.0 D1 .,1 0.. , 106 ', 0 0 , 50.,-.6

#6 01 . .0- 0 ,.0-00 ./ .,0-110%/A 0, 10.16

6 " .1 .0 -,.-06

6 -1 .-1..05,000/6

46 "=01 1 .,0 01000,,.0. .0 .6# 1 . J0. -K 1./06

) !"#%&' .")%) 6 "!($)%//"!"&&)

%" ! !! "# ! ! #& ! " ! $ & ! # #"H I'" !# $

UR01211-0M-00 Page 152 of 257

Page 156: Operation and Maintenance Manual

6 )/0 0 .0 0 @@ . -0/7*&8 ,006

6 )/00 .000.0@@ 001/,106

+6 )/00 .0.>0.0 .,106

#

" $))!8( 1$.%5 2%<<515%5%

5<2* 2B

'.11 00.0./00 1 0 . 0..1/6 # .001 2.000/,1) 4. 6

)/0.0..0 5. 1/0./0 .56602%)/A5( 5.0/. /0./0 .67% /0./0 .5 .5- 0. 0 0..1/ 0 .0..1/687( .0110000//0 0- ,11/0 .68

' .0 10

%57 51C<55,92B<%52**85*15%<85*

6 0.100.1001/,10

' .0 10

+$ &%&'85*19%C5,5/9<<D51C<5*/<<=2B%8552%9,%2$2,5,%51C<D,259<%25;<(585*/<95

UR01211-0M-00 Page 153 of 257

Page 157: Operation and Maintenance Manual

' .0 0

>

%5 51C<5515%5%2**85*15%<85*

6 ...1001/,10.1006

06 * .050. ,10./0G0 ,0,0,. 06

6 &0 ,106

06 & ./ . 00 .,0,. 06$3&0.0,0 6

UR01211-0M-00 Page 154 of 257

Page 158: Operation and Maintenance Manual

, " ! ! !# ! $

" # " ! $

/ !" ' " ,( $

/ !" ! ' " 8 # $

!!

, 5<

! ..6' .,1 .010006"00. 6

L= 000..1/1 .0.0.../6

4 002.6

& + & $ / ! + !&" & $

UR01211-0M-00 Page 155 of 257

Page 159: Operation and Maintenance Manual

%" & "# ! "!" " +", < %1 $

%" && ! " : $ = !! "&: ! "' ) "" "& & !' & " +$

$%) !#

(%!%&$ - %&)/%"&' . .. 0 0 , . -10 ,-00..1/106',. . 50.,-.3

6 ). 0 ..-0.10-/.0 0110,%/M6

* #"! ! ! ' # (,! $

). 4..

6 .0-0. ..-0 -06

+6 - . . D... 6

.%22%/*(- %&"&%&'#))(

$%&%&' %&'6 * 0.,10 3

#6 # 0 ,7.0.*4A)%A8 ,0 00.,0 6

6 *0.-0 .10500 0./ 6

6 #0 011 % 096

"11 0 ../-0 0.06',00..1/..,,1 0, 0 11 0 . 0 / ,-50&) 4. , 00...0 6

UR01211-0M-00 Page 156 of 257

Page 160: Operation and Maintenance Manual

6 0 .0 0. / /2 5 1100. . D... 6

+

=" & ' # ! !$

1$. $))!8(-6 * 0.,1.- .

0-/0 .6

#6 &00@'40=10, 106

6 0,200..1//020 ,0..06

',00..1/- 0.,1.0,011 0 .0/ ,-50) 4. , 00...0 6

< 6

6 %>0%07 $?!"?7N++9802.6

#6 0,1.>0.05 . 0.,10. .010...0.,06

6 0 .,06

6 )/00 .0 -.>0.07 $?!"?987N+85 . 0.0.1.0

" ' ) ) ! ! $

56 %07 $?!?802.

#6 "0 ...0 10.0

6 0, ..00 00 .0 0 0 01 0 .,10

6 0 .000 00 /0

46 ' .00 -0.000./ /0

# 0 ,

0.0

UR01211-0M-00 Page 157 of 257

Page 161: Operation and Maintenance Manual

=4

',0..1..00 .,> 0 . .100....-511 ,11/0 1 10010 .0.0 10>06

',>0,10. .,,50 11/0 ,10 . ..510. . . ..(7%!$'$(D!%%!). 0.B86"100.,10 ,..6"1*&.0.,100.0 00.0,10,10.7%;!#4"!')4'$(. 0+86' .. .0.0,,/0200106',.0.0,500105.10 0=..11 . .0 0 .- 6 &1 . /15 .. . / .11 1 1:.11 6-,.11 0. /-3

5

%11 .01./0 .0./- 000 / 10 .01 ,..6* 5.11 - =.. 11 , 11/0 1 . 0 00.5. 0010, .0.6&.0..,.11 0.0200.-0.0 06 .26

&..,.11 .0.,-.3

6 *11/0 05 .000 0.1 0 0. 0,- .01 ,..67%"!)#'$(!)!!$&%. 0.86

6 ' .00 - .01 ,..,- %.,. )%'$(D!%%!) 0.6

+6 "1 -0 / .0. ,1 .01 00 0 0 .0 ,1 .0 06

6 . .0 , 00 10/5G.,0 .0. /00.06

6 ) 00--0/ ,.1 0 .00,0 ...00 002 .1 6

?6 0, 1 00 /. .0/- /0 000 ,0,10 6 41 1/ , .0. ..0,..06

B6 "1000 0-0/.0.6' .00 -0/,,.1 6

96 % 1/,.0.1 %?5 ,006

6 $-...0 D... . -/ . 06

% .0. 00

UR01211-0M-00 Page 158 of 257

Page 162: Operation and Maintenance Manual

%

5$&.(%&' $&. /%#%&' ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; "*&%&' 1(( ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; %%&'"&&/%"&) ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;

! !#$!

" ! $%" "# &>" '" & " " ! #& '" $ *! ! "" #&" " $

! !#&'! ! ! " ' &! -& "$ &$& " & " 1 $"&!" "" & ! ?', < 4 7@ 7 " 9 A$

'

UR01211-0M-00 Page 159 of 257

Page 163: Operation and Maintenance Manual

/# @/A ) ! & # $%" & ' ! " " & " &$8 ' ! " " ! ! ! " ! ) " " $%" ' ) " " " $

$ 2 ! #&&" $%" # & ' # # ! & ! #& "$

7$ C "" " " ' &" # " $

$ *2% """ " #- $

$ *2%& " $

$ C +" " '" + " " !" " $ " " " $

2%521,%*1B5

5) ! & $*! "! "# " "!& !! & $ 1! "" " "" !&# # $," , < ,! * ! #$

)!#!!#

'

UR01211-0M-00 Page 160 of 257

Page 164: Operation and Maintenance Manual

+$ &%&'

* 2% 192% (55< B*<D$ 5%,%5*5;22,259<%2*1B5%%85(55<$55 5<%,%D2*192%2B5J95152% 2%85<,%25,%2//9%85*5%<$

$ !#)

'.10 00../01 1:0 .0 / 0 .0..006$100.../ ,01-,0 0.. .0 / .0 /100.5- .0 00 ,..6

'+

$ 1 " @ "" A " ! " "" $8 " !"# )! KK$/ '" " !"# KK!" ! " " '"'"# !$%" ! "" $

%" "" !'' $

%" ! # " & : & $

B .

$ : ! #" $5 ! !" ! @ A'" """ ! @ A' &' ! !" ! $

7$ /# " $@ 7A

$ " !! "" # " $

> A5 "#$%&''

9A &5B$

UR01211-0M-00 Page 161 of 257

Page 165: Operation and Maintenance Manual

$ ! " $

$ : ! #" $5 ! ! " $

4$ """ ! !" " ! "$

$ , @ , A

6$ 9 "'" !# $%"" 7 # $: $

%! "

*2% " !$

'

9#.0.0. .... 0 6&0 . 0 00.01 .1 6#0...0 ./1 . .,0.0.1,.1 5.0 /00 . ,..16&...0 ,01.//2 0 ,, 011 -/0./,.= .1 6

UR01211-0M-00 Page 162 of 257

Page 166: Operation and Maintenance Manual

%" "" ) & $

$ " " ! " " & $

7$ , ! ', ! " ) $$!! $

$ " K F "# )# ($@ ; 7" $A

!!# !

'

UR01211-0M-00 Page 163 of 257

Page 167: Operation and Maintenance Manual

%" B ' " " " B " 1 B ' " $C " # + " "" & !' " " ? #& & " "" "$

' $ " " ! " #& " " $ / ' ! # $ %" !' " ' " ! !#&" " ! '" #&" " $

%

*%$8%(%- 2" &&..);;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ($)%/%- $&."*&%&' >*% !&) ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; " ")%"& ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; $2- ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;

! !#$!

#

UR01211-0M-00 Page 164 of 257

Page 168: Operation and Maintenance Manual

' ! " !! !# ! $1 # '''2*$&!+ ""!! ! &!! $

& !" # ) " '"" -& $ #& ! " & $%" '# ! .

!#&@ $$" ! ! A$

5) ! @ $$ !" > ! ! " !"# # > $A$

#!#+ ""!" 3 ! # 7@ ! # A$

,#&" ! &$

: ! ! ! @ $$!& (, ! A$

9 , < " " " &$

, < " " !" #&" " $ / ' ! # $ %" !'" ' " ! !#&" " ! ' " #&" " $

$! %!! &! $

#

UR01211-0M-00 Page 165 of 257

Page 169: Operation and Maintenance Manual

1 ! )'#")&&$""" ) "' ! " " & !! $5)&&$7"! $4" "$) ! ' )! ' ))! &$" "$%" " " ) $

$ 1" " " " $*! && $

7$ 9 " " $"# " &" " " " ' # "& )$@: 7 # $ $A

$ 9 #"# ! &! $

$ )# ! " " ! " $%" !! ! 9 # " )# " ' )# " $ !! / , )# (L$

$ *"!#& " $

$ " " &$"# #&" " $

4$ )" #" .$ 5" $C$ %" !" "$

$ %" "#" #&" " ) # " " / F, " ! $

%" # " ! &$9 !& " ' # ! #&" & ! $

!! &$ !#4$!

#+

UR01211-0M-00 Page 166 of 257

Page 170: Operation and Maintenance Manual

CORROSION

Considerations relating to corrosion are an important factor in vessel application. Corrosioncan result in explosive head failure and/or cause difficulty in removing head componentsfrom the shell. Correct component material selection is essential for safe long-term use.Although the process fluid is the main consideration, external environmental conditionsshould also be taken into account.

All reasonable precautions should be taken to protect head assemblies from externalwetting, particularly in corrosive atmospheres (e.g. salt water areas or acidic atmospheressuch as near lead acid battery arrays, etc.). Leaks from vessel or nearby components whichallow head parts to be routinely wetted should not be tolerated.

The following typical list of CodeLine, pressure vessel components shows the standardmaterial of construction of each part. An evaluation of the possibility of corrosion damageto metal head interlock components is of critical importance. Alternate materials areavailable upon request.

Model 80A30 and 80A45

Dwg.Ref.

Qty.Per

Part Name Materials/Remarks

SHELL

1 1 Shell Filament wound epoxy/glass composite.S.S. head locking grooves integrally woundin place. Shell exterior coated with whitehigh gloss polyurethane paint.

2 A/R F/C Port 316 SST3 A/R Retaining Ring 302 Series SST4 A/R F/C Port Seal Ethylene Propylene – Square Cut

HEAD

5 2 Head Ass’y. 80A30 316 SST6 2 Head Seal Ethylene Propylene – Quad seal7 2 Permeate Port Seal Ethylene Propylene – Square Cut (228)8 2 Port Nut Engineering Thermoplastic9 2 Adapter Seal Ethylene Propylene – O Ring (124)

HEAD INTERLOCK

10 2 Retaining Ring 302 Series SST

VESSEL SUPPORT

11 *3 Universal Saddle Engineering Thermoplastic12 *3 Strap Assembly Type 304 SST – PVC cushion13 6 Strap Screw 5/16-18 UNC, 18-8 Stainless Steel

ELEMENT INTERFACE

14 2 Adapter Engineering Thermoplastic15 A/R PWT Seal Ethylene Propylene16 1 Thrust Cone Engineering Thermoplastic – White

* 2 EACH FURNISHED WITH LENGTH CODE 1, 2 & 3

A-4

UR01211-0M-00 Page 167 of 257

Page 171: Operation and Maintenance Manual

& # '' ! $%" & ! $ %" & ! " 1 "# &-"" # $

*5B2,2*5%2//5%D

/ ,!#&

%" ! !# !# "" " $! " $ " " ! # '# !&# # $

% ! * <!

!" & "# ) " $"" " $! ' ! # !# $ ! ! ) 7@"! A$( "# & ! # 7M/$

" # """ ""& #- ) N $

&

!& ' #& "! & ! & ' ! $

#

UR01211-0M-00 Page 168 of 257

Page 172: Operation and Maintenance Manual

1

%" "# $ !" "# #& & & !! +$ "# !& & & $

#&

"# "" & !"" ! # " ! ! !" ! @$ $ ! ! " A$

#?

UR01211-0M-00 Page 169 of 257

Page 173: Operation and Maintenance Manual

%

))* %:$%"& 1/7(%) ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; &'%& %&' $3%&') ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; %%&' /"!!&.$%"&) 2" ".%& %) %." ,))() ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; "!"&&%) ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; %!%. +$ $&- ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; '%) $%"& $ .;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; 9

!5

#O

UR01211-0M-00 Page 170 of 257

Page 174: Operation and Maintenance Manual

"$!( ! )*!

&,- ..../.0 1//--. .2.3

40,#..1/3

40,' . 3

0 , . ..10 0. .. , ,5./0150 010, .0 10 0 6 "0 0 .0 0 . /,01 50....6

0,-. .0 /.0 10. 10, 0 .

=.0,06..5 0..1/.,010

1 .0 . =.0., .6

* 11 0 0>0,10 = . .. 0..1.5 5.0 ....6

#..1/3

23

#O

"

! !# ! 85*51C<D2%5<,E)2 00 ,.0 5,,. 0 01 0 -/0,0,0 . 6#1 . 0. - 50 0 ,,010. 6# .,0 0,.0 0 6

2B,225,%20 7.0 ,80 .6)02,6

&.2..0 0 1 . 0 0 . ,0 . 9#%.0 0 0 0 (6&2.0 . 00. ,.0,..0 6.2.010 .0 .05 .00..1/,..: ..6

#1 . 0. - 50 0 ,,010. 6# 1 . 0..1/- -5,./0.0.610. 0 .06

' .010 ,0<.11 0 .6

,- 0 1 . 6

5<5152%2%5/,5#0. .00/ .,1 1 6

&. .0- .017 0/ 8 , 1 1 0 =0 / .6

UR01211-0M-00 Page 171 of 257

Page 175: Operation and Maintenance Manual

1 @O6A $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$; ;

1 @O6A $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$; ;

1 @O67A $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$; ; 4

1 @O6A$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$; ; 6

#O+

#!!#'!#

UR01211-0M-00 Page 172 of 257

Page 176: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 173 of 257

Page 177: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 174 of 257

Page 178: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 175 of 257

Page 179: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 176 of 257

Page 180: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 177 of 257

Page 181: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 178 of 257

Page 182: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 179 of 257

Page 183: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 180 of 257

Page 184: Operation and Maintenance Manual

/-10-,-6-,-/

( ! " ! # $ %" !! ! " " " ! )# (L- ! $6 ## '" '" # # $%" -! " (L # : !" ! ! ! &$/ P7 " ! "$

#O

UR01211-0M-00 Page 181 of 257

Page 185: Operation and Maintenance Manual

! " (L # # : ! "" ) $%" !!# # " ! $! : !#& & " !! $/'" "# " + &" !$%" " " !'"" & ! '" -" " !" # ! # $"! " ! $7$ (L !! $ ! " ' " " )" !$@ P A$

#O+

%%&' /"!!&.$%"&) /"&%&*.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 182 of 257

Page 186: Operation and Maintenance Manual

5 "" (L ! !&# " " ! '#"" & " : ! )#&! " &$

(L# !! $%& &!!)# " "" " " # " #& " #$ %" !! $ %" ! ) " &$ &!! !" # + # !!!$

/ "(L!"# " ! !! " !!!" & )# (L- # " " !$

" + ! '" !)!!)!! !!"# $$& $@ A=" ) $$!! " & &' !& $ !! ! "" + # ! $

% " ! "'" (L# " " !$="" #" '&"# # " #&"$"# '" ! # # $

%%&'/"!!&.$%"&) /"&%&*.

#O

UR01211-0M-00 Page 183 of 257

Page 187: Operation and Maintenance Manual

80A !$ !

$3 & 1/..- 0/0, .. 64,, . 0..1/ 1/.0 0 1/.5 1/.01 0010/,, ,1 1/..- 0/0 10 0-0./, 0006* 0050-/.- 7.8/00 0..1/06

52025 52169

453215093545342

4504247337

52146522454506645261

UR01211-0M-00 Page 184 of 257

Page 188: Operation and Maintenance Manual

2!# $1/.000 ,..6)%*+ ,

( 1 .

* " .

51" /!.

%& & !.

3 & !. B*F2$( .

1/0 %,

3%0-0"02."0,0

<& !.

* .

#! !

#OB

Pentair Water India Pvt. Ltd.L/52-55, Verna Industiral EsatateVerna, Goa, INDIA

UR01211-0M-00 Page 185 of 257

Page 189: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Pentair Water India Pvt. Ltd.L/52-55, Verna Industrial EstateVerna, Goa. INDIA

!8

UR01211-0M-00 Page 186 of 257

Page 190: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Product Information

Page 1 of 2 ™® Trademark of The Dow Chemical Company (“Dow”) or an affiliated company of Dow Form No. 609-00484-1008

FILMTEC™ Membranes FILMTEC LE-400 High Productivity Low-Energy Brackish Water RO Element

Features

The FILMTEC™ LE-400 element is a low-energy element for industrial and municipal applications that operates at low pressure to deliver energy savings in new equipment or replacement situations where energy cost is an important factor and unit price is a key driver.

• Delivers equivalent permeate flow at 40% lower feed pressure, compared to the

FILMTEC BW30-400. • Offers the proven performance and high productivity of the FILMTEC BW30-400 element

construction, with lower energy use and operating expense. • The new FILMTEC LE-400 has an industry standard 1.125 inch ID permeate tube to

facilitate element replacement.

Product Specifications Product

Part number

Active area ft2 (m2)

Feed spacer thickness (mil)

Permeate flow rate gpd (m3/d)

Stabilized salt rejection (%)

Minimum salt rejection (%)

LE-400 249109 400 (37) 28 11,500 (44) 99.3% 99.0% 1. Permeate flow and salt rejection based on the following standard conditions: 2,000 ppm NaCl, 150 psi (10.3 bar), 77°F (25°C), pH 8 and 15% recovery. 2. For comparison, the LE-400 will have a permeate flow of 12,200 gpd (46 m3/d) and stabilized salt rejection of 99.3% when normalized to a feed solution of 1,500 ppm

NaCl as used by some manufacturers. 3. Flow rates for individual elements may vary but will be no more than 15% below the value shown. 4. Sales specifications may vary as design revisions take place. 5. Active area guaranteed +/-3%. Active area as stated by FilmTec is not comparable to nominal membrane area often stated by some manufacturers. Measurement

method described in Form No. 609-00434.

A

C DIAB DIA

FeedU-Cup Brine Seal

Fiberglass Outer WrapEnd Cap

ProductBrine

FilmTec suppliescoupler part number118027 with eachelement. Each couplerincludes two 2-125EPR o-rings (FilmTecpart number 102284).

Filmtec supplies coupler part number 313198 with each element. Each coupler includes two 3-912 EPR o-rings (FilmTec part number 151705).

Figure 1

Dimensions – inches (mm) Product A B C LE-400 40.0 (1,016) 1.125 ID (29) 7.9 (201) 1. Refer to FilmTec Design Guidelines for multiple-element applications and recommended element recovery rates for various feed sources. 1 inch = 25.4 mm 2. Element to fit nominal 8.0-inch (203 mm) I.D. pressure vessel.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 187 of 257

Page 191: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Page 2 of 2 ™® Trademark of The Dow Chemical Company ("Dow") or an affiliated company of Dow Form No. 609-00484-1008

Operating Limits • • • • • • • • •

• • •

• •

• •

Membrane Type Polyamide Thin-Film Composite Maximum Operating Temperaturea 113°F (45°C) Maximum Operating Pressure 600 psig (41 bar) Maximum Pressure Drop 15 psig (1.0 bar) pH Range, Continuous Operationa 2 - 11 pH Range, Short-Term Cleaning (30 min.)b 1 - 13 Maximum Feed Flow 85 gpm (19 m3/hr) Maximum Feed Silt Density Index SDI 5 Free Chlorine Tolerancec <0.1 ppm

a Maximum temperature for continuous operation above pH 10 is 95°F (35°C). b Refer to Cleaning Guidelines in specification sheet 609-23010. c Under certain conditions, the presence of free chlorine and other oxidizing agents will cause premature membrane failure. Since oxidation

damage is not covered under warranty, FilmTec recommends removing residual free chlorine by pretreatment prior to membrane exposure. Please refer to technical bulletin 609-22010 for more information.

Important Information

Proper start-up of reverse osmosis water treatment systems is essential to prepare the membranes for operating service and to prevent membrane damage due to overfeeding or hydraulic shock. Following the proper start-up sequence also helps ensure that system operating parameters conform to design specifications so that system water quality and productivity goals can be achieved. Before initiating system start-up procedures, membrane pretreatment, loading of the membrane elements, instrument calibration and other system checks should be completed. Please refer to the application information literature entitled “Start-Up Sequence” (Form No. 609-02077) for more information.

Operation Guidelines

Avoid any abrupt pressure or cross-flow variations on the spiral elements during start-up, shutdown, cleaning or other sequences to prevent possible membrane damage. During start-up, a gradual change from a standstill to operating state is recommended as follows:

Feed pressure should be increased gradually over a 30-60 second time frame. Cross-flow velocity at set operating point should be achieved gradually over 15-20 seconds. Permeate obtained from first hour of operation should be discarded.

General Information Keep elements moist at all times after initial wetting. If operating limits and guidelines given in this bulletin are not strictly followed, the limited warranty will be null and void. To prevent biological growth during prolonged system shutdowns, it is recommended that membrane elements be immersed in a preservative solution. The customer is fully responsible for the effects of incompatible chemicals and lubricants on elements. Maximum pressure drop across an entire pressure vessel (housing) is 50 psi (3.4 bar). Avoid static permeate-side backpressure at all times.

Regulatory Note These membranes may be subject to drinking water application restrictions in some countries: please check the application status before use and sale.

FILMTEC™ Membranes For more information about FILMTEC membranes, call the Dow Water Solutions business: North America: 1-800-447-4369 Latin America: (+55) 11-5188-9222 Europe: (+32) 3-450-2240 Pacific: +60 3 7958 3392 Japan: +813 5460 2100 China: +86 21 2301 9000 http://www.filmtec.com

Notice: The use of this product in and of itself does not necessarily guarantee the removal of cysts and pathogens from water. Effective cyst and pathogen reduction is dependent on the complete system design and on the operation and maintenance of the system. Notice: No freedom from any patent owned by Seller or others is to be inferred. Because use conditions and applicable laws may differ from one location to another and may change with time, Customer is responsible for determining whether products and the information in this document are appropriate for Customer’s use and for ensuring that Customer’s workplace and disposal practices are in compliance with applicable laws and other governmental enactments. Seller assumes no obligation or liability for the information in this document. NO WARRANTIES ARE GIVEN; ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 188 of 257

Page 192: Operation and Maintenance Manual

1

ITTGoulds PumpsG&L SERIES SSH-C and SSH-FInstallation, Operation and Maintenance Instructions

Goulds Pumps is a brand of ITT Residential and Commercial Water.

www.goulds.com

Engineered for life

Commercial Water

UR01211-0M-00 Page 189 of 257

Page 193: Operation and Maintenance Manual

2

Table of Contents SUBJECT PAGESafety Instructions ...................................................................... 3Important Instructions ................................................................ 3Installation .................................................................................. 3Alignment ................................................................................... 4Suction Piping ............................................................................. 4Discharge Piping ......................................................................... 4Rotation ...................................................................................... 4Operation.................................................................................... 4Maintenance ............................................................................... 5Disassembly ................................................................................ 5Reassembly.................................................................................. 5Troubleshooting Guide............................................................... 6Components ............................................................................... 7SSH S-Group – Engineering Data ............................................. 9SSH S-Group Close-Coupled – Dimensions & Weights ........ 10SSH S-Group Frame-Mounted – Dimensions & Weights ...... 11SSH M-Group – Engineering Data ......................................... 12SSH M-Group Close Coupled – Dimensions & Weights ...... 13SSH M-Group Frame-Mounted – Dimensions & Weights .... 14Goulds Pumps Limited Warranty ............................................ 15Declaration of Conformity ......................................................35

Owner’s Information

Please fi ll in data from your pump nameplate. Warranty information is on page 15.

Pump Model:

Serial Number:

Dealer:

Dealer’s Phone Number:

Date of Purchase:

Installation Date:

UR01211-0M-00 Page 190 of 257

Page 194: Operation and Maintenance Manual

3

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

TO AVOID SERIOUS OR FATAL PERSONAL INJURY OR MAJOR PROPERTY DAMAGE, READ AND FOLLOW ALL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS IN MANUAL AND ON PUMP.

THIS MANUAL IS INTENDED TO ASSIST IN THE INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF THIS UNIT AND MUST BE KEPT WITH THE PUMP.

This is a SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL. When you see this symbol on the pump or in the manual, look for one of the fol-lowing signal words and be alert to the potential for personal injury or property damage.Warns of hazards that WILL cause serious personal injury, death or major property damage.Warns of hazards that CAN cause serious personal injury, death or major property damage.Warns of hazards that CAN cause per-sonal injury or property damage.

NOTICE: INDICATES SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS WHICH ARE VERY IMPORTANT AND MUST BE FOLLOWED.THOROUGHLY REVIEW ALL INSTRUCTIONS AND WARNINGS PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY WORK ON THIS PUMP.MAINTAIN ALL SAFETY DECALS.

UNIT NOT DESIGNED FOR USE WITH HAZARDOUS LIQUIDS OR FLAMMABLE GASES. THESE FLUIDS MAY BE PRESENT IN CONTAINMENT AREAS.

NOTICE: INSPECT UNIT FOR DAMAGE AND REPORT ALL DAMAGE TO THE CARRIER OR DEALER IMMEDIATELY.

1. Important Instructions1. Inspect unit for damage. Report damage to carrier

immediately.2. Electrical supply must be a separate branch circuit

with fuses or circuit breakers, wire sizes, etc., per National and Local electrical codes. Install an all-leg disconnect switch near pump.

ALWAYS DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL POWER WHEN HANDLING PUMP OR CONTROLS.

DANGER

WARNING

CAUTION

3. Motors must be wired for proper voltage (check nameplate). Wire size must limit maximum voltage drop to 10% of nameplate voltage at motor terminals, or motor life and pump performance will be lowered.

4. Single-Phase: Thermal protection for single-phase units is sometimes built-in (Check nameplate). If no built-in protection is provided, use a contactor with proper overload. Fusing is permissible if properly fused.

5. Three-Phase: Provide three-leg protection with proper size magnetic starter and thermal overloads.

6. Maximum Liquid Temperatures: 212ºF (100ºC) with standard seal. 250ºF (120ºC) with optional high-temperature seal.7. Maximum allowable operating pressure: 230 PSI

(15 bars).8. Maximum number of starts per hour: 20, evenly

distributed.9. Regular Inspection and Maintenance will increase

service life. Base schedule on operating time.

2. Installation1. Close-coupled units may be installed inclined or vertical.

DO NOT INSTALL WITH MOTOR BELOW PUMP. CONDENSATION WILL BUILD UP IN MOTOR.

2. Locate pump as near liquid source as possible (below level of liquid for automatic operation).

3. Protect from freezing or fl oods.4. Allow adequate space for servicing and ventilation.5. For close-coupled pumps, the foundation must be fl at

and substantial to eliminate strain when tightening bolts. Use rubber mounts to minimize noise and vibration. Tighten motor hold-down bolts before connecting piping to pump.

6. For frame-mounted pumps, permanent and solid foundation is required for smooth operation. Bedplate must be grouted to a foundation with solid footing.

7. Place unit in position on wedges located at four points (Two below approximate center of driver and two below approximate center of pump). Adjust wedges to level unit, bringing coupling halves into reasonable alignment. Level or plumb suction and discharge fl anges.

8. Make sure bedplate is not distorted and fi nal coupling alignment can be made within the limits of movement of motor and by shimming if necessary.

9. Tighten foundation bolts fi nger tight and build dam around foundation. Pour grout under bedplate making sure the areas under pump and motor feet are fi lled solid. Allow grout to harden 48 hours before further tightening foundation bolts.

10. All piping must be supported independently of the pump, and must “line-up” naturally. Never draw piping into place by forcing the pump suction and discharge connections!

11. Angular alignment of the fl anges can best be accom-plished using calipers at bolt locations (See illustra-tion).

WARNING

Hazardous voltagecan shock, burn orcause death.

CAUTION

WARNING

Hazardous fluidscan cause fire,burns or death.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 191 of 257

Page 195: Operation and Maintenance Manual

4

12. On frame-mounted units, tighten foundation, pump and driver hold-down bolts before connecting piping to pump.

13. Avoid unnecessary fi ttings. Select sizes to keep fric-tion losses low.

14. After completing piping, rotate unit by hand to check for binding. Note: A screwdriver slot or fl ats are pro-vided in end of motor shaft.

3. Alignment1. No fi eld alignment is necessary on close-coupled

pumps.2. Even though the pump-motor unit may have a factory

alignment, in transit this alignment could be disturbed and must be checked prior to running.

3. Check the tightness of all hold-down bolts before checking the alignment.

4. If re-alignment is necessary, always move the motor. Shim as required.

5. Final alignment is achieved when parallel and angular requirements are achieved with both pump and motor hold down bolts tight.

ALWAYS RECHECK BOTH ALIGNMENTS AFTER MAKING ADJUSTMENTS.

6. Parallel misalignment exists when the shafts are not concentric. Place dial indicator on one hub and rotate this hub 360º while taking readings on the outside diameter of the other hub. Parallel alignment occurs when Total Indicator Reading is .005" or less.

7. Angular misalignment exists when the shafts are not parallel. Place dial indicator on one hub and rotate this hub 360º while taking readings on the face of the other hub. Angular alignment is achieved when Total Indicator Reading is .005" or less.

4. Suction Piping1. Low static lift and short, direct suction piping is

desired. For suction lift over 15 feet, consult pump performance curve for Net Positive Suction Head Required.

2. Suction pipe size must be at least equal to suction connection of pump.

3. If larger pipe is used, an eccentric pipe reducer (with straight side up) must be used at the pump.

4. Installation with pump below source of supply: 4.1. Install isolation valve in piping for inspection and

maintenance.

4.2. Do not use suction isolation valve to throttle pump!

5. Installation with pump above source of supply:5.1. To avoid air pockets, no part of piping should be

higher than pump suction connection. Slope piping upwards from liquid source.

5.2. All joints must be airtight.5.3. Foot valve to be used only if necessary for prim-

ing, or to hold prime on intermittent service.5.4. Suction strainer open area must be at least triple

the pipe area.6. Size of inlet from liquid source, and minimum submer-

gence over inlet, must be suffi cient to prevent air entering pump.

5. Discharge Piping1. Arrangement must include a check valve located

between a gate valve and the pump. The gate valve is for regulation of capacity, or inspection of pump or check valve.

2. If reducer is required, place between check valve and-pump.

6. Rotation

DO NOT PLACE HANDS IN PUMP WHILE CHECKING MOTOR ROTATION. TO DO SO WILL CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY.

1. Pumps are right-hand rotation (Clockwise when viewed from the driver end). Switch power on and off. Observe shaft rotation. On frame-mounted units, check rotation before coupling pump to motor.

2. Single-Phase: Refer to wiring diagram on motor if rotation must be changed.

3. Three-Phase: Interchange any two power supply leads to change rotation.

7. Operation1. Before starting, pump must be primed (free of air and

suction pipe full of liquid) and discharge valve par-tially open.

PUMPED LIQUID PROVIDES LUBRICATION. IF PUMP IS RUN DRY, ROTATING PARTS WILL SEIZE AND MECHANICAL SEAL WILL BE DAMAGED.

2. Make complete check after unit is run under operating conditions and temperature has stabilized. Check for expansion of piping. Check coupling alignment.

3. Do not operate at or near zero fl ow. Energy imparted to the liquid is converted into heat. Liquid may fl ash to vapor. Rotating parts require liquid to prevent scor-ing or seizing.

CAUTION

Hazardous Machinery

WARNING

CAUTION

UR01211-0M-00 Page 192 of 257

Page 196: Operation and Maintenance Manual

5

8. MaintenanceFAILURE TO DISCONNECT AND LOCKOUT ELECTRICAL POWER BEFORE ATTEMPTING ANY MAINTENANCE CAN CAUSE SHOCK, BURNS OR DEATH.

1. Bearings are located in and are part of the motor. For lubrication procedure, refer to manufacturer’s instruc-tions.

2. On frame-mounted units, regrease at 2,000 hours use or after 3 months. Use #2 Sodium or Lithium grease and fi ll until grease comes out of the relief fi tting.

9. Disassembly

1. Always turn power off.2. Drain system. Flush if necessary.3. Remove motor hold-down bolts on close-coupled or

disconnect coupling and remove spacer.4. Remove casing bolts and pump hold-down bolts.5. Remove motor and rotating element from casing.6. Unscrew impeller bolt with a socket wrench. Do not

insert screwdriver between impeller vanes to prevent rotation. It may be necessary to use a strap wrench around the impeller if impacting the socket wrench will not loosen the impeller bolt.

7. Remove impeller o-ring.8. Insert two pry bars (180º apart) between impeller and

seal housing. Pry off impeller.9. Remove shaft sleeve, seal spring, cupwasher, seal

rotary and impeller key.10. Remove seal housing.11. Place seal housing on fl at surface. Press out stationary

seal parts.12. Remove defl ector from shaft on frame-mounted

units.13. Remove bolts holding bearing cover to frame and

remove bearing cover (frame-mount).14. Remove lip seals from bearing frame and bearing

cover (frame-mount).15. Remove shaft and bearings from frame (frame-

mount).16. Remove bearing retaining ring (frame-mount).17. Use bearing puller or arbor press to remove ball

bearings (frame-mount).18. Remove wear ring if excessively worn. Use pry bar

and/or vicegrips.

10. Reassembly1. All parts should be cleaned before assembly.2. Refer to parts list to identify required replacement

items.3. Reassembly is the reverse of the disassembly proce-

dure.4. Replace lip seals if worn or damaged (frame-mount

only).5. Replace ball bearings if loose, rough or noisy when

rotated (frame-mount only).6. Check shaft for maximum runout of .005" TIR. Bear-

ing seats and lip seal areas must be smooth and free of scratches or grooves. Replace if necessary (frame-mount only).

7. All mechanical seal components must be in good condition or leakage may result. Replacement of complete seal assembly, whenever seal has been removed, is good standard practice.

8. If wear ring is being replaced, do not use lubricants on the metal-to-metal fi t when pressing in the replace-ment.

9. If the impeller is removed, as for example to effect a mechanical seal change, this procedure must be followed: Old impeller bolt and impeller o-ring cannot be reused.

10. Install the mechanical seal stationary seat in the seal housing, using soapy water as a lubricant to ease insertion.

11. S-Group – Install the mechanical seal spring retainer, spring and rotary assembly on the shaft sleeve using soapy water to lubricate. Slide the shaft sleeve over the pump shaft, be sure that a new shaft sleeve o-ring is used.

NOTE: THE SHAFT SLEEVE O-RING AND IMPEL- LER WASHER O-RING ARE ALMOST IDENTICAL IN DIAMETER. BE SURE TO USE THE SQUARE CROSS-SECTION O-RING IN THE IMPELLER WASHER. THE ROUND CROSS-SECTION O-RING IS USED IN THE SHAFT SLEEVE.11. M-Group – Install the mechanical seal spring and

rotary on the shaft sleeve using soapy water to lubri-cate. Slide the shaft sleeve over the pump shaft. Be sure that a new shaft sleeve o-ring is used. Place the mechanical seal spring retainer over the impeller hub.

12. Place the impeller key into the shaft keyway and slide the impeller in place. Install the impeller stud and impeller washer. Be sure that a new impeller o-ring is used. Tighten S-Group (3⁄8" thread) to 17 lb.ft. and M-Group (½" thread) to 38 lb.ft.

13. Replace casing bolts and tighten in a crossing se-quence to the torque values indicated below.S-Group – 25 lb.-ft. (35 N-m)M-Group – 37 lb.-ft. (50 N-m)

14. Check reassembled unit for binding by rotating shaft with appropriate tool from motor end.

15. If rubbing exists, loosen casing bolts and proceed with tightening sequence again.

WARNINGHazardousvoltage

UR01211-0M-00 Page 193 of 257

Page 197: Operation and Maintenance Manual

6

11. Troubleshooting1. Motor does not start, and no noise or vibration oc-

curs:1.1. Power supply not connected.1.2. Fuses or protection device tripped or defective.1.3. Loose or broken electrical connections.

2. Motor will not start, but generates noise and vibration:2.1. Motor not wired as directed on diagram.2.2. Shaft locked due to mechanical obstructions in

motor or pump.2.3. Low voltage or phase loss on three phase supply.

3. Pump does not deliver rated capacity:3.1. Pump not fi lled and primed.3.2. Pump has lost prime due to leaks in suction line.3.3. Direction of rotation incorrect. See Rotation.3.4. Head required is higher than that originally

specifi ed. (Valve may be partially closed.)3.5. Foot valve clogged.3.6. Suction lift too high.3.7. Suction pipe diameter too small.

4. Protection trips as unit starts:4.1. Phase loss on three-phase supply.4.2. Protection device may be defective.4.3. Loose or broken electrical connections.4.4. Check motor resistance and insulation to ground.

5. Protection device trips too often:5.1. Protection may be set to a value lower than motor

full load.5.2. Phase loss due to faulty contacts or supply cable.5.3. Liquid is viscous or its specifi c gravity is too high.5.4. Rubbing occurs between rotating and stationary

parts.

6. Shaft spins with diffi culty:6.1. Check for obstructions in the motor or the pump.6.2. Rubbing occurs between rotating and stationary

parts.6.3. Check bearings for proper conditions.

7. Pump vibrates, runs noisily, and fl ow rate is uneven:7.1. Pump runs beyond rated capacity.7.2. Pump or piping not properly secured.7.3. Suction lift too high.7.4. Suction pipe diameter too small.7.5. Cavitation caused by insuffi cient liquid supply or

excessive suction losses.7.6. Impeller blockage.

8. When stopped, unit turns slowly in the reverse direc-tion:8.1. Leaks on air locks in suction pipe.8.2. Partial blockage in check valve.

9. In pressure boosting applications, the unit starts and stops too often:9.1. Pressure switch settings are incorrect.9.2. Tank size may be incorrect.

10. In pressure boosting applications, the unit does not stop:10.1. Pressure switch maximum setting is higher than

was specifi ed.10.2. Direction of rotation incorrect. See Rotation.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 194 of 257

Page 198: Operation and Maintenance Manual

7

MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION Item Description Material 100 Casing 101 Impeller 103 Wear Ring 184 Seal Housing 370 Socket Head Cap Screw (Casing to Adapter) 408 Drain Plug — 3⁄8 NPT AISI TYPE 316 SS 126 Shaft Sleeve 316 SS 178 Impeller Key Steel 422 Impeller Stud Steel 199 Impeller Washer 316 SS 108 Adapter Cast Iron ASTM A48CL20

371 Hex Head Cap Screw

Steel (Adapter to Motor) 412A O-ring, impeller BUNA-N 412F O-ring, shaft sleeve BUNA-N 513 O-Ring BUNA-N Carbon/Ceramic 383 Mechanical Seal Part No. 10K13 Buna Elastomers 316 SS Metal Parts 383A Spring Retainer AISI Type 316 SS

OPTIONAL MECHANICAL SEALSJohn Crane Type 21 Mechanical Seals

Item

Part Rotary Stationary Elastomers

Metal Intended Duty No. Parts

10K19 Ni-Resist EPR Hi-Temperature

10K25 Carbon

Ni-Resist Viton Chemical

10K27 Tungsten EPR

Hi-Temperature Carbide Mild Abrasive

SSH-C Components

316 SS

383Options

100 101 178 108 370

513

184

383

199 422 408 126 371

103

412F

412A

AISI TYPE 316LStainless Steel

383A(S-GROUPLOCATION)

383A(M-GROUPLOCATION)

UR01211-0M-00 Page 195 of 257

Page 199: Operation and Maintenance Manual

8

122

MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION Item Description Material 100 Casing 101 Impeller 103 Wear Ring 184 Seal Housing 370 Socket Head Cap Screw 408 Drain plug – 3⁄8 NPT AISI TYPE 316 SS 126 Shaft Sleeve 316 SS 178 Impeller Key Steel 422 Impeller Stud Steel 199 Impeller Washer 316 SS 412A O-ring, impeller BUNA-N 412F O-ring, shaft sleeve BUNA-N 513 O-Ring BUNA-N Mechanical Seal Carbon/Ceramic 383 Standard Part BUNA-N Elastomers No. 10K13 316 SS Metal Parts 383A Spring Retainer AISI Type 316SS 108 Adapter 228 Bearing Frame Cast Iron ASTM A48 CL20 134 Bearing Cover 122 Pump Shaft 168 Ball Bearing (Inboard) 112 Ball Bearing (Outboard) 136 Retaining Ring 370B Hex Head Cap Screw Steel (Adapter to Bearing Frame) 370C Hex Head Cap Screw (Bearing Frame to Cover) 333A Lip Seal BUNA-N 193 Grease Fitting Steel 123 V-Ring Defl ector BUNA-N

Pum

p En

d Co

mpo

nent

sPo

wer

End

Com

pone

nts

OPTIONAL MECHANICAL SEALSJohn Crane Type 21 Mechanical Seals

Item

Part Rotary Stationary Elastomers

Metal Intended Duty No. Parts

10K19 Ni-Resist EPR Hi-Temperature 10K25

Carbon Ni-Resist Viton Chemical

10K27

Tungsten EPR

Hi-Temperature Carbide Mild Abrasive

SSH-F Components

383Options

316 SS

383100 101 513 370 184 108 228

103 199 422 408 178 370B 123 168 112 136

134

370C

333A

412A

412F

AISI TYPE 316LStainless Steel

383A(S-GROUPLOCATION)

383A(M-GROUPLOCATION)

126

UR01211-0M-00 Page 196 of 257

Page 200: Operation and Maintenance Manual

9

Channel Steel Bedplate, Clockwise Rotation Viewed from Drive End;Fundación de Acero, Rotación en Dirección de las Agujas del Reloj Visto desde el Extremo del Motor;Plaque de base profi lée en U et rotation en sens horaire (vue de l’extrémité du moteur)

MotorFrame,

Armazóndel

Motor,Carcasse

de moteur

AB C P Wt. Max., Max., Max., Max., AB C P Peso Máx., Máx., Máx., Máx., AB C P Poids max. max. max. max.

Available Motor and Bedplate Dimensions and Weights,Pesos y Dimensiones Disponibles de la Fundación y del MotorDimensions et poids – moteur et plaque de base

ODP TEFC ODP TEFC ODP TEFC ODP TEFC

Dimensions and weights vary with manufacturers. Dimensions in inches and weights in lbs.“HP” Dimensions at motor end only.* “HD” Dimension for 254T/256T motor frame on 1 x 2-10 only is 11"; A ¾" motor shim and a 1¾" bearing frame shim are required.

Dimensiones y pesos varían con los fabricantes. Dimensiones en pulgadas y pesos en libras.Dimensiones “HP” sólo en el extremo del motor.* La dimensión “HD” para el bastidor del motor 254T/256T de 1 x 2 - 10 es sólo 11"; se requieren una cuña del motor de ¾" y una cuña del bastidor de apoyo de 1¾".

ODP = carcasse abritée (à ouvertures de ventilation protégées) ; TEFC = carcasse fermée autoventilée.*Dimensions HP à l’extrémité du moteur seulement. La dimension HD pour la carcasse 254T ou 256T, version 1X2-10 seulement, est de 11 po ; une cale de moteur de ¾ po et une cale de palier de 1¾ po sont requises.

HP @ 3500 RPM, HP @ 1750 RPM, HP a 3500 RPM, HP a 1750 RPM, hp à 3 500 tr/min hp à 1 750 tr/min

Single Phase, Three Phase, Single Phase, Three Phase, Monofásicos, 1 Ø Trifásicos, 3 Ø Monofásicos, 1 Ø Trifásicos, 3 Ø

SUCTIONSUCCIÓNASPIRATION

DISCHARGEDESCARGAREFOULEMENT

3⁄8" GAS THREAD;UNI ISO 228/1;3⁄8, PAS DU GAZ (UNI ISO 228/1)

HP

SPACER COUPLINGACOPLE DEL ESPACIADOR;ACCOUPL. À PIÈCE D’ÉCART.

COUPLING GUARD, GUARDA ACOPLE;CARTER D’ACCOUPL.1.125

1.124

DC MAX.

C MAX.

SINGLE PHASE ONLY, SOLO UNIFÁSICOS;MONOPHASÉ SEULEMENT

ABMAX.

HE HEHA

HG

HD

X

DD

Y 35⁄8CP 3¾

HF

HBHL

DRAIN PLUG, TAPÓN DE DRENAJEBOUCHON DE VIDANGE

Ø

HA HB HD* HE HF HG HP*

Dimensions and Weights – Determined by Pump,Dimensiones y Pesos – Determinados por la Bomba;Dimensions et poids – pompe

SSH S-Group – Engineering Data, Información Técnica, Données techniques – SSH, groupe S

PRIME PLUG,TAPÓN DE PURGA, BOUCHON D’AMORÇAGE

KEYWAY 1⁄8 x ¼CHAVETERO 1⁄8 x ¼LOGEMENT DE CLAVETTE, 1⁄8 x ¼

NOTES: 1. All pumps shipped in vertical discharge

position. May be rotated in 90° increments. Tighten 3⁄8 – 16 casing bolts to 12 ft./lbs. torque.

2. Dimensions in inches.3. Motor dimensions may vary with

motor manufacturer.4. Not to be used for construction purposes.

NOTAS: 1. Todas las bombas transportadas en posición de

descarga vertical. Pueden rotarse en aumentos de 90º. Apretar 3⁄8 – 16 tornillos de carcasa a 12 pies/libras potencia.

2. Las dimensiones en pulgadas.3. Las dimensiones puede que varíen con los

fabricantes..4. No para propósitos de construcción.

NOTA :1. L’orifi ce de refoulement est orienté vers le haut.

On peut le tourner de 90° en 90°. Serrer les vis

3⁄8 - 16 du corps de pompe à 12 lbf·pi.2. Les dimensions sont en pouces, et le poids,

en livres.3. Les dimensions et le poids du moteur peuvent

varier selon le fabricant.4. Ne pas utiliser les dimensions pour la construc-

tion si elles ne sont pas certifi ées à cette effet.

Bedplate Data, Datos de la Fundación, Plaque de baseWt.

(lbs.),Peso(li-

bras),Poids

➀ For use with ANSI class 150 mating fl anges. Para usar con bridas que casan ANSI clase 150. À utiliser avec des contre-brides ANSI, classe 150.

MotorShim,

Plancha de relleno del motorCale de moteur

BearingFrame Shim,

Planchade relleno

del bastidordel cojinete,

Cale de palier

(4) HOLES5⁄8 DIA.

(4) AGUJEROS5⁄8 DIA.;

4 TROUS, DIAM. : 5⁄8

1,1251,124

Motor Frame Size, Tamaño del bastidor del motor,

Carcasse de moteur

PMAX.

5¼ 65⁄8 10 28 8 3¾ 24 2¾ ¾ 48 1¾ – 57⁄8 77⁄8

73⁄8 95⁄8 12 31 8¼ 4¼ 29 3 1 65 – –

101⁄8 13 13 42 9¼ 5¼ 38½ 4 110 – 1 1¾ 125⁄8 15 15 44 10½ 5¾ 40½ 3½ 124 – 1¾

143T 1 1 1 1 133⁄8 45 145T 2 2 2 or ou 3 2 1½ 1½ 1½ or ou 2 1½ or ou 2 14¼ 53 182T 3 3 5 3 2 2 3 3 165⁄8 74 184T 5 5 7½ 5 3 or ou 5 3 5 3 181⁄8 95 213T 10 7½ 18 116 215T 15 10 191⁄8 136 254T 20 15 215⁄8 266 256T 25 20 233⁄8 264 284TS 30 25 247⁄8 392 286TS 40 30 265⁄8 432

Dimension “HL” Determined by Pump and Bedplate, Dimensión “HL” determinada la bomba y el motor, Dimensions HL – pompe et plaque de base Pump, Suction Discharge DC Max., Wt. (lbs.), Bomba, Succión ➀ Descarga ➀ CP DC Máx. DD X Y Peso (lib.) 143/ 183/ 213/ 254/ 284/ Pompe Aspir. Refoul. DC max. Poids 145 184 215 256 286 9SH 1 X 2–6

163⁄4 5 4¾ 63⁄8 31⁄8

56 91⁄8 75⁄8 37⁄8

10SH 1 X 2–8 2 1 55⁄8 53⁄8 71⁄8 64 11SH 1 X 2–10 179⁄16 67⁄8 65⁄8 87⁄8 4 86 10 8½ 4¾ 4SH 1½ X 2½–6

1½ 169⁄16 5 4¾ 63⁄8 3¼ 57 9¼ 7¾ 4

7SH 1½ X 2½–8 2½

55⁄8 53⁄8 71⁄8 66

5SH 2 X 2½–6 2

175⁄16 5 4¾

4 57

10 8½ 4¾ 8SH 2 X 2½–8

6 5¾ 715⁄16 68

6SH 2½ X 3–6 3 2½ 59

UR01211-0M-00 Page 197 of 257

Page 201: Operation and Maintenance Manual

10

(All dimensions in inches and weights in lbs. Do not use for construction purposes.)(Todas las dimensiones en pulgadas y pesos en libras. No usar para propósitos de construcción.)

Motor Frame Selections,Selecciones del Armazón del Motor,Choix de carcasses de moteur

DISCHARGEDESCARGAREFOULEMENT

SUCTIONSUCCIÓNASPIRATION

DC MAX.G

H-(4) HOLESH-(4) AGUJEROSH (4 TROUS)

DD X Y

Dimensions “L” Determined by Pump and Motor, Dimensiones “L” Determinadas por la Bomba y el Motor, Dimensions L – pompe et moteur

3⁄8" GAS THREADUNI ISO 228/13⁄8, PAS DU GAZ (UNI ISO 228/1)

NOTE:1. Pumps shipped in vertical discharge as standard.

For other orientations, remove casing bolts, rotate discharge to desired position, and tighten 3⁄8 – 16 bolts to 12 ft./lbs., 7⁄16 – 14 bolts to 20 ft./lbs.

2. ALL dimensions in inches.3. Motor dimensions may vary with motor manu-

facturer.4. Not for construction purposes.

NOTA: 1. Las bombas se transportarán en descarga vertical

como estándar. Para otras orientaciones, retirar los tornillos de la carcasa, rotar la descarga a la posición deseada, y apretar 3⁄8 – 16 tornillos a 12 pies/libras,

7⁄16 – 14 tornillos a 20 pies/libras.2. TODAS las dimensiones en pulgadas.3. Las dimensiones puede que varíen con

los fabricantes.4. No para propósitos de construcción.

NOTA :1. L’orifi ce de refoulement est orienté vers le haut. Pour

l’orienter autrement, enlever les vis de fi xation du corps de pompe, placer l’orifi ce dans le sens voulu, puis reposer et serrer les vis 3⁄8 - 16 à 12 lbf·pi et 7⁄16 - 14 à 20 lbf·pi.

2. Les dimensions sont en pouces, et le poids, en livres.3. Les dimensions et le poids du moteur peuvent varier

selon le fabricant.4. Ne pas utiliser les dimensions pour la construction si

elles ne sont pas certifi ées à cette effet.

Pump,Bomba,Pompe

DCMax.,

DCMáx.,

DCmax.

Dimensions Determined by JM Motor Frame, Dimensiones Determinadas por el Armazón del Motor JM,Dimensions – carcasse de moteur JM

Suct. Disch. Succ. ➀ Desc. ➀ Aspir. Refoul.

150 lb. Flange,Brida de 150 lib.,Bride, 150 lb/po2

CPMax.,

CPMáx.,

CPmax.

Motor Frame Size,Tamaño del Armazón del Motor,

Carcasse de moteur

Wt.(lbs.),Pesos

(libras),Poids

➀ For use with ANSI class 150 mating fl anges. Para usar con bridas que casan ANSI clase 150. À utiliser avec des contre-brides ANSI, classe 150.

Motor Horsepower, Potencia del Motor, Puissance (hp)

3500 RPM, 3500 RPM, 3 500 tr/min 1750 RPM, 1750 RPM, 1750 tr/minMotor Frame,

Armazón del Motor,Carcasse

A AB B D E F G JM Frame,

JM Armazón,Carcasse

P Max.,P Máx.,P max.

HDia.,

HDiám.,

H (diam.)

Motor Wt.(lbs.)

Peso Motor(lib.),

Poids du moteur

AB MAX.

X

D

E E

A

DD

PMAX.

F F

B

L

Y 35⁄8

CP MAX.

DRAIN PLUGTAPÓN DE DRENAJEBOUCHON DE VIDANGE

SSH S-Group Close Coupled – Dimensions and Weights, SSH Acople Cerrado – Dimensiones y Pesos, Dimensions et poids – SSH montée sur moteur, groupe S

PRIME PLUG, TAPÓN DE PURGA, BOUCHON D’AMORÇAGE

143JM 2 41 145JM 2½ 57 182JM 2¼ 77 184JM 97 213JM 122 215JM 3½ 155 254TCZ 9½ 41⁄8 265 256TCZ 11¾ 5 320

6½ 5¼ 6 3½ 2¾ 1⁄8 11⁄32 65⁄8

8½ 57⁄8 6½ 4½ 3¾ 3⁄16 77⁄8 2¾ 13⁄32

9½ 73⁄8 8 5¼ 4¼ 7⁄32 95⁄8

11¼ 9 6¼ 5 ¼ 17⁄32 11½

ODP TEFC ODP TEFC ODP TEFC ODP TEFC 143JM – – – – – – 1 1 145JM 2 2 2-3 2 1-1½ 1-1½ 1½-2 1½-2 182JM 3 3 5 3 2 2-3 3 3 184JM 5 5 7½ 5 3 – 5 5 213JM 7½ – 10 7½ 5 – 7½ 7½ 215JM 10 – 15 10-15 – – – – 254TCZ – – 20 – – – – – 256TCZ – – 25 20-25 – – – –ODP = carcasse abritée (à ouvertures de ventilation protégées) ; TEFC = carcasse fermée autoventilée.

1Ø, Monofásicos 3Ø, Trifásicos 1Ø, Monofásicos 3Ø, Trifásicos 1 Ø 3 Ø 1 Ø 3 Ø

143/145 182/184 213/215 254/256 9SH 1 x 2 – 6

253⁄8 5 4¾ 63⁄8 31⁄8 95⁄8 10¼ 11¼ — 24

10SH 1 x 2 – 8 2 1 55⁄8 53⁄8 71⁄8 32 11SH 1 x 2 – 10 277⁄8 67⁄8 65⁄8 87⁄8 4 10½ 111⁄8 121⁄8 123⁄8 54 4SH 1½ x 2½ – 6

1½ 25½ 5 4¾ 63⁄8 3¼ 9¾ 103⁄8 113⁄8 — 25

7SH 1½ x 2½ – 8 2½

55⁄8 53⁄8 71⁄8 34 5SH 2 x 2½ – 6

2

277⁄8 5 4¾ 63⁄8 4 10½ 111⁄8 121⁄8 123⁄8

25 8SH 2 x 2½ – 8

6 4¾ 715⁄16 36

6SH 2½ x 3 – 6 3 2½ 27

UR01211-0M-00 Page 198 of 257

Page 202: Operation and Maintenance Manual

11

DC MAX.

3⁄8" GAS THREADUNI ISO 228/13⁄8" PAS DU GAZ(UNI ISO 228/1)

½¾

KEYWAY 1⁄8 x 1⁄4, CHAVETERO 1⁄8 x ¼, LOGEMENT DE CLAVETTE, 1⁄8 x ¼

1.1251.124DIA.

Dimensions and Weights – Bare Pump Only,Dimensiones y Pesos – Solamente Bomba,Dimensions et poids – pompe nue seulement

9SH 1 x 2 – 6 5 4¾

163⁄4 75⁄8 63⁄8 31⁄8

56

10SH 1 x 2 – 8 2 1 55⁄8 53⁄8 71⁄8 64

11SH 1 x 2 – 10 67⁄8 65⁄8 179⁄16 8½ 87⁄8 4 86

4SH 1½ x 2½ – 6 1½

5 4¾ 169⁄16 7¾ 63⁄8 3¼ 56

7SH 1½ x 2½ – 8 2½

55⁄8 53⁄8 71⁄8

64

5SH 2 x 2½ – 6 2 5 4¾

175⁄16 8½

4 57

8SH 2 x 2½ – 8 6 5¾ 63⁄8

66

6SH 2½ x 3 – 6 3 2½ 57

Pump,Bomba,Pompe

NOTE: 1. Pumps will be shipped with top

vertical discharge as standard. For other orientations, remove casing bolts, rotate discharge to desired position, and tighten 3⁄8 –16 bolts to 12 ft./lbs., 7⁄16 – 14 bolts to 20 ft./lbs.

2. ALL dimensions in inches.3. Not for construction purposes.

NOTA: 1. Las bombas se transportarán con

la descarga vertical superior como estándar. Para otras orientaciones, retirar los tornillos de la carcasa, rotar la descarga a la posición deseada, y apretar 3⁄8 – 16 tornillos a 12 pies/libras, 7⁄16 – 14 tornillos a 20 pies/libras.

2. TODAS las dimensiones en pulgadas.

3. No para propósitos de construc-ción.

NOTA :1. L’orifi ce de refoulement est orienté

vers le haut. Pour l’orienter autre-ment, enlever les vis de fi xation du corps de pompe, placer l’orifi ce dans le sens voulu, puis reposer et serrer les vis 3⁄8 – 16 à 12 lbf·pi et 7⁄16 – 14 à 20 lbf·pi.

2. Les dimensions sont en pouces, et le poids, en livres.

3. Ne pas utiliser les dimensions pour la construction si elles ne sont pas certifi ées à cette effet.

Wt.(lbs.),Peso

(libras),Poids

DD L X Y

DCMax.,

DCMáx.,

DCmax.

Suction Discharge Succión ➀ Descarga ➀ Aspir. Refoul.

150 lb. Flange,Brida de 150 lib.,Bride, 150 lb/po2

CPMax.,

CPMáx.,

CPmax.

7

2¾ 2¾

X

DD

PRIME PLUG,

DRAIN PLUG,TAPÓN DE DRE-NAJE, BOUCHON DE VIDANGE

L 5

35⁄8Y

CPDISCHARGEDESCARGAREFOULEMENT

SUCTIONSUCCIÓNASPIRATION

SSH S-Group Frame-Mounted – Dimensions and Weights, SSH Armazón Montado – Dimensiones y Pesos, Dimensions et poids – SSH montée sur palier, groupe S

1,1251,124

(DIAM.)

➀ For use with ANSI class 150 mating fl anges. Para usar con bridas que casan ANSI clase 150. À utiliser avec des contre-brides ANSI, classe 150.

TAPÓN DE PURGA, BOUCHON D’AMORÇAGE

7⁄16 DIA. – (4) HOLES, 7⁄16 DIA. – (4) AGUJEROS, 4 TROUS, DIAM. : 7⁄16

UR01211-0M-00 Page 199 of 257

Page 203: Operation and Maintenance Manual

12

Channel Steel Bedplate, Clockwise Rotation Viewed from Drive End;Fundación de Acero, Rotación en Dirección de las Agujas del Reloj Visto desde el Extremo del Motor;Plaque de base profi lée en U et rotation en sens horaire (vue de l’extrémité du moteur)

Three Phase, Single Phase, Three Phase, Trifásicos, 3 Ø Monofásicos, 1 Ø Trifásicos, 3 Ø HA HB HD HE HF HG

Available Motor and Bedplate Dimensions and Weights,Pesos y Dimensiones Disponibles de la Fundación y del Motor,Dimensions et poids – moteur et plaque de base

DD L X Y

24SH 1½ x 2½-10

2½ 1½

67⁄8 65⁄8 125

25SH 2 x 2½-10 2 23

101⁄8

815⁄16 4 125

22SH 2½ x 3-8 3 2½

61⁄8 57⁄8 125

27SH 2½ x 3-10 67⁄8 65⁄8

915⁄16

134

23SH 3 x 4-8 4 3 24

111⁄8

5 136

28SH 3 x 4-10 75⁄8 73⁄8 111⁄8 148

CP

Dimensions and Weights – Determined by Pump,Dimensiones y Pesos – Determinados por la Bomba,Dimensions et poids – pompe

NOTE: 1. Pumps will be shipped with top

vertical discharge as standard. For other orientations, remove casing bolts, rotate discharge to desired position and tighten 3⁄8 – 16 bolts to 12 ft./lbs.

2. ALL dimensions in inches.3. Not for construction purposes.

NOTA: 1. Las bombas se transportarán con

la descarga vertical superior como estándar. Para otras orientaciones, retirar los tornillos de la carcasa, rotar la descarga a la posición deseada, y apretar 3⁄8 – 16 tornillos a 12 pies/libras.

2. TODAS las dimensiones en pulgadas.

3. No para propósitos de construcción.

Wt.(lbs.),Peso

(libras),Poids

➀ ➀ Suction Discharge Succión Descarga Aspir. Refoul.

Pump Size,Tamaño de la Bomba,

Dimensions

Dimensions and weights vary with manufacturers. Dimensions in inches and weights in lbs.Dimensiones y pesos varían con los fabricantes. Dimensiones en pulgadas y pesos en libras.

ODP = carcasse abritée (à ouvertures de ventilation protégées) ; TEFC = carcasse fermée autoventilée.

➀ For use with ANSI class 150 mating fl anges. Para usar con bridas que casan ANSI clase 150. À utiliser avec des contre-brides ANSI, classe 150.

DCMax.,

DCMáx.,

DCmax.

ODP TEFC ODP TEFC ODP TEFC

Pump,Bomba,Pompe

4 HOLES5⁄84 TROUS,DIAM. : 5⁄8

ABMAX.

HE HE

HA

HG

HD

SUCTIONSUCCIÓN,ASPIRATION

DISCHARGEDESCARGA,REFOULEMENT

DCMAX.

3⁄8" GAS THREADUNI ISO 228/1,3⁄8, PAS DU GAZ (UNI ISO 228/1)

DD

CP

Y

L

HB

HF 1 3⁄4

PMAX.

C MAX.

3 3⁄4

1.625, 1,6251.624, 1,624

37⁄8 COUPLING GUARD, CARTER D’ACCOUPL.SINGLE PHASE ONLY

MONOPHASÉ SEULEMENT

KEYWAY 3⁄16 X 3⁄8LOGEMENT DE CLAVETTE, 3⁄16 x 3⁄8

X

PRIME PLUG,TAPÓN DE PURGA, BOUCHON D’AMORÇAGE

SPACER COUPLING, ACCOUPL. À PIÈCE D’ÉCART.

DRAIN PLUG,TAPÓN DE DRENAJE, BOUCHON DE VIDANGE

SSH-F M-Group – Engineering Data, SSH-F – Información Técnica, Données techniques – SSH-F, groupe M

NOTA :1. L’orifi ce de refoulement est ori-

enté vers le haut. Pour l’orienter autrement, enlever les vis de fi xation du corps de pompe, placer l’orifi ce dans le sens voulu, puis reposer et serrer les vis

3⁄8 - 16 à 12 lbf·pi.2. Les dimensions sont en pouces,

et le poids, en livres.3. Les dimensions et le poids du

moteur peuvent varier selon le fabricant.

4. Ne pas utiliser les dimensions pour la construction si elles ne sont pas certifi ées à cette effet.

Wt. (lbs.),Peso

(libras),Poids

MotorFrame,

Armazóndel

Motor,Carcasse

de moteur

HP @ 3500 RPM, HP @ 1750 RPM – T-Frame Only Bedplate Data, Datos de la Fundación, hp à 3 500 tr/min hp à 1 750 tr/min – carc. T seulem. Plaque de base

AB C P Wt. Max., Max., Max., Max., AB C P Peso Máx., Máx., Máx., Máx., AB C P Poids max. max. max. max.

73⁄8 95⁄8

91⁄2 13

125⁄8 15 15 44 101⁄2 53⁄4 401⁄2 31⁄2 124

141⁄8 173⁄8 12

18 48 71⁄4 441⁄2 4 183

151⁄8 187⁄8 13

184T 3 or ou 5 3 5 5 57⁄8 181⁄8 77⁄8 95

213T 71⁄2 71⁄2 18 116

215T 15 10 10 191⁄8 136 13 42 101⁄4 51⁄4 381⁄2 4 111

254T 20 15 15 15 215⁄8 266

256T 25 20 20 20 233⁄8 264

284TS/T 30 25 25 25 247⁄8 392

286TS/T 40 30 265⁄8 422

324TS/T 50 40 283⁄4 592

326TS/T 60 50 301⁄4 634

364TS/T 75 60 315⁄8 834

365TS/T 100 75 325⁄8 1000

405TS/T 100 18 367⁄8 205⁄8 1060 22 56 14 7¼ 52½ 4 214

UR01211-0M-00 Page 200 of 257

Page 204: Operation and Maintenance Manual

13

Frame,Armazón,Carcasse

DRAIN PLUG,TAPÓN DE DRENAJE,BOUCHON DE VIDANGE

D

A

SUCTION,SUCCIÓN,ASPIRATION

DISCHARGE,DESCARGA,REFOULEMENT

Y

CP

L

DCMAX.

3⁄8" GAS THREADUNI ISO 228/1,3⁄8, PAS DU GAZ(UNI ISO 228/1)

DD

E

AB MAX.

E

G

MAX.

B

F F

P MAX.

H-4 HOLES,H (4 TROUS)

X

PRIME PLUG,TAPÓN DE PURGA, BOUCHON D’AMORÇAGE

(All dimensions in inches and weights in lbs. Do not use for construction purposes.) (Todas las dimensiones en pulgadas y pesos en libras. No usar para propósitos de construcción.)

A B D E F G HFrame,

Armazón,Carcasse

364TCZ and 365TCZ frames are built with 326JM shaft extensions.Dimensions may vary with manufacturer.;Los armazones 364TCZ y 365TCZ se construyen con extensiones del eje 326JM. Las dimensiones puede que varíen con los fabricantes.;Les carcasses 364TCZ et 365TCZ possèdent la rallonge d’arbre de la 326JM.

P Max.,P Máx.,

Pmax.

364TCZ and 365TCZ frames are built with 326JM shaft extensions.Los armazones 364TCZ y 365TCZ se construyen con extensiones del eje 326JM. ODP = carcasse abritée (à ouvertures de ventilation protégées) ; TEFC = carcasse fermée autoventilée. Les carcasses 364TCZ et 365TCZ possèdent la rallonge d’arbre de la 326JM.

Motor Frame Selections,Selecciones del Armazón del Motor,Choix de carcasses de moteur

Motor Horsepower, Potencia del Motor, Puissance (hp)

ODP TEFC ODP TEFC ODP TEFC 145JM – – – – 2 2 57 182JM – – 2 2, 3 3 3 77 184JM – – 3 – 5 5 97 213JM 10 – 5 – 7½ 7½ 141 215JM 15 10 – – 10 10 155 254JM 20 15 – – 15 15 265 256JM 25 20 – – 20 20 320 284JM 30 25 – – 25 25 419 286JM 40 30 – – – – 422 324JM 50 40 – – – – 562 326JM 60 50 – – – – 625 364TCZ 75 60 – – – – 775 365TCZ 100 75, 100 – – – – 905

3500 RPM, 3500 tr/min 1750 RPM, 1750 tr/min

3 PH, Trifásicos, 3 Ø 1 PH, Monofásicos, 1 Ø 3 PH, Trifásicos, 3Ø

Dimensions “L” Determined by Pump and Motor, Dimensiones “L” Determinadas por la Bomba y el Motor, Dimensions L – pompe et moteur

Motor Frame Size,Tamaño del Armazón del Motor,

Carcasse de moteur

➀ For use with ANSI class 150 mating fl anges. Para usar con bridas que casan ANSI clase 150. À utiliser avec des contre-brides ANSI, classe 150.

145JM 61⁄2 51⁄4 6 31⁄2 23⁄4 21⁄2 1⁄8 11⁄32 73⁄16

182JM 21⁄4

184JM 213JM 215JM 31⁄2 254JM 41⁄8 256JM 5 284JM 43⁄4 286JM 51⁄2 324JM 51⁄4 326JM 51⁄2 364TCZ 55⁄8 365TCZ 61⁄8

81⁄2 57⁄8 61⁄2 41⁄2 33⁄4 3⁄16 81⁄2 23⁄4 13⁄32

91⁄2 73⁄8 8 51⁄4 41⁄4 7⁄32 103⁄16

111⁄4 9 113⁄4 61⁄4 5 131⁄4 1⁄4 17⁄32 121⁄4 121⁄4 121⁄4 7 51⁄2 15

14 131⁄4 14 8 61⁄4 5⁄16 1615⁄16

21⁄32

173⁄4 151⁄8 151⁄2 9 7 1 19

CPMax.,

CPMáx.,

CPmax.

Dimensions Determined by JM Motor Frame, Dimensiones Determinadas por el Armazón del Motor JM,Dimensions – carcasse de moteur JM

DD X Y

Wt.(lbs.),Peso

(libras),Poids

Pump Size,Tamaño de la Bomba,

Dimensions

DCMax.,

DCMáx. ,

DCmax.

Pump, Bomba,Pompe

NOTAS: 1. Las bombas se transportarán en descarga

vertical como estándar. Para otras orientacio-nes, retirar los tornillos de la carcasa, rotar la descarga a la posición deseada, y apretar 3⁄8 – 16 tornillos a 12 pies/libras, 7⁄16 – 14 tornillos a 20 pies/libras, ½ – 13 tornillos a 35 pies/libras.

2. TODAS las dimensiones en pulgadas.3. No para propósitos de construcción.

NOTES:1. Pumps shipped in vertical discharge as

standard. For other orientations, remove casing bolts, rotate discharge to desired position, and tighten 3⁄8 – 16 bolts to 12 ft./lbs., 7⁄16 – 14 bolts to 20 ft./lbs.,

½ – 13 bolts to 35 ft./lbs.2. Motor dimensions may vary with motor

manufacturer.3. Not for construction purposes.

24SH 11⁄2 x 2 1⁄2-10

21⁄2 11⁄2 341⁄2

67⁄8 65⁄8 75 101⁄2 -

25SH 2 x 21⁄2-10 2 815⁄16 4 75 111⁄8

22SH 21⁄2 x 3-8 3 21⁄2

36 61⁄8 57⁄8 72 - 121⁄8 137⁄8 143⁄8

15

27SH 21⁄2 x 3-10 67⁄8 65⁄8 915⁄16

84 - -

23SH 3 x 4-8 4 3 37

5 86 111⁄2 121⁄8

133⁄8 147⁄8 153⁄8 16 28SH 3 x 4-10 75⁄8 73⁄8 111⁄8 98 - -

ABMax.,

AB max.

SSH M-Group Close Coupled – Dimensions and Weights, SSH Acople Cerrado – Dimensiones y Pesos, Dimensions et poids – SSH montée sur moteur, groupe M

NOTA :1. L’orifi ce de refoulement est orienté vers le haut. Pour l’orienter autrement, enlever les vis de fi xation du corps de pompe, placer l’orifi ce dans le sens voulu, puis reposer et serrer les vis 3⁄8 - 16 à 12 lbf·pi, 7⁄16 - 14 à 20 lbf·pi et ½ - 13 à 35 lbf·pi.2. Les dimensions sont en pouces, et le poids, en livres.3. Les dimensions et le poids du moteur peuvent varier selon le fabricant.4. Ne pas utiliser les dimensions pour la construction si elles ne sont pas certifi ées à cette effet.

Wt.Max.,PesoMáx.,Poids max.

➀ ➀ Suction Discharge Succión Descarga Aspir. Refoul. 140 180 210 250 280 320 360

UR01211-0M-00 Page 201 of 257

Page 205: Operation and Maintenance Manual

14

Dimensions and Weights – Bare Pump Only,Dimensiones y Pesos – Solamente BombaDimensions et poids – pompe nue seulement

➀ For use with ANSI class 150 mating fl anges. Para usar con bridas que casan ANSI clase 150. À utiliser avec des contre-brides ANSI, classe 150.

DD L X Y

24SH 1½ x 2½-10 2½

1½ 67⁄8 65⁄8

125

25SH 2 x 2½-10 2 23

10½

815⁄16 4 125

22SH 2½ x 3-8 3 2½

61⁄8 57⁄8 125

27SH 2½ x 3-10 67⁄8 65⁄8

915⁄16 134

23SH 3 x 4-8 4 3 24

11½

5 136

28SH 3 x 4-10 75⁄8 73⁄8 111⁄8 148

CP

Wt.(lbs.),Peso

(libras),Poids

➀ ➀ Suction Discharge Succión Descarga Aspir. Refoul.

Pump Size,Tamaño de la Bomba,

Dimensions

DCMax.,

DCMáx.,

DCmax.

Pump,Bomba,Pompe

NOTES: 1. Pumps will be shipped with top verti-

cal discharge as standard. For other ori-entations, remove casing bolts, rotate discharge to desired position, replace and tighten 3⁄8 –16 bolts to 12 ft./lbs.

2. Motor dimensions may vary with mo-tor manufacturer.

3. Not for construction purposes.

NOTAS: 1. Las bombas se transportarán con la

descarga vertical superior como estándar. Para otras orientaciones, retirar los tornillos de la carcasa, rotar la descarga a la posición deseada, y apretar 3⁄8 – 16 tornillos a 12 pies/libras.

2. TODAS las dimensiones en pulgadas.3. No para propósitos de construcción.

DRAIN PLUG,TAPÓN DE DRENAJEBOUCHON DE VIDANGE

6 1⁄4

3 1⁄23 1⁄2

8 1⁄2

SUCTION,SUCCIÓN,ASPIRATION

DISCHARGE,DESCARGA,REFOULEMENT

Y

CP

L

DCMAX.

3⁄8" GAS THREADUNI ISO 228/13⁄8, PAS DU GAZ (UNI ISO 228/1)

DD

6 1⁄2

8 1⁄2

1 "

KEYWAY 3⁄16 X 3⁄8, CHAVETERO 3⁄16 X 3⁄8,LOGEMENT DE CLAVETTE, 3⁄16 x 3⁄8

4 HOLES 9⁄16 DIA.,9⁄16 DIAM. - (4) AGUJEROS,4 TROUS, DIAM. : 9⁄16

1⁄2

1.625 (1,625)1.624 (1,624) DIA. (DIAM.)

3 7⁄8X

PRIME PLUG,TAPÓN DE PURGA, BOUCHON D’AMORÇAGE

SSH M-Group Frame Mounted – Dimensions and Weights, SSH Armazón Montado – Dimensiones y Pesos, Dimensions et poids – SSH montée sur palier, groupe M

NOTA :1. L’orifi ce de refoulement est orienté vers

le haut. Pour l’orienter autrement, enlever les vis de fi xation du corps de pompe, placer l’orifi ce dans le sens voulu, puis reposer et serrer les vis 3⁄8 – 16 à 12 lbf·pi.

2. Les dimensions sont en pouces, et le poids, en livres.

3. Les dimensions et le poids du moteur peuvent varier selon le fabricant.

4. Ne pas utiliser les dimensions pour la construction si elles ne sont pas certifi ées à cette effet.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 202 of 257

Page 206: Operation and Maintenance Manual

15

GOULDS PUMPS LIMITED WARRANTYThis warranty applies to all water systems pumps manufactured by Goulds Pumps.Any part or parts found to be defective within the warranty period shall be replaced at no charge to the dealer during the warranty period. The warranty period shall exist for a period of twelve (12) months from date of installation or eighteen (18) months from date of manufacture, whichever period is shorter.A dealer who believes that a warranty claim exists must contact the authorized GouldsPumps distributor from whom the pump was purchased and furnish complete details regarding the claim. The distributor is authorized to adjust any warranty claims utilizing the Goulds Pumps Customer Service Department.The warranty excludes:(a) Labor, transportation and related costs incurred by the dealer;(b) Reinstallation costs of repaired equipment;(c) Reinstallation costs of replacement equipment;(d) Consequential damages of any kind; and,(e) Reimbursement for loss caused by interruption of service.For purposes of this warranty, the following terms have these defi nitions:(1) “Distributor” means any individual, partnership, corporation, association, or other legal relationship that stands between Goulds Pumps and the dealer in purchases, consignments or contracts for sale of the subject pumps.(2) “Dealer” means any individual, partnership, corporation, association, or other legal relationship which engages in the business of selling or leasing pumps to customers.(3) “Customer” means any entity who buys or leases the subject pumps from a dealer. The “customer” may mean an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association or other legal entity which may engage in any type of business.

THIS WARRANTY EXTENDS TO THE DEALER ONLY.

ITT

Goulds Pumps and the ITT Engineered Blocks Symbol are registered trademarks and tradenames of ITT Corporation.

SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

IM184R04 December, 2006© 2006 ITT Corporation

Engineered for life

Commercial Water

UR01211-0M-00 Page 203 of 257

Page 207: Operation and Maintenance Manual

16

ITTGoulds PumpsG&L SERIES SSH-C y SSH-FInstrucciones de instalación, operación y mantenimiento

Goulds Pumps es una marca de fábrica de ITT Agua Residencial y Comercial.

www.goulds.com

Engineered for life

Agua Industrial

UR01211-0M-00 Page 204 of 257

Page 208: Operation and Maintenance Manual

17

ÍndiceTEMA PÁGINAInstrucciones de seguridad ................................................. 18Instrucciones importantes .................................................. 18Instalación ......................................................................... 18Alineación .......................................................................... 19Tubería de succión ............................................................. 19Tubería de descarga ........................................................... 19Rotación ............................................................................ 19Operación .......................................................................... 20Mantenimiento .................................................................. 20Desmontaje ........................................................................ 20Reensamblaje ..................................................................... 20Investigación de averiás ..................................................... 21Componentes .................................................................... 22SSH S-Group – Información Técnica ...................................9SSH S-Group Acople Cerrado – Dimensiones y Pesos ...... 10SSH S-Group Armazón Montado – Dimensiones Y Pesos ..................................................... 11SSH M-Group – Información Técnica .............................. 12SSH M-Group Acople Cerrado – Dimensiones y Pesos .... 13SSH M-Group Armazón Montado – Dimensiones y Pesos ...................................................... 14Garantía limitada de Goulds Pumps .................................. 24Declaración de Conformidad ............................................ 35

Información del propietario

Por favor complete los datos consultando la placa del fabri-cante de la bomba. La información de la garantía está en la página 24.

Modelo de la Bomba:

Número de Serie:

Agente:

Nº. telefónico del agente:

Fecha de compra:

Fecha de instalación:

UR01211-0M-00 Page 205 of 257

Page 209: Operation and Maintenance Manual

18

PELIGRO

ADVERTENCIA

PRECAUCIÓN

ADVERTENCIA

Los fluidos peligrosospueden causarincendios, quemaduraso la muerte.

INSTRUCCIONES DE SEGURIDAD PARA EVITAR LESIONES CORPORALES SERIAS O FATALES O DAÑOS MAYORES A LA PROPIEDAD, LEA Y SIGA TODAS LAS INSTRUCCIONES DE SEGURIDAD EN EL MANUAL Y EN LA BOMBA.ES INTENCIÓN QUE ESTE MANUAL ASISTA EN LA INSTALACIÓN Y OPERACIÓN DE ESTA UNIDAD Y DEBE MANTENERSE CON LA BOMBA.

Este es un SÍMBOLO DE ALERTA DE SEGURIDAD. Cuando vea este símbolo en la bomba o en el manual, busque una de las palabras de señal y esté alerta a las lesiones corporales potenciales o daños a la propiedad.Advierte los peligros que CAUSARÁN lesiones corporales serias, la muerte o daños mayores a la propiedad.Advierte los peligros que PUEDEN cau-sar lesiones corporales serias, la muerte o daños mayores a la propiedad.Advierte los peligros que PUEDEN causar lesiones corporales o daños a la propiedad.

AVISO: INDICA INSTRUCCIONES ESPECIALES QUE SON MUY IMPORTANTES Y DEBEN SEGUIRSE.EXAMINE A FONDO TODAS LAS INSTRUCCIONES Y ADVERTENCIAS ANTES DE REALIZAR ALGÚN TRABAJO EN ESTA BOMBA.MANTENGA TODAS LAS CALCOMANÍAS DE SEGURIDAD.

UNIDAD NO DISEÑADA PARA USO CON LÍQUIDOS PELIGROSOS O GASES INFLAMABLES. ESTOS FLUIDOS PUEDEN ESTAR PRESENTES EN LAS ÁREAS DE CONTENCIÓN.

AVISO: INSPECCIONE LA UNIDAD SI TIENE DAÑOS Y REPORTE INMEDIATAMENTE CUALQUIER DAÑO AL TRANSPORTISTA O AL AGENTE.

1. Instrucciones Importantes1. Inspeccione la unidad para determinar si está dañada.

Informe immediatemente los daños al transportista.2. La alimentación eléctrica debe ser un circuito de rama

separada con los fusibles o interruptores automáticos, tamaños de cables, etc., conforme a los códigos Eléctri-cos Nacional y local. Instale un interruptor de descon-exión en todos los hilos exteriores cerca de la bomba.

SIEMPRE DESCONECTE LA ALIMENTACIÓN ELÉCTRICA CUANDO MANEJE LA BOMBA O LOS CONTROLES.

3. Los motores deben estar alambrados para la tensión apropiada (verifi que la placa del fabricante). El tamaño del alambre debe eliminar la máxima caída de tensión a 10% de la tensión de la placa del fabricante en los terminales del motor, o la vida del motor y de la bomba serán disminuidos.

4. Unidades monofásicas: La protección térmica de las unidades monofásicas a veces está incorporada (verifi que la placa del fabricante). Si no se proporciona protección incorporada, use un contactor con la sobrecarga apropiada. Se permite el uso de fusibles, los que deben ser apropiados.

5. Unidades trifásicas: Proporcione la protección de tres hilos exteriores con el arrancador magnético del tamaño adecuado y sobrecargas térmicas.

6. Máximas temperaturas del liquido: 212ºF (100ºC) con sello estándar. 250ºF (120ºC) con sello de alta temperatura, opcional.7. Máxima presión de operación permisible: 230 lib/

pulg2 (15 baras).8. Máximo número de arranques/hora: 20 distribuidos

uniformemente.9. La inspección y mantenimiento regulares aumentarán

la vida útil. Base el programa en el tiempo de funcio-namiento.

2. Instalación1. Las unidades compactas se pueden instalar inclinadas o

verticales. NO INSTALE CON EL MOTOR DE-BAJO DE LA BOMBA. LA CONDEN-SACIÓN SE ACUMULARÁ EN EL MOTOR.

2. Coloque la bomba tan cerca de la fuente del líquido como sea posible (abajo del nivel del líquido para operación automática).

3. Proteja contra la congelación e inundaciones.4. Deje sufi ciente espacio libre para darle servicio y

ventilación.5. Para las bombas compactas, la cimentación debe ser

plana y substancial para eliminar las deformaciones cuando se aprietan los pernos. Use montajes de goma para minimizar el ruido y las vibraciones. Apriete los pernos de sujeción del motor antes de conectar la tubería a la bomba.

6. Para las bombas montadas en marco, se requiere una cimentación sólida y permanente para funcionamiento seguro. La placa de base debe adherirse con lechada a la cimentación con una zapata sólida.

7. Coloque la unidad sobre cuñas puestas en cuatro pumtos. (Dos aproximadamente abajo del centro del motor y dos aproximadamente abajo de la bomba). Ajuste las cuñas para nivelar la unidad, trayendo las mitades del acoplamiento a una alineación razonable. Nivele o ponga a escuadra las bridas de succión y de descarga.

8. Asegúrese de que la placa de base no esté distorsionada y que la alineación fi nal del acoplamiento se pueda hacer dentro de los límites del movimiento del motor o poniendo calzas, si fuese necesario.

9. Apriete con los dedos los pernos de la cimentación, y construya una presa alrededor de la cimentación. Derrame lechada debajo de la placa de base,

PRECAUCIÓN

ADVERTENCIA

Un voltaje peligroso puedeproducir golpes eléctricos,quemaduras o la muerte.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 206 of 257

Page 210: Operation and Maintenance Manual

19

asegurándose de que las áreas debajo de la bomba y del motor estén bien llenas. Permita que la lechada fragüe por 48 horas antes de apretar más los pernos de la cimentación.

10. Toda la tubería debe estar soportada independiente-mente de la bomba y debe “alinearse” naturalmente. Nunca estire la tubería en el lugar forzando las conexiones de la succión o descarga.

11. La alineación angular de las bridas se puede lograr mejor usando calibradores en los lugares de los per-nos (vea la ilustración).

12. En las unidades montadas en marco, apriete la cimentación, la bomba y los pernos de sujeción del impulsor, antes de conectar la tubería a la bomba.

13. Evite los accesorios innecesarios. Seleccione los tama-ños para mantener bajas las pérdidas de presión.

14. Después de completar la tubería, gire a mano la uni-dad para verifi car el trabado. Nota: En el extremo del eje del motor se proveen una ranura de destornillador o fi los normales al eje.

3. Alineación1. Las bombas compactas no necesitan alineación en

el campo.2. Aunque la unidad de bomba y motor pueda tener una

alineación de fábrica, la misma puede haberse alterado en tránsito y se debe verifi car antes del funcionamien-to.

3. Verifi que que todos los pernos de sujeción estén bien apretados antes de verifi car la alineación.

4. Si es necesario realinear, siempre mueve el motor, Aplique calzas según se requiera.

5. La alineación fi nal se logra cuando se cumplen los requerimientos paralelo y angular, con los pernos de sujeción y de la bomba y del motor, apretados.

SIEMPRE VUELVA A VERIFICAR AM-BAS ALINEACIONES DESPUÉS DE HACER AJUSTES.

6. La alineación paralela es incorrecta cuando los ejes no están concéntricos. Ponga el indicador de cuadrante en un cubo y gire este cubo 360º mientras hace lecturas en el diámetro exterior del otro cubo. Hay alineación paralela cuando la lectura total del indicador es de 0,005" o menos.

7. La alineación angular es incorrecta cuando los ejes no están paralelos. Coloque el indicador de cuadrante en un cubo y gire este cubo 360º mientras hace lecturas en el diámetro del otro cubo. Hay alineación angular

cuando la lectura total del indicador es de 0,005" o menos.

4. Tubería de succión1. Es deseable tener una tubería de succión directa con

altura estática de aspiración baja y corta. Para una al-tura de succión superior a 15 pies, consulte la curva de rendimiento de la bomba para ver la Altura de succión positiva neta requerida.

2. El tamaño del tubo de succión debe ser por lo menos igual a la conexión de succión de la bomba.

3. Si se usa un tubo más grande, un reductor de tubo excéntrico (con el lado recto arriba) debe usarse en la bomba.

4. Instalación con la fuente de suministro abajo de la bomba:4.1. Instale la válvula de aislación en la tubería para

inspección y mantenimiento.4.2. No use la válvula de aislación de succión para

estrangular la bomba.5. Instalación con la fuente de suministro arriba de la

bomba:5.1. Para evitar bolsas de aire, ninguna parte de la

tubería debe estar más alta que la conexión de succión de la bomba. Incline la tubería hacia ar-riba, partiendo de la fuente del líquido.

5.2. Todas las juntas deben ser estancas.5.3. La válvula de pie debe usarse sólo si es necesario

para cebar, o sostener el cebado en el servicio intermitente.

5.4. El área abierta del colador de succión debe ser por lo menos el triple del área del tubo.

6. El tamaño de la entrada de la fuente del líquido y la mínima inmersión sobre la entrada deben ser sufi cien-tes para impedir que el aire entre a la bomba.

5. Tubería de descarga1. La disposición debe incluir una válvula de retención

localizada entre una válvula de compuerta y la bomba. La válvula de compuerta es para regulación de la capacidad, o la inspección de la bomba o de la válvula de retención.

2. Si se requiere un reductor, instale entre la válvula de retención y la bomba.

6. RotaciónNO PONGA LAS MANOS EN LA SUCCIÓN DE LA BOMBA MIEN-TRAS VERIFICA LA ROTACIÓN DEL MOTOR. HACERLO CAUSARÁ SEV-ERAS LESIONES CORPORALES.

1. Las bombas son de rotación derecha (sentido dextroso visto desde el extremo del motor). Encienda y apague el interruptor. Observe la rotación del eje. En las uni-dades montadas en marco, verifi que la rotación antes de acoplar la bomba al motor.

PRECAUCIÓN

Maquinaria peligrosa

ADVERTENCIA

UR01211-0M-00 Page 207 of 257

Page 211: Operation and Maintenance Manual

20

ADVERTENCIA

Tensiónpeligrosa

PRECAUCIÓN

2. Motor monofásico: Consulte el diagrama de cableado en el motor si debe cambiarse la rotación.3. Motor trifásico: Intercambie dos cualesquiera de los conductores de alimentación para cambiar la rotación.

7. Operación1. Antes de arrancar, se debe cebar la bomba (el tubo de

succión lleno y sin aire) y abrir parcialmente la válvula de descarga.

EL LÍQUIDO BOMBEADO PROPOR-CIONA LUBRICACIÓN. SI LA BOMBA FUNCIONA SECA, LAS PIEZAS GIRATORIAS SE AGARROTARÁN Y SE DAÑARÁ EL SELLO MECÁNICO.

2. Haga una verifi cación completa después que la unidad funcione bajo condiciones de operación y se estabilice la temperatura. Verifi que la expansión de la tubería. Verifi que la alineación del acoplamiento.

3. No haga funcionar con caudal cero o cerca de cero. La energía impartida al líquido se convierte en calor y el líquido puede convertirse en vapor. Las piezas giratorias requieren líquido para impedir las estrías o agarrotamiento.

8. MantenimientoLA OMISIÓN DE DESCONECTAR Y BLOQUEAR LA ALIMENTACIÓN ELÉCTRICA ANTES DE INTEN-TAR NINGÚN MANTENIMIENTO PUEDE CAUSAR CHOQUES, QUE-MADURAS O LA MUERTE.

1. Los cojinetes están localizados adentro y son parte del motor. Para el procedimiento de lubricación, consulte las instrucciones del fabricante.

2. En las unidades montadas en marco, reengrase cada 2.000 horas de uso o cada 3 meses. Use grasa con base de Litio o Sodio #2 y llene hasta que la grasa salga de la grasera.

9. Desmontaje1. Apague la alimentación eléctrica.2. Drene el sistema. Lave con chorro de agua si es necesa-

rio.3. Quite los pernos de sujeción del motor en las unidades

compactas o desconecte el acoplamiento y quite el espaciador.

4. Quite los pernos de la carcasa y los pernos de sujeción de la bomba.

5. Quite el motor y el elemento giratorio de la carcasa.6. Destornille el perno del impulsor con una llave de

casquillo. No inserte un destornillador entre los álabes del impulsor para impedir la rotación. Puede ser nec-esario usar una llave de correa alrededor del impulsor si el impacto de la llave de casquillo no afl oja el perno del impulsor.

7. Quite la arandela del impulsor.8. Inserte dos barras de hacer palanca (espaciadas 180º)

entre el impulsor y el alojamiento del sello. Haga palanca sacando el impulsor.

9. Quite el resorte del sello, la arandela acopada y la chaveta del impulsor.

10. Quite el alojamiento del sello, quitando con él las partes del sello rotatorio. (donde sea necesario se proveen ranuras para la barra de palanca).

11. Coloque el alojamiento del sello en una superfi cie plana. Presione fuera las partes del sello estacionario.

12. Quite el defl ector del eje, en las unidades montadas en marco.

13. Quite los pernos que sujetan la tapa del cojinete al marco y quite la tapa del cojinete (montado en marco).

14. Quite los sello de reborde del marco del cojinete y la tapa del cojinete (montado en marco).

15. Quite el eje y los cojinetes del marco (montado en marco).

16. Quite el anillo de retención de los cojinetes.17. Use un extractor de cojinete o prensa para quitar

cojinetes de bolas (montado en marco).18. Quite la camisa del eje si está muy rayada. La camisa

del eje está adherida al eje y debe calentarse a unos 250ºF para facilitar quitarla.

19. Quite el anillo de desgaste si está excesivamente dañado. Use una barra de hacer palanca y/o prensas de mordazas.

10. Reensamble1. Todas las piezas se deben limpiar antes de montar.2. Consulte la lista de piezas para identifi car las artículos

de reemplazo requeridos.3. Reensamblar es lo contrario del procedimiento de

montar.4. Cambie los sellos de reborde si están desgastados o

dañados (montado en marco solamente).5. Cambie los cojinetes de bolas si están fl ojos, ásperos o

ruidosos cuando giran (montado en marco solamente).6. Verifi que que el valor máximo fuera de redondez del

eje no supere 0,005" de lectura total del indicador. Los asientos de cojinetes y áreas de sello de reborde deben ser suaves y estar libres de rayaduras o muescas. Cam-bie si es necesario (montado en marco solamente).

7. Todos los componentes de sello mecánico deben estar en buenas condiciones o pueden producirse fugas. El cambio del conjunto del sello completo, es buena práctica normal, siempre que se quite el sello.

8. Si se cambia el anillo de desgaste, no use lubricantes en el encaje de metal a metal cuando empuje la pieza de reemplazo.

9. Si se quita el impulsor, como por ejemplo para efectuar un cambio de sello mecánico, se debe seguir el procedimiento siguiente: El perno viejo del impulsor y las juntas de empaque del impulsor no se pueden volver a usar.

10. Instale el asiento estacionario del sello mecánico en la caja del sello, usando agua jabonosa como lubricante para facilitar la inserción.

11. S-Grupo - instale al detenedor de resorte mecánico del sello, al resorte y a ensamblaje rotatorio en la funda del eje usando el agua jabonosa para lubricar. Resbale la funda del eje sobre el eje de la bomba, sea seguro que un anillo o nuevo de la funda del eje está utilizado.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 208 of 257

Page 212: Operation and Maintenance Manual

21

NOTA: EL ANILLO O DE LA ARANDELA DEL ANILLO O Y DEL IMPULSOR DE LA FUNDA DEL EJE ES CASI IDÉNTICO EN DIÁMET-RO. SEA SEGURO UTILIZAR. EL ANILLO O SECCIONADO TRANSVERSALMENTE REDONDO SE UTILIZA EN LA FUNDA DEL EJE.

11. M-Grupo - instale el resorte mecánico del sello y rotatorio en la funda del eje usando el agua jabonosa para lubricar. Resbale la funda del eje sobre el eje de la bomba. Sea seguro que un anillo o nuevo de la funda del eje está utilizado. Coloque el detenedor de resorte mecánico del sello sobre el cubo del impul-sor.

12. Ponga el clave del impulsor en la chavetera del eje y resbale el impulsor en lugar. Instale la arandela del poste del impulsor y del impulsor. Sea seguro que un anillo o nuevo del impulsor está utilizado. Apriete el S-Grupo (3/8” cuerda de rosca) a 17 pies-lb. y al M-Grupo cuerda de rosca (de ½”) a 38 pies-lb.

13. Substituya los pernos de la cubierta y apriete en una secuencia de la travesía a los valores de esfuerzo de torsión indicados abajo.S-Grupo – 25 pies-lb. (35 N-m)M-Grupo – 37 pies-lb. (50 N-m)

14. Controle la unidad vuelta a montar para saber si hay atar rotando el eje con la herramienta apropiada de extremo del motor.

15. Si existe el frotamiento, afl oje los pernos de la cubi-erta y proceda con el ajuste de secuencia otra vez.

11. Investigación de averías1. El motor no arranca y no hay ruido o vibración:

1.1. No está conectada la alimentación eléctrica.1.2. Los fusibles o dispositivos de protección están

disparados o defectuosos.1.3. Conexiones eléctricas fl ojas o rotas.

2. No arranca el motor pero hace ruido y vibra:2.1. Motor no conectado como indica el diagrama.2.2. Eje trabado debido a obstrucciones mecánicas en

el motor o en la bomba.2.3. Tensión baja o pérdida de fase en el

abastecimiento trifásico.3. La bomba no entrega la capacidad nominal:

3.1. La bomba no está llena o cebada.3.2. La bomba perdió el cebado debido a fugas en la

línea de succión.3.3. Dirección de rotación incorrecta.

Vea la Rotación.3.4. La altura requerida es mayor que la especifi cada

originalmente. (La válvula puede estar parcial-mente cerrada.)

3.5. La válvula de pie está taponada.3.6. La altura de succión es demasiado alta.3.7. El diámetro del tubo de succión es demasiado

pequeño.

4. La protección dispara al arrancar la unidad:4.1. Pérdida de fase en la alimentación trifásica.4.2. El dispositivo de protección puede estar

defectuoso.4.3. Las conexiones eléctricas están fl ojas o rotas.4.4. Verifi que la resistencia del motor y la aislación a

tierra.5. El dispositivo de protección dispara demasiado

frecuentemente:5.1. La protección puede regularse a un valor inferior

al de la carga plena del motor.5.2. Pérdida de fase debido a contactos defectuosos o

del cable de alimentación.5.3. Líquido es viscoso o su gravedad específi ca

demasiado alta.5.4. Ocurre roce entre las partes giratorias y

estacionarias.6. El eje gira con difi cultad:

6.1. Verifi que si hay obstrucciones en el motor o en la bomba.

6.2. Hay roce entre las partes giratorias y estaciona-rias.

6.3. Verifi que la buena condición de los cojinetes.7. La bomba vibra, funciona ruidosamente y el caudal no

es uniforme:7.1. La bomba funciona más allá de la capacidad

nominal.7.2. Bomba o tubería no bien asegurada.7.3. Altura de succión demasiado alta.7.4. Diámetro de la tubería de succión demasiado

pequeño.7.5. Cavitación causada por suministro inadecuado del

líquido o excesivas pérdidas de succión.7.6. El impulsor está bloqueado.

8. Cuando se para, la unidad gira lentamente en la dirección inversa:8.1. Fugas u obturaciones de aire en la tubería de

succión.8.2. Bloqueo parcial en la válvula de retención.

9. En aplicaciones de refuerzo de presión, la unidad arranca y se para con demaisado frecuencia:9.1. Los reglajes del interruptor de presión son

incorrectos.9.2. El tamaño del tanque es incorrecto.

10. En aplicaciones de refuerzo de presión, la unidad no se para:10.1. El reglaje máximo del interruptor de presión es

mayor que el especifi ado.10.2. La dirección de rotación es incorrecta. Vea

Rotación.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 209 of 257

Page 213: Operation and Maintenance Manual

22

MATERIALES DE CONSTRUCCIÓN Artículo Descripción Material 100 Carcasa 101 Impulsor 103 Anillo de desgaste 184 Alojamiento del sello 370 Tornillo de casquete de cabeza hueca (carcasa al adaptador)

408 Tapón de drenaje — 3⁄8 NPT AISI A.I. Tipo 316

126 Camisa del eje 316 SS

178 Chaveta del impulsor Acero

422 Perno del impulsor Acero

199 Arandela del impulsor 316 SS

108 Adaptador Hierro fundido ASTM A48 CL20

371

Tornillo de casquete de cabeza Acero hexagonal (adaptador al motor)

412A Anillo en O, impulsor Buna-N

412F Anillo en O, camisa del eje Buna-N

513 Anillo en O Buna-N

Carbono/cerámica 383 Sello mecánico, Pieza No. 10K13 elastómeros de buna piezas metálicas A.I. 316

SELLOS MECÁNICOS OPCIONALESSellos mecánicos John Crane Tipo 21

Artículo

Pieza Giratorio Estacionario Elastómeros

Partes Servicio No. metálicas previsto

10K19 Resist. Ni. EPR Alta temperatura 10K25

Carbono Resist. Ni. Viton Serv. químico

10K27

Carburo de EPR

Alta temperatura, tungsteno abrasivo suave

Componentes SSH-C

A.I. 316383

Opciones

100 101 178 108 370

513

184

383

199 422 408 126 371

103

412F

412A

AISI A.I.Tipo 316L

383A(S-GROUPLOCATION)

383A(M-GROUPLOCATION)

383A (UBI-CACIÓN DEL GRUPO M)

383A (UBI-CACIÓN DEL

GRUPO S)

UR01211-0M-00 Page 210 of 257

Page 214: Operation and Maintenance Manual

23

MATERIALES DE CONTRUCCIÓN Artículo Descripción Material

100 Carcasa 101 Impulsor 103 Anillo de desgaste 184 Alojamiento del sello 370 Tornillo de casquete de cabeza hueca 408 Tapón de drenaje – 3⁄8 NPT AISI A.I. Tipo 316 126 Camisa del eje 316 SS 178 Chaveta del impulsor Acero 422 Perno del impulsor Acero 199 Arandela del impulsor 316 SS 412A Anillo en O, impulsor Buna N 412F Anillo en O, camisa del eje Buna N 513 Anillo en O Buna N Sello mecánico Carbono/cerámica 383 Pieza No. Elastómeros Buna N 10K13 Piezas metálicas A.I. 316 108 Adaptador 228 Marco del cojinete

Hierro fundido

134 Tapa del cojinete ASTMA48 CL20

122 Eje de la bomba 168 Cojinete de bolas (interior) 112 Cojinete de bolas (exterior) 136 Arandela de seguridad, cojinete Acero 370B Tornillo de casquete de cabeza hex. (adaptador al marco del cojinete) 370C Tornillo de casquete de cabeza hex. (marco del cojinete a la tapa) 333A Reborde del sello Buna N 193 Grasera Acero 123 Defl ector de anillo en V Buna N

Com

pone

ntes

del

ext

rem

o de

la b

omba

Com

pone

ntes

del

ext

rem

o m

otriz

SELLOS MECÁNICOS OPCIONALESSellos mecánicos John Crane Tipo 21

Artículo

Pieza Giratorio Estacionario Elastómeros

Partes Servicio No. metálicas previsto

10K19 Resist. Ni. EPR Alta temperatura 10K25

Carbono Resist.Ni. Viton Serv. químico

10K27

Carburo de EPR

Alta temperatura, Tungsteno abrasivo suave

Componentes SSH-F

383Opciones

A.I. 316

383100 101 513 370 184 108 228

103 199 422 408 178 370B 123 168 112 136

134

370C

333A

412A

412F

AISI A.I.Tipo 316L

122

383A(S-GROUPLOCATION)

383A(M-GROUPLOCATION)

383A (UBI-CACIÓN DEL GRUPO M)

383A (UBI-CACIÓN DEL

GRUPO S)

126

UR01211-0M-00 Page 211 of 257

Page 215: Operation and Maintenance Manual

24

ITT

Goulds Pumps y el símbolo ITT Engineered Blocks son marcas registradas y marcas comerciales de ITT Corporation.

Loctite y Locquic son marcas registradas de Loctite Corporation.LAS ESPECIFICACIONES ESTÁN SUJETAS A CAMBIO SIN PREVIO AVISO.

IM084R04 Diciembre, 2006© 2006 ITT Corporation

Engineered for life

Agua Industrial

GARANTÍA LIMITADA DE GOULDS PUMPSEsta garantía es aplicable a todas las bombas para sistemas de agua fabricadas por Goulds Pumps. Toda parte o partes que resultaren defectuosas dentro del período de garantía serán reemplazadas, sin cargo para el comerciante, durante dicho período de garantía. Tal período de garantía se extiende por doce (12) meses a partir de la fecha de instalación, o dieciocho (18) meses a partir de la fecha de fabricación, cualquiera se cumpla primero.Todo comerciante que considere que existe lugar a un reclamo de garantía deberá ponerse en contacto con el distribuidor autorizado de Goulds Pumps del cual adquiriera la bomba y ofrecer información detallada con respecto al reclamo El distribuidor está autorizado a liquidar todos los reclamos por garantía a través del Departamento de Servicios a Clientes de Goulds Pumps.La presente garantía excluye:(a) La mano de obra, el transporte y los costos relacionados en los que incurra el comerciante;(b) los costos de reinstalación del equipo reparado;(c) los costos de reinstalación del equipo reemplazado;(d) daños emergentes de cualquier naturaleza; y(e) el reembolso de cualquier pérdida causada por la interrupción del servicioA los fi nes de esta garantía, los términos “Distribuidor”, “Comerciante” y “Cliente” se defi nen como sigue:(1) “Distribuidor” es aquel individuo, sociedad, corporación, asociación u otra persona jurídica que opera en relación legal entre Goulds Pumps y el comerciante para la compra, consignación o contratos de venta de las bombas en cuestión.(2) “Comerciante” es todo individuo, sociedad, corporación, asociación u otra persona jurídica que en el marco de una relación legal realiza negocios de venta o alquiler-venta (leasing) de bombas a clientes.(3) “Cliente” es toda entidad que compra o que adquiere bajo la modalidad de leasing las bombas en cuestión de un comerciante. El término “cliente” puede signifi car un individuo, sociedad, corporación, sociedad de responsabilidad limitada, asociación o cualquier otra persona jurídica con actividades en cualquier tipo de negocios.

LA PRESENTE GARANTÍA SE EXTIENDE AL COMERCIANTE ÚNICAMENTE.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 212 of 257

Page 216: Operation and Maintenance Manual

25

ITTGoulds PumpsG&L SERIES SSH-C and SSH-FDirectives d’installation, d’utilisation et d’entretien

Goulds Pumps est une marque des Systèmes d'alimentation en eau domestiques et commerciaux d'ITT.

www.goulds.com

Engineered for life

Systèmes d'alimentation en eau commerciaux

UR01211-0M-00 Page 213 of 257

Page 217: Operation and Maintenance Manual

26

Table des matièresSUJET PAGEConsignes de sécurité ............................................................ 27Informations importantes ..................................................... 27Installation ............................................................................. 27Alignement ............................................................................ 28Tuyauterie d’aspiration .......................................................... 28Tuyauterie de refoulement .................................................... 28Sens de rotation ..................................................................... 29Utilisation .............................................................................. 29Entretien ................................................................................ 29Démontage ............................................................................ 29Remontage ............................................................................ 30Diagnostic des anomalies ...................................................... 30Composants .......................................................................... 31Données Techniques – SSH, groupe S .................................... 9Dimensiones et poids – SSH Montée sur moteur, groupe S ............................................................................ 10Dimensiones et poids – SSH montée sur palier, groupe S .... 11Données techniques – SSH F, groupe M .............................. 12Dimensiones et poids – SSH montée sur moteur, groupe M .......................................................................... 13Dimensiones et poids – SSH montée sur palier, groupe M .......................................................................... 14Déclaration de conformité .................................................... 35Garantie limitée de Goulds Pumps ....................................... 36

Informations pour le propriétaire

Noter ci-dessous les informations de la plaque signalé-tique de la pompe. La garantie est présentée en page 36.

Modèle de pompe :

Numéro de série :

Détaillant :

No de téléphone du détaillant :

Date d’achat :

Date d’installation :

UR01211-0M-00 Page 214 of 257

Page 218: Operation and Maintenance Manual

27

CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉAFIN DE PRÉVENIR LES BLESSURES GRAVES OU MORTELLES ET LES DOMMAGES MATÉRIELS IMPORTANTS, LIRE ET SUIVRE TOUTES LES CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ FIGURANT DANS LE MANUEL ET SUR LA POMPE.

LE PRÉSENT MANUEL A POUR BUT DE FACILITER L’INSTALLATION ET L’UTILISATION DE LA POMPE ET DOIT RESTER PRÈS DE CELLE-CI.

Le symbole ci-contre est un SYMBOLE DE SÉCURITÉ employé pour signaler sur la pompe et dans le manuel les mots-indicateurs dont on trouvera la description ci-dessous. Sa présence sert à attirer l’attention afi n d’éviter les blessures et les dommages matérials.Prévient des risques qui VONT causer des blessures graves, la mort ou des dommages matériels importants.Prévient des risques qui PEUVENT causer des blessures graves, la mort ou des dommages matériels importants.Prévient des risques qui peuvent causer des blessures ou des dommages matériels.

AVIS: SERT À ÉNONCER LES DIRECTIVES SPÉCIALES DE GRANDE IMPORTANCE QUE L’ON DOIT SUIVRE.

LIRE SOIGNEUSEMENT CHAQUE DIRECTIVE ET AVERTISSEMENT AVANT D’EFFECTUER TOUT TRAVAIL SUR LA POMPE.N’ENLEVER AUCUNE DÉCALCOMANIE DE SECURITE.

APPAREIL NON CONÇU POUR LES LIQUIDES DANGEREUX NI POUR LES GAZ INFLAMMABLES. CES FLUIDES PEUVENT ÊTRE PRÉSENTS DANS LES INSTALLATIONS DE CONFINEMENT (PUITS COLLECTEURS).

AVIS: INSPECTER L’APPAREIL ET SIGNALER IMMÉDIATEMENT TOUT DOMMAGE AU TRANSPORTEUR OU AU DÉTAILLANT.

1. Imformations importantes1. Inspecter l’appareil et signaler immédiatement tout

dommage au transporteur.2. L’alimentation en électricité doit être assurée par un

circuit de dérivation distinct ont les fusibles ou les disjoncteurs, le calibre des fi ls, etc. sont conformes aux prescriptions du code provincial ou national de l’électricité. Poser un sectionneur tout conducteur près de la pompe.

DANGER

AVERTISSEMENT

ATTENTION

AVERTISSEMENT

Les fluides dangereuxpeuvent causer unincendie, des brûluresou la mort.

ON DOIT TOUJOURS COUPER LE COURANT LORSQUE L’ON EF-FECTUE QUELQUE TRAVAIL QUE CE SOIT SUR LA POMPE OU SUR LES COMMANDES.

3. Le câblage d’alimentation du moteur doit convenir à la tension de fonctionnement (consulter la plaque signalétique). Les fi ls doivent avoir un calibre limitant la chute de tension maximale, aux bornes du moteur, à 10% de la valeur de tension indiquée sur la plaque signalétique, sinon la durée de vie du moteur et les performances de la pompe diminueront.

4. Moteurs monophasés : Ces moteurs sont parfois munis d’une protection thermique intégrée (consulter la plaque signalétique). Dans le cas contraire, utiliser un contacteur à protection appropriée contre les surcharges. Les dispositifs fusibles utilisés correcte-ment sont permis.

5. Moteurs triphasés : Employer une protection trois conducteurs appropriée contre les surcharges thermiques ainsi qu’un démarreur magnétiqueconvenent à la charge électrique.

6. Température maximale du liquide : 100ºC (212ºF), avec garniture mécanique standard ; 120ºC (250ºF), avec garniture mécanique pour hautes

températures en option.7. Pression de service maximale admissible – 230 lb/po2.8. Nombre maximal de démarrages par heure : 20, répar-

tis uniformément.9. Une inspection et un entretien réguliers augmenteront

la durée de vie de l’appareil. Établir un programme d’entretien et d’inspection basé sur le temps de fonctionnement.

2. Installation1. Les groupes monobloc (pompes sur moteur) peuvent

être installés sur une surface inclinée ou verticale. AFIN D’EMPÊCHER L’ACCUMULATION D’EAU DE CONDENSATION DANS LE MOTEUR, NE PAS PLACER CELUI-CI PLUS BAS QUE LA POMPE.

2. Placer la pompe aussi près de la source de liquide que possible (au-dessous du niveau du liquide pour qu’elle fonctionne automatiquement).

3. Protéger l’appareil contre les inondations et le gel.4. Laisser assez d’espace pour l’entretien et l’aération.5. Les groupes monobloc doivent être fi xés à une surface

(dalle) plane et solide pour empêcher que le serrage des boulons ne cause de contraintes. Monter l’appareil sur caoutchouc pour réduire le bruit et les vibrations au minimum. Serrer les boulons de fi xation du moteur avant de raccorder la tuyauterie à la pompe.

6. Les pompes montées sur palier doivent être fi xées à une surface (dalle) permanente et solide pour fonc-tionner en douceur. On doit assujettir la plaque de base à une dalle reposant sur une semelle de founda-tion solide et remplir de coulis l’espace séparant la plaque et la dalle.

AVERTISSEMENT

Les tensions dangereusespeuvent causer un chocélectrique, des brûluresou la mort.

CAUTION

UR01211-0M-00 Page 215 of 257

Page 219: Operation and Maintenance Manual

28

7. Placer l’appareil sur des coins de nivellement situés en quatre points distincts : deux sous le centre ap-proximatif du moteur et deux sous celui de la pompe. À l’aide des coins, mettre l’appareil et les brides d’aspiration et de refoulement de niveau (avec un fi l à plomb ou un niveau), tout en alignment les demi-ac-couplements raisonnablement bien.

8. S’assurer que la plaque de base n’est pas déformée et que l’alignement fi nal de l’accouplement est possible dans les limites de déplacement du moteur ou de cal-age au besoin.

9. Serrer les boulons d’ancrage à la main et construire un coffrage autour de la plaque de base. Verser du coulis sous la plaque et s’assurer que les zones situées sous les pattes de la pompe et du moteur sont entièrement plaines. Laisser le coulis durcir pendant 48 heures avant de resserrer les boulons d’ancrage.

10. La tuyauterie doit posséder ses propres supports et « être alignée » sans constraintes sur la pompe. La tuyauterie doit être posée de façon à ne jamais appliquer de contraintes sur les raccords d’aspiration et de refoulement de la pompe.

11. Pour obtenir de meilleurs résultants, effectuer l’alignement angulaire des brides d’aspiration et de refoulement à l’aide d’un compas d’épaisseur placé près des trous de boulon (v. illustration).

12. Dans le cas des pompes sur palier, serrer les boulons d’ancrage et de fi xation du palier et du moteur avant de raccorder les tuyaux à la pompe.

13. Ne poser aucun accessoire ni raccord de tuyauterie superfl us. Choisir le calibre qui réduit les pertes de charge par frottement.

14. Une fois la tuyauterie raccordée, faire tourner la pompe à la main pour vérifi er s’ily a grippage. Nota : une fente ou des méplats sont prévus à cette fi n à l’extrémité de l’arbre de moteur.

3. Alignement1. Aucun alignement sur place n’est requis pour les

pompes montées sur moteur.2. Bien que l’alignement pompe-moteur air été exécuté

en usine, il peut avoir été déréglé pendant le transport. On doit donc le vérifi er avant la mise en service.

3. S’assurer que tous les boulons de fi xation sont bien ser-rés avant de vérifi er l’alignement.

4. If re-alignment is necessary, always move the motor. Shim as required.

5. L’alignement fi nal convient lorsqu’il satisfait aux exi-gences relatives à l’alignement parallèle et angulaire,

après le serrage à fond des boulons de fi xation de la pompe et du moteur.

ON DOIT TOUJOURS VÉRIFIER LES DEUX TYPES D’ALIGNEMENT APRÈS CHAQUE RÉGLAGE.

6. Il y a désalignement parallèle quand les arbres ne sont pas concentriques. Fixer au moyeu d’un demi-ac-couplement un comparateur à cadran, dont on déplace le curseur de 360° le long de la périphérie de l’autre demi-accouplement tout en notant l’écart indiqué par l’aiguille. L’alignement est correct si le faux-rond total est de 0,127 mm (0,005 po) ou moins.

7. Il y a désalignement angulaire quand les arbres ne sont pas parallèles. Fixer au moyeu d’un demi-accouple-ment un comparateur à cadran et déplacer le cur-seur de celui-ci de 360° le long du plateau de l’autre demi-accouplement tout en notant l’écart indiqué par l’aiguille. L’alignement est correct si le faux-rond total est de 0,127 mm (0,005 po) ou moins.

4. Tuyauterie d’aspiration1. Une hauteur géométrique d’aspiration réduite et une

tuyaterie directe et courte sont souhaitables. Consulter la courbe de performances de la pompe pour obtenir la hauteur nette d’aspiration requise (NPSHR).

2. Le calibre du tuyau d’aspiration doit être au moins égal à celui du raccord d’aspiration de la pompe.

3. S’il faut un tuyau plus gros, on doit installer près de la pompe un raccord réducteur excentré (le côté non oblique en haut).

4. Pompe placée plus bas que la source de liquide :4.1. Poser un robinet d’isolement sur le tuyau

d’aspiration pour l’inspection et l’entretien.4.2. Ne pas employer lerobinet d’isolement pour

réduire la section de passage vers la pompe !5. Pompe placée plus haut que la source de liquide :

5.1. Afi n de prévenir les poches d’air, aucun élément de la tuyauterie d’aspiration ne devrait être plus haut que le raccord d’aspiration de la pompe. Donner à la tuyauterie une inclinaison vers le haut à partir de la source de liquide.

5.2. Chaque joint doit être étanche.5.3. N’employer un clapet de pied que s’il est néces-

saire pour amorcer la pompe ou la maintenir amorcée au cours des interruptions de service.

5.4. La section de passage de la crépine du tuyau d’aspiration doit être au moins le triple de celle du tuyau.

6. Le diamètre et la hauteur d’immersion de l’entrée du tuyau d’aspiration doivent être suffi sants pour empêcher l’aspiration d’air dans la pompe.

5. Tuyauterie de refoulement1. L’installation doit comporter un robinet-vanne, ainsi

qu’un clapet de non-retour placé entre le robinet-vanne et la pompe. Le robinet-vanne sert à la régula-risation du débit et à l’inspection de la pompe et du clapet de non-retour.

2. Si un raccord réducteur est nécessaire, le poser entre le clapet de non-retour et la pompe.

ATTENTION

UR01211-0M-00 Page 216 of 257

Page 220: Operation and Maintenance Manual

29

6. Sens de rotationÉVITER LES BLESSURES GRAVES : NE PAS S’INTRODUIRE LA MAIN DANS L’ORIFICE D’ASPIRATION DE LA POMPE PENDANT LA VÉRIFICA-TION DU SENS DE ROTATION.

1. La rotation s’effectue en sens horaire (vers la droite, vue de l’extrémité du moteur). Démarrer et arrêter la pompe immédiatement pour en observer le sens de rotation. Dans le cas des pompes sur palier, vérifi er le sens de rotation avant d’accoupler le moteur à la pompe.

2. Moteur monophasé : si l’on doit inverser le sens de rotation, consulter le schéma de câblage sur le moteur.

3. Moteur triphasé : intervertir deux conducteurs d’alimentation pour inverser le sens de rotation.

7. Utilisation1. Avant la mise en service, on doit amorcer la pompe

(pour en faire sortir l’air et remplir de liquide le tuyau d’aspiration) et entrouvrir le robinet de refoulement.

LES LIQUIDES POMPÉS SERVENT DE LUBRIFICANT. EN CAS DE FONCTIONNEMENT À SEC, LES PIÈCES MOBILES GRIPPERAIENT, ET LA GARNITURE MÉCANIQUE S’ENDOMMAGERAIT.

2. Faire fonctionner l’appareil dans des conditions normales jusqu’à ce que sa température se stabilise, puis vérifi er tout le système. Vérifi er aussi si la tuyauterie se dilate et si l’accouplement est désaligné.

3. Ne pas faire fonctionner la pompe lorsque le débit est nul ou presque, car le liquide absorberait alors la chaleur produite par frottement et pourrait se changer rapidement en vapeur. Les pièces mobiles doivent être lubrifi ées par le liquide pour ne pas s’endommager ni gripper.

8. EntretienOMETTRE LE VERROUILLAGE DU DISJONCTEUR DU CIRCUIT ÉLEC-TRIQUE EN POSITION OUVERTE AVANT D’EFFECTUER TOUT TRA-VAIL D’ENTRETIEN SUR LA POMPE PEUT CAUSER UN CHOC ÉLEC-TRIQUE, DES BRÛLURES OU LA MORT.

1. Les roulements sont situés à l’intérieur du moteur. Suivre les directives du fabricant du moteur pour leur graissage.

2. Dans le cas des pompes sur palier, graisser les roulements de palier toutes les 2 000 heures ou tous les 3 mois. Employer une graisse au lithium ou au sodium no 2 et remplir les roulements jusqu’à ce que la graisse sorte par les garnitures.

9. Démontage1. Il faut toujours couper le courant avant de procéder

au démontage.2. Vidanger le système. Le rincer au besoin.3. S’il s’agit d’une pompe sur moteur, enlever les boulons

de fi xation de ce dernier. Sinon, détacher l’accouplement, puis en ôter la pièce d’écartement.

4. Enlever les vis de fi xation du corps de pompe et les boulons de fi xation du moteur.

5. Écarter l’ensemble d’entraînement de la roue d’avec le corps de pompe.

6. Enlever la vis de blocage de la roue avec une clé à dou-ille. Ne pas insérer de tournevis entre les aubes de la roue pour l’empêcher de tourner. Il faudra peut-être bloquer la roue avec un serre-tubes à sangle si l’on ne parvient pas à desserrer la vis en donnant des coups secs sur la clé.

7. Enlever le joint torique de roue.8. Sortir la roue au moyen de deux leviers placés dans un

angle de 180º entre la roue et le logement de garni-ture.

9. Retirer la chemise d’arbre, le ressort de garniture, la rondelle cuvette, l’élément mobile de garniture et la clavette de roue.

10. Enlever le logement de garniture.11. Placer le logement de garniture sur une surface plane

et pousser l’élément fi xe de la garniture hors du logement.

12. Dans le cas des pompes sur palier, ôter le défl ecteur de l’arbre de pompe.

13. Enlever les vis du couvercle de palier (des pompes sur palier), puis le couvercle.

14. Retirer les joints à lèvre du palier et de son coucercle.15. Sortir l’arbre et les roulements du palier.16. Enlever la bague de retenue du roulement (pompes

sur palier).17. À l’aide d’une arrache-roulement ou d’une presse à

mandriner, ôter les roulements.18. Enlever la bague d’usure si elle est trop usée : em-

ployer un levier ou une pince-étau.

Équipementsdangereux

AVERTISSEMENT

ATTENTION

AVERTISSEMENT

Tensiondangereuse

UR01211-0M-00 Page 217 of 257

Page 221: Operation and Maintenance Manual

30

10. Remontage1. Chaque pièce devrait être nettoyée avant le remontage.2. Voir la liste des pièces pour déterminer celles qui sont

requises.3. Le remontage se fait dans l’ordre inverse du démon-

tage.4. Remplacer les joints à lèvre s’ils sont usés ou

endommagés (pompes sur palier seulement).5. Remplacer les roulements à billes s’ils ont du jeu, s’ils

ne tournent pas rond ou s’ils sont bruyants (pompes sur palier seulement).

6. Vérifi er si l’arbre de pompe comporte un faux-rond : le faux-rond maximal admissible est de 0,127 mm (0,005 po). Les surfaces d’appui des roulements à billes et des joints à lèvre doivent être lisses (exemptes d’érafl ures et d’encoches). Remplacer ces pièces au besoin (pompes sur palier seulement).

7. Tous les composants de la garniture mécanique doivent être en bon état pour empêcher les fuites. Le remplacement de la garniture en entier est une pra-tique courante appropriée chaque fois que la garniture est enlevée.

8. Lorsque l’on remplace la bague d’usure, ne pas employer de lubrifi ant pour faciliter la pose de la bague neuve.

9. Si l’on enlève la roue (pour remplacer la garniture mécanique par exemple), on ne doit pas réutiliser la vis de blocage ni le joint torique de la roue.

10. Insérer l’élément fi xe de la garniture mécanique dans le logement de garniture. L’enduire d’eau savonneuse pour en faciliter l’insertion.

11. S-Groupe - installez l’arrêtoir de ressort mécanique de joint, le ressort et le montage rotatoire sur la dou-ille d’axe en utilisant l’eau savonneuse pour lubrifi er. Glissez la douille d’axe au-dessus de l’axe de pompe, soyez sûr qu’une nouvelle bague de douille d’axe est utilisée.

NOTA : LE JOINT TORIQUE DE LA CHEMISE D’ARBRE ET CELUI DE LA RONDELLE DE BLOCAGE DE LA ROUE ONT UN DI-AMÈTRE PRESQUE IDENTIQUE. VOIR À POSER LE PLUS GRAND DES DEUX SUR LA CHEMISE D’ARBRE.

11. M-Groupe - installez le ressort mécanique de joint et rotatoire sur la douille d’axe en utilisant l’eau savon-neuse pour lubrifi er. Glissez la douille d’axe au-dessus de l’axe de pompe. Placez l’arrêtoir de ressort méca-nique de joint au-dessus du pivot de roue à aubes.

12. Insérer la clavette dans sa rainure (sur l’arbre), puis poser la roue, la rondelle et la vis de blocage de la roue. Voir à utiliser un joint torique de roue neuf. Serrer la vis de 3⁄8 po (groupe S) à 23,0 N·m (17 lbf·pi) et celle de ½ po (groupe M) à 51,5 N·m (38 lbf·pi).

13. Substituez les boulons d’enveloppe et serrez dans un ordre de croisement aux valeurs de serrage indiquées ci-dessous.Groupe S – 35 N·m (25 lbf·pi)Groupe M – 50 N·m (37 lbf·pi)

14. Examinez l’unité rassemblée pour assurer lier en tournant l’axe avec l’outil approprié à partir de l’extrémité de moteur.

15. Si le frottage existe, détachez les boulons d’enveloppe et continuez de serrer l’ordre encore.

11. Diagnostic des anomalies1. Le moteur ne démarre pas, et il n’y a ni bruit ni vibration :

1.1. Câble d’alimentation non connecté.1.2. Fusibles sautés ou dispostif de protection déclen-

ché ou défectueux.1.3. Connexions lâches ou endommagées.

2. Le moteur ne démarre pas, mais il y a du bruit et des vibrations :2.1. Moteur non connecté conformément au schéma

de câblage.2.2. Moteur ou pompe bloqués.2.3. Basse tension ou perte de phase (alimentation

triphasée).3. Le débit de la pompe est inférieur au débit nominal :

3.1. Pompe non remplie ni amorcée.3.2. Pompe non amorcée en raison de fuites dans le

tuyau d’aspiration.3.3. Mauvais sens de rotation (v. Sens de rotation).3.4. Hauteur de charge requise supérieure à la hauteur

spécifi ée à l’origine. (Le robinet peut être partiel-lement fermé.)

3.5. Clapet de pied obstrué.3.6. Hauteur d’aspiration excessive.3.7. Calibre du tuyau d’aspiration trop petit.

4. La protection se déclenche lorsque le moteur démarre :4.1. Perte de phase (alimentation triphasée).4.2. Dispositif de protection défectueux.4.3. Connexions lâches ou endommagées.4.4. Résistance moteur-terre et isolation-terre à vérifi er.

5. Le dispositif de protection se déclenche trop souvent :5.1. Protection réglée à une valeur inférieure à celle du

moteur à pleine charge.5.2. Perte de phase en raison de contacts ou de fi ls

d’alimentation défectueux.5.3. Viscosité ou densité du liquide trop élevées.5.4. Frottement entre les pièces mobiles et fi xes.

6. L’arbre tourne à peine :6.1. Pompe ou moteur obstrués.6.2. Frottement entre les pièce mobiles et fi xes.6.3. Roulements en mauvais état.

7. La pompe vibre, est bruyante et fournit un débit ir-régulier :7.1. Débit supérieur au débit nominal de la pompe.7.2. Pompe ou tuyauterie non assujetties correctement.7.3. Hauteur d’aspiration excessive.7.4. Calibre du tuyau d’aspiration trop petit.7.5. Cavitation produite par une alimentation en liq-

uide insuffi sante ou perte d’aspiration excessive.7.6. Obstruction de la roue.

8. Une fois arrêtée, la pompe tourne lentement dans le sens opposé :8.1. Déplacement de poches d’air dans le tuyau

d’aspiration.8.2. Obstruction partielle du clapet de non-retour.

9. Lorsqu’elle sert à augmenter la pression, la pompe démarre et s’arrête trop souvent :9.1. Réglage du manostat (pressostat) non correct.9.2. Grosseur du réservoir non appropriée.

10. Lorsqu’elle sert à augmenter la pression, la pompe ne s’arrête pas :10.1. Valeur de réglage maximale du manostat

(pressostat) supérieure à la valeur spécifi ée.10.2. Mauvais sens de rotation (v. Sens de rotation).

UR01211-0M-00 Page 218 of 257

Page 222: Operation and Maintenance Manual

31

MATÉRIAUX DE FABRICATION No d’article Description Matériau 100 Corps de pompe 101 Roue 103 Bague d’usure 184 Logement de garniture 370 Vis à chapeau à tête creuse (adaptateur-corps de pompe) 408 Bouchon de vidange — 3⁄8 po, NPT Inox AISI, type 316 126 Chemise d’arbre 316 SS 178 Clavette (roue) Acier 422 Vis de blocage (roue) Acier 199 Rondelle de blocage (roue) 316 SS 108 Adaptateur Fonte ASTM A48, CL20

371 Vis de fi xation à tête hexagonale

Acier (adaptateur-moteur) 412A Joint torique, roue Buna-N 412F Joint torique, chemise d’arbre Buna-N 513 Joint torique Buna-N Garniture mécanique, Carbone, céramique 383

pièce no 10K13 Buna

Inox 316

GARNITURES MÉCANIQUES EN OPTIONGarnitures mécaniques John Crane, type 21

No No de Élément Élément Élastomères Métal Service prévu d’art. pièce mobile fi xe

10K19 Éthyl.-propyl. Hautes tempér. 10K25

Carbone Viton Prod. chimiques

10K27

Carbure de Éthylène- Hautes tempér. tungstène propylène Abrasifs légers

Composants, modèle SSH-C

Inox 316

383(en

option)

Fonte Ni-Resist

100 101 178 108 370

513

184

383

199 422 408 126 371

103

412F

412A

Inox AISI,type 316L

383A(S-GROUPLOCATION)

383A(M-GROUPLOCATION)

383A (POSITION

– GROUPE M)

383A (POSITION – GROUPE S)

UR01211-0M-00 Page 219 of 257

Page 223: Operation and Maintenance Manual

32

MATÉRIAUX DE FABRICATION No d’article Description Matériau 100 Corps de pompe 101 Roue 103 Bague d’usure 184 Logement de garniture 370 Vis à chapeau à tête creuse 408 Bouchon de vidange – 3⁄8 po, NPT Inox AISI, type 316 126 Chemise d’arbre 316 SS 178 Clavette (roue) Acier 422 Vis de blocage (roue) Acier 199 Rondelle de blocage (roue) 316 SS 412A Joint torique, roue Buna-N 412F Joint torique, chemise d’arbre Buna-N 513 Joint torique Buna-N Garniture mécanique, Carbone, céramique 383 pièce standard Buna-N no 10K13 Inox 316 108 Adaptateur 228 Corps de palier Fonte ASTM A48, CL20 134 Couvercle de palier 122 Arbre de pompe 168 Roulement à billes interne 112 Roulement à billes externe 136 Bague de retenue (roulement) 370B Vis de fi xation à tête hexagonale Acier (adaptateur-corps de palier) Vis de fi xation à tête hexagonale 370C (couvercle de palier-corps de palier) 333A Joint à lèvre Buna-N 193 Graisseur Acier 123 Défl ecteur annulaire en V Buna-N

Org

anes

de

pom

page

Org

anes

d’e

ntra

înem

ent

Composants, modèle SSH-F

GARNITURES MÉCANIQUES EN OPTIONGarnitures mécaniques John Crane, type 21

No No de Élément Élément Élastomères Métal Service prévu d’art. pièce mobile fi xe

10K19 Éthyl.-propyl. Hautes tempér. 10K25

Carbone Viton Prod. chimiques

10K27

Carbure de Éthylène- Hautes tempér. tungstène propylène Abrasifs légers

Inox 316

383(en

option)

Fonte Ni-Resist

122

383100 101 513 370 184 108 228

103 199 422 408 178 370B 123 168 112 136

134

370C

333A

412A

412F

Inox AISI,type 316L

383A(S-GROUPLOCATION)

383A(M-GROUPLOCATION)

383A (POSITION

– GROUPE M)

383A (POSITION – GROUPE S)

126

UR01211-0M-00 Page 220 of 257

Page 224: Operation and Maintenance Manual

33

Notes

UR01211-0M-00 Page 221 of 257

Page 225: Operation and Maintenance Manual

34

Notes

UR01211-0M-00 Page 222 of 257

Page 226: Operation and Maintenance Manual

35

Declaration of ConformityDeclaration of Conformity

We at,Goulds Pumps/ITT Industries1 Goulds DriveAuburn, NY 13021Declare that the following products: SSH, NPE, MCS, MCC, 3656, 3656 SP, GB, SSV, SVI, NPO, Prime Line SP, HB, HMS, LC, NPV, LB, LBSComply with Machine Directive 98/37/EC. This equipment is intended to be incorporated with machinery covered by this directive, but must not be put into service until the machinery into which it is to be incorporated has been declared in conformity with the actual provisions of the directive.

Declaración de ConformidadDeclaración de Conformidad

Nosotros enGoulds Pumps/ITT Industries1 Goulds DriveAuburn, NY 13021Declaramos que los siguientes productos: SSH, NPE, MCS, MCC, 3656, 3656 SP, GB, SSV, SVI, NPO, Prime Line SP, HB, HMS, LC, NPV, LB, LBScumplen con las Directivas para Maquinarias 98/37/EC. Este equipo ha sido diseñado para ser incorporado a la maquinaria cubierta por esta directiva pero no debe ponerse en funcionamiento hasta que se declare que la maquinaria en la que será incorporado cumple con las disposiciones reales de la directiva.

Nous, àGoulds Pumps, ITT Industries1 Goulds DriveAuburn, NY, U.S.A. 13021,déclarons que les produits SSH, NPE, MCS, MCC, 3656, 3656 SP, GB, SSV, SVI, NPO, Prime Line SP, HB, HMS, LC, NPV, LB et LBSsont conformes à la directive 98/37/CE (législation relative aux machines). Ils sont destinés à être intégrés dans la machinerie faisant l’objet de ladite directive, mais ne doivent pas être mis en service tant que la machinerie en question ne sera pas déclarée conforme aux stipulations de la directive.

Product Manager

James M. Allocco

Déclaration de conformitéDéclaration de conformité

Le directeur des produits,

UR01211-0M-00 Page 223 of 257

Page 227: Operation and Maintenance Manual

36

GARANTIE LIMITÉE DE GOULDS PUMPSLa présente garantie s’applique à chaque pompe de système d’alimentation en eau fabriquée par Goulds Pumps.Toute pièce se révélant défectueuse sera remplacée sans frais pour le détaillant durant la période de garantie suivante expirant la première : douze (12) mois à compter de la date d’installation ou dix-huit (18) mois à partir de la date de fabrication.Le détaillant qui, aux termes de cette garantie, désire effectuer une demande de règlement doit s’adresser au distributeur Goulds Pumps agréé chez lequel la pompe a été achetée et fournir tous les détails à l’appui de sa demande. Le distributeur est autorisé à régler toute demande par le biais du service à la clientèle de Goulds Pumps.La garantie ne couvre pas :a) les frais de main-d’œuvre ou de transport ni les frais connexes encourus par le détaillant ;b) les frais de réinstallation de l’équipement réparé ;c) les frais de réinstallation de l’équipement de remplacement ;d) les dommages indirects de quelque nature que ce soit ;e) ni les pertes découlant de la panne.Aux fi ns de la présente garantie, les termes ci-dessous sont défi nis comme suit :1) « Distributeur » signifi e une personne, une société de personnes, une société de capitaux, une association ou autre entité juridique servant d’intermédiaire entre Goulds Pumps et le détaillant pour les achats, les consignations ou les contrats de vente des pompes en question.2) « Détaillant » veut dire une personne, une société de personnes, une société de capitaux, une association ou autre entité juridique dont les activités commerciales sont la vente ou la location de pompes à des clients.3) « Client » signifi e une entité qui achète ou loue les pompes en question chez un détaillant. Un « client » peut être une personne, une société de personnes, une société de capitaux, une société à responsabilité limitée, une association ou autre entité juridique se livrant à quelque activité que ce soit.

CETTE GARANTIE SE RAPPORTE AU DÉTAILLANT SEULEMENT.

ITT

Goulds Pumps et le logo à blocs siglés ITT sont des marques déposées et de commerce d’ITT Corporation.LES CARACTÉRISTIQUES PEUVENT CHANGER SANS PRÉAVIS.

IM084R04 Décembre, 2006© 2006, ITT Corporation

Engineered for life

Systèmes d'alimentation en eau commerciaux

UR01211-0M-00 Page 224 of 257

Page 228: Operation and Maintenance Manual

383A(S-GROUPLOCATION

andFRAME

MOUNTED)M-GROUP

140JM, 180JM,210JM

370 178 126 513 383 184 108

100 103 408 199 422 412A 101 383A(M-GROUPLOCATION)

254JM-365TCZ

203 370B (FRAME MOUNTED)371 (CLOSED-COUPLED)

412F

ITTGoulds PumpsSSH REPAIR PARTS

Effective January, 2008

Goulds Pumps is a brand of ITT Corporation.

www.goulds.com

Engineered for life

Commercial Water

RSSHSMGR

UR01211-0M-00 Page 225 of 257

Page 229: Operation and Maintenance Manual

2

SSH S-Group 1 x 2-6 11⁄2 x 21⁄2-6 2 X 21⁄2-6 21⁄2 x 3-6 1 x 2-8 11⁄2 x 21⁄2-8 2 x 21⁄2-8 1 x 2-10 ➀ ➁ ➀ ➀ Item

9SH 10SH 11SH

Max.

No. Part Description Material 9SH Before 4SH 5SH 6SH 10SH Before 7SH 8SH 11SH Before Wt.

9A-SH Jan. 10A-SH Jan. 11-SH Jan. (lbs.) 2003 2003 2003

100 Casing with wear ring 1L450 1L453 1L456 1L459 1L451 1L454 1L457 1L452 17

65⁄8 2L889 2L856 63⁄4 2L876 67⁄8 2L766 75⁄16 2L771 827⁄64 2L898 81⁄4 2L879 81⁄4 2L770 103⁄32 2L897 2L865

67⁄16 2L888 2L733 63⁄8 2L874 67⁄16 2L765 71⁄8 2L772 81⁄16 2L893 2L861 713⁄16 2L756 73⁄4 2L769 917⁄32 2L896 2L742

511⁄16 2L887 2L853 61⁄16 2L872 513⁄16 2L763 615⁄16 2L773 711⁄16 2L892 2L859 7 2L877 71⁄2 2L768 91⁄8 2L895 2L863

53⁄8 2L886 2L730 55⁄8 2L871 51⁄2 2L882 611⁄16 2L774 73⁄8 2L891 2L858 63⁄4 2L876 73⁄16 2L767 83⁄4 2L894 2L862

101 Impeller AISI

55⁄16 2L870 51⁄8 2L881 63⁄8 2L775 71⁄8 2L890 2L735 67⁄16 2L875 67⁄8 2L766 7

Type

411⁄16 2L869 413⁄16 2L880 61⁄16 2L776 61⁄8 2L751 63⁄16 2L764

316SS

43⁄8 2L868 47⁄16 2L759 55⁄8 2L777

43⁄16 2L867

103 Wear ring, casing 4L465 4L466 4L467 4L468 4L465 4L466 4L467 4L465 1

184 Seal housing with ring 1L465 1L469 1L472 1L466 1L470 1L467 3

203 Wear ring, seal housing 4L201 4L464 4L201

126 Shaft sleeve 316SS 4L473 4L456 4L473 4L456 4L473 4L456

178 Key, impeller Steel

4K11 4K555 4K11 4K555 4K11 1

422 Stud, impeller 13K217

199 Washer, impeller 316SS 4L458

Motor adapter, 143-184JM Cast iron 1L554 1L50 1L99 1L560 1L52 1L99 1L562 1L97 25

108 and S-group brg. frame ASTM A48 Motor adapter, 213-256JM cl. 20 1L555 1L51 1L98 1L561 1L53 1L98 1L563 1L96 29

370 Bolt, casing 300SS 13L38 (8 req.) 13L89 13L38 (8 req.) 13L89 (8 req.) –

371 Bolt, adapter, 143-184JM Steel SAE

13K360

13L43 13L43 13K360 13L43 13L43 13K360 13L43 25

or and S-Group brg. frame

1200 370B Bolt, adapter, 213-256JM 13K379 13L41 13K245 13K361 13L40 13K245 13K361 13L40 29

Mech. seal – standard 10K27 – carbon/silicon-carbide/viton

383 Mech. seal – high temp. Type 21 10K19 – Carbon/silicon-carbide/EPR 1

Mech. seal – severe duty 10K64 – Silicon-carbide/silicon-carbide/viton

383A Retainer, seal spring 316SS 4K517

408 Plug, vent and drain 316SS 6L19 2

412A O-ring, impeller washer Viton 5K320 standard (5K195 EPR option)

412F O-ring, shaft sleeve Viton 5K307 standard (5K306 EPR option) 1

513

O-ring, casing – standard Viton 5K407 5L70 5K408 5L70 5L71

O-ring, casing – optional EPR 5K393 5K317 5K394 5K317 5L110

➀ 9SH, 10SH and the 11SH units were obsoleted in January 2003 and replaced by the 9ASH, 10ASH and 11ASH units. ➁ New numbering system on September of 2006 dropped the "A". There was no mechanical change.

ITT GOULDS PUMPSCommercial Water

UR01211-0M-00 Page 226 of 257

Page 230: Operation and Maintenance Manual

3

Item Part Description Material 11⁄2 x 21⁄2-10 2 x 21⁄2-10 21⁄2 x 3-8 21⁄2 x 3-10 3 x 4-8 3 x 4-10 Max. No. 24SH 25SH 22SH 27SH 23SH 28SH Wt. (lbs.) 100 Casing, with wear ring 1L455 1L458 1L460 1L461 1L463 1L464 17

97⁄8 2L778 97⁄8 2L790 91⁄16 2L808 103⁄8 2L804 91⁄16 2L825 105⁄8 2L836

91⁄2 2L779 91⁄2 2L791 83⁄4 2L809 915⁄16 2L805 811⁄16 2L826 101⁄4 2L837

93⁄16 2L780 91⁄8 2L792 81⁄2 2L810 99⁄16 2L806 87⁄16 2L827 913⁄16 2L838

87⁄8 2L781 813⁄16 2L793 81⁄4 2L811 91⁄4 2L807 81⁄16 2L828 97⁄16 2L839

89⁄16 2L782 83⁄16 2L794 77⁄8 2L812 83⁄4 2L809 711⁄16 2L829 91⁄16 2L825

101 Impeller AISI Type

81⁄4 2L783 715⁄16 2L795 71⁄2 2L813 71⁄2 2L830 811⁄16 2L826 8

316L SS

711⁄16 2L796 71⁄8 2L814 71⁄8 2L831

611⁄16 2L815 67⁄8 2L832

61⁄2 2L816 61⁄2 2L833

6 2L834

51⁄2 2L835

103 Wear ring, casing 4L467 4L468 4L469 1

184 Seal housing, with ring 1L468 1L473 1L475 1L477 1L478 3

203 Wear ring, seal housing 4L201 4L464

126 Shaft sleeve 316 SS 4L457

178 Key, impeller Steel

4K261 1

422 Stud, impeller 13K301

199 Washer, impeller 316 SS 4L463

Motor adapter, 254-256JM and Cast iron 1L91 1L89 1L93 1L94 31 108 M-Group bearing frame ASTM Motor adapter, 280JM-365TCZ A48 cl. 20 1L90 1L88 1L92 1L95 44

370 Bolt, casing 300 SS 13L86 (6 req’d) 13L89 (8 req’d) 13L86 (8 req’d) 13K45 (8 req’d) –

371 or

Bolt, adapter, 254-256JM and Steel SAE

13L88 13L116

370B

S-Group bearing frame 1200

Bolt, adapter, 280JM-365TCZ 13L87 13L115 –

Mech. seal – standard 10K45 – carbon/silicon-carbide/viton

383 Mech. seal – high temp. Type 21 10K20 – Carbon/silicon-carbide/EPR 1

Mech. seal – severe duty 10K65 – Silicon-carbide/silicon-carbide/viton

383A Retainer, seal spring 316SS 4K500

408 Plug, vent and drain 316SS 6L19 2

412A O-ring, impeller washer Viton 5K309 standard (5K308 EPR option)

412F O-ring, shaft sleeve Viton 5K309 standard (5K308 EPR option) 1

513

O-ring, casing – standard Viton 5L71 5L70 5L71 5L72

O-ring, casing – optional EPR 5L110 5K317 5L110 5L116

ITT GOULDS PUMPSCommercial Water

SSH M-Group (254JM-365TCZ)

UR01211-0M-00 Page 227 of 257

Page 231: Operation and Maintenance Manual

Item Part Description Material 11⁄2 x 21⁄2-10 2 x 21⁄2-10 21⁄2 x 3-8 21⁄2 x 3-10 3 x 4-8 Max. No. 24SH 25SH 22SH 27SH 23SH Wt. (lbs.) 100 Casing, with wear ring 1L455 1L458 1L460 1L461 1L463 17

97⁄8 2L784 97⁄8 2L797 91⁄16 2L820 915⁄16 2L817 91⁄16 2L840

91⁄2 2L785 91⁄2 2L798 81⁄2 2L822 99⁄16 2L818 87⁄16 2L841

93⁄16 2L786 91⁄8 2L799 81⁄4 2L823 91⁄4 2L819 81⁄16 2L842

101 Impeller 87⁄8 2L787 813⁄16 2L800 77⁄8 2L824 83⁄4 2L821 71⁄2 2L843 8

AISI Type

89⁄16 2L788 83⁄16 2L801 71⁄8 2L772 71⁄8 2L844

316L SS 81⁄4 2L789 715⁄16 2L802 611⁄16 2L774 61⁄2 2L845

711⁄16 2L803 6 2L846

51⁄2 2L847

103 Wear ring, casing 4L467 4L468 4L469 1

184 Seal housing, with ring 1L467 1L472 1L474 1L476 3

203 Wear ring, seal housing 4L201 4L464

126 Shaft sleeve 316SS 4K501 4L456

178 Key, impeller Steel

4K11 1

422 Stud, impeller 13K217

199 Washer, impeller 316 SS 4L458

Motor adapter, 143-184JM and Cast iron 1L97 1L99 N/A 1L123 25

108 S-group bearing frame ASTM Motor adapter, 213-256JM A48 cl.20 1L96 1L98 1L100 29

370 Bolt, casing 300 SS 13L86 (8 req’d) 13L89 (8 req’d) 13L86 (8 req’d) –

371 or

Bolt, adapter, 143-184JM and Steel SAE

13L43 N/A 13L117

370B

S-group bearing frame 1200

Bolt, adapter, 213-256JM 13K245 13K44 –

Mechanical seal – standard 10K27 – carbon/silicon-carbide/viton

383 Mechanical seal – high temp. Type 21 10K19 – Carbon/silicon-carbide/EPR 1

Mechanical seal – severe duty 10K64 – Silicon-carbide/silicon-carbide/viton

383A Retainer, seal spring 316 SS 4K517

408 Plug, vent and drain 316 SS 6L19 2

412A O-ring, impeller washer Viton 5K320 standard (5K195 EPR option)

412F O-ring, shaft sleeve Viton 5K320 standard (5K195 EPR) 5K307 standard (5K306 EPR option) 1

513

O-ring, casing – standard Viton 5L71 5L70 5L71

O-ring, casing – optional EPR 5L110 5K317 5L110

ITT

Goulds Pumps and the ITT Engineered Blocks Symbol are registered trademarks and tradenames of ITT Corporation.

SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

RSSHSMGR July, 2008© 2008 ITT Corporation

Engineered for life

Commercial Water

SSH M-Group (140JM, 180JM & 210JM)

UR01211-0M-00 Page 228 of 257

Page 232: Operation and Maintenance Manual

1

2

3

4

JP2

FREQUENCY OUTSERIAL (S L) OUT3

Connect output signals and powerto this 4-terminal block.

1.

3.

5.

4.

4.

Sensor Type Pipe Size Jumper Position

2551-P0/T0/V0/W0 ½ in. to 2½ in.

DN15 to DN65

2551-P0/T0/V0/W0 3 in. to 4 in. DN80 to DN100

2551-P1/T1/V1/W1 5 in. to 6 in. DN125 to DN150

2551-P1/T1/V1/W1 8 in. DN200

2551-P2/T2/V2/W2 10 in. to 12 in. DN250 to DN300

2.

Signet 2551 Magmeter*3-2551.090*

3-2551.090 Rev. F 02/07 English

1. Quick Start GuideThis manual contains the general installation, wiring and calibration data for the Signet 2551-XX-11 Magmeter with Frequency or Serial data output, and for the Signet 2551-XX-12 Magmeter with Currrent output. The basic steps are outlined on this page.See each referenced section for detailed information.

1. Confi gure the Hardware 2551-XX-11 ONLY: Position this Jumper to select

digital (S3L) output or Frequency output. (Not used for Current output version) Sec. 8 Pg. 6

2. Position the PIPE SIZE Jumper according to your pipe size. Sec. 5 Pg. 4

3. Install the Magmeter into the pipe. Use Signet installation fi ttings ONLY. The installation fi tting is critical to Magmeter

performance. Sec. 3-4, Pg. 3

4. Connect POWER and OUTPUT wiring. 2551-XX-11 Frequency out: Sec. 8.1 Pg. 6 2551-XX-11 Serial data out: Sec. 8.2 Pg. 9 2551-XX-12 Current out wiring: Sec. 7 Pg. 5

GROUNDING Without a good Earth Ground, the Magmeter may

not operate effi ciently. Sec. 6 Pg. 5

5. Route the wiring out through the two cable ports. Use appropriate hardware to secure the 2551 from moisture intrusion. One Liquid Tight Connector is included. Sec. 5-6 Pg 4-5

Topic: Page

1. Quick Start Guide 1 2. Specifi cations 2 3. Installation Pipe Fittings 3 4. Selecting a Location 3 5. 2551 Magmeter Confi guration 4 6. General Installation & Grounding Tips 5 7. Wiring the Magmeter with 4-20 Loop 5

Topic: Page

8. Wiring the Magmeter with Frequency or Digital Output 6 9. Custom System Span and Setup Tool 7 10. Using the i-Go 0232 Converter and Setup Tool 8 11. Averaging and Sensitivity Settings 9 12. Calibration Data 10 13. Maintenance and Service parts 14 Ordering Information 16

English

DescriptionThe Signet 2551 Magmeter is an insertion style magnetic fl ow sensor that features no moving parts. The patented sensor design is available in corrosion-resistant materials to provide long-term reliability with minimal maintenance costs. Material options include PP with stainless steel, PVDF with stainless steel, PVDF with Hastelloy-C, or PVDF with Titanium. Utilizing the comprehensive line of Signet installation fi ttings, sensor alignment and insertion depth is automatic, delivering accurate fl ow measurement in pipe sizes ranging from DN15 to DN300 (½ to 12 inches).

Signet 2551 Magmeters offer many output options of frequency/digital (S3L) or 4 to 20 mA. The frequency or digital (S3L) sensor output can be used with Signet’s extensive line of fl ow instruments while the 4 to 20mA output can be used for a direct input to PLCs, chart recorders, etc. Both the 4 to 20 mA output and digital (S3L) sensor interface is available for long distance signal transmission of up to 1,000 ft. An additional benefi t is the empty pipe detection which features a zero fl ow output when the sensors are not completely wetted. Also, the frequency output is bi-directional while the 4 to 20mA output can be set for uni- or bi-directional fl ow using the RS232 set-up tool which connects to PCs for programming capabilities.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 229 of 257

Page 233: Operation and Maintenance Manual

2 2551 Magmeter

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS1. Depressurize and vent system prior to installation or removal.2. Confi rm chemical compatibility before use.3. Do not exceed maximum temperature/pressure specifi cations.4. Wear safety goggles or face shield during installation/service.5. Do not alter product construction.6. Disconnect power before attempting any service or wiring.

2. Specifi cations

0 40 80 120 160 200

-18 4 27 49 71 93

°F

°C

40

80

120

160

200

3

6

8

11

14

psibar

240

115

Pressure vs. Temperature

Media Temperature

Op

era

tin

g P

ressu

re

2551

Operating

Range

Dimensions

General

Pipe size range: DN15 to DN 300 (0.5 in. to 12 in.)Flow Range• Minimum: 0.05 m/s (0.15 ft/s)• Maximum: 10 m/s (33 ft/s) Linearity: ±1% reading plus 0.01m/s (0.033 ft/s)Repeatability: ±0.5% of reading @ 25°C (77°F)Minimum Conductivity: 20 µS/cm

Wetted Materials:

• Sensor body and Electrodes and Grounding ring:• -P0, -P1, -P2: Polypropylene and 316L SS• -T0, -T1, -T2: PVDF and Titanium• -V0, -V1,-V2: PVDF and Hastelloy-C• -W0, -W1, -W2: PVDF and 316L SS• O-rings: FPM (standard)

EPDM, Kalrez® (optional)

The user is responsible for determining the chemical suitability of these materials for a specifi c application.

• Case: PBT• Display window: Polyamide Electrical

Power Requirements• 4 to 20 mA: 21.6 to 26.4 VDC, 22.1 mA max.• Frequency: 5 to 26.4 VDC, 15 mA max.• Digital (S3L): 5 to 6.5 VDC, 15 mA max.Reverse polarity and short circuit protected

Current output (4 to 20 mA): • Loop Accuracy: 32 µA max. error (25°C @ 24 VDC)• Isolation: Low voltage < 48 VAC/DC from electrodes and

auxilary power• Maximum cable: 300 m (1000 ft.)• Error condition: 22.1 mA• Max. Loop Resistance: 300 Ω • Compatible with PLC, PC or similar equipment Frequency output:• Max. Pull-up Voltage: 30 VDC• Compatible with Signet 5075, 5500, 5600, 8550, 8900

Digital (S3L) Output:• Serial ASCII, TTL level 9600 bps• Compatible with Signet 8900

Environmental Requirements

Storage Temperature: -20° to 70°C (-4° to 158°F)Relative Humidity: 0 to 95% (non-condensing)Operating Temperature:• Ambient: -10° to 70°C (14° to 158°F)• Media: 0° to 85°C (32° to 185°F) Max. operating pressure: • 10.3 bar @ 25°C (150 psi @ 77°F)• 1.4 bar @ 85°C (20 psi @ 185°F)

Standards and Approvals

CENEMA 4X / IP65 Enclosure (with cap installed)EMC: EN55011: 1998 +A1:99+A2:02 Class B Emissions EN61326: 1997 +A1:98+A2:01 EN61000-6-2:2001Safety: EN61010-1:2001U.S. Patent No. 7,055,396 B1

94 mm(3.7 in.)

79.25 mm(3.12 in.)

-X0-X1-X2

Pipe Range 1/2 to 4 in. -X0 = 58 mm (2.3 in.) 5 to 8 in. -X1 = 91 mm (3.6 in.) 10 to 12 in. -X2 = 167 mm (6.6 in.)

X = Sensor Body P, T, V, or W

UR01211-0M-00 Page 230 of 257

Page 234: Operation and Maintenance Manual

32551 Magmeter

4. Selecting a Location• The 2551 requires a full pipe and a fully developed turbulent fl ow profi le for accurate measurement.• If the piping system harbors air pockets or bubbles, take steps to locate the sensor so the air pockets will not contact the

electrodes.• In vertical installations, assemble the 2551 so the conduit ports are facing downward. This prevents condensation inside the

conduit from being directed into the 2551 electronics housing.

15 x I.D. 5 x I.D.

Reducer+GF+

10 x I.D. 5 x I.D.

Inlet OutletFlange

+GF+

50 x I.D. 5 x I.D.

Valve/Pump+GF+

40 x I.D. 5 x I.D.

2 x 90° Elbow3 dimensions

+GF+

25 x I.D. 5 x I.D.

2 x 90° Elbow+GF+

20 x I.D. 5 x I.D.

90° Elbow+GF+

+GF++G

F+

+GF+

+G

F+

+GF+

+GF+

O.K.O.K. O.K.

Vertical flow is OK IF the pipe remains full at all times.

3. Installation: Pipe fi ttingsGeorge Fischer Signet offers a wide selection of installation fi ttings that control the position of the Magmeter electrodes in relation to the dimensions of the pipe. You will fi nd a complete list of order numbers for installation fi ttings in the Calibration tables on pages 10-13.

Select a location with suffi cient distance of straight pipe immediately upstream of the sensor.

Locating the sensor in a trap or where the fl ow is upward helps to protect the sensor from exposure to air bubbles when the system is in operation.

These confi gurations are not recommended because it is diffi cult to keep the pipe full.

Type Description

2 to 4 inch, cut 1-7/16 inch hole in pipeOver 4 inch, cut 2-1/8 inch hole in pipe

0.5 to 4 inch versions PVC or CPVC

2 to 4 inch, cut 1-7/16 inch hole in pipe6 to 8 inch, cut 2-1/8 inch hole in pipe

Available in 10 and 12 inch sizes onlyCut 2-1/2 inch hole in pipeWeld in place using solvent cement

Available in 10 and 12 inch sizes onlyCut 2-1/8 inch hole in pipe

Iron, Carbon Steel, 316 SS Threaded tees

Carbon steel & stainless steel Weld-onWeldolets

2 to 4 inch, cut 1-7/16 inch hole in pipeOver 4 inch, cut 2-1/8 inch hole in pipe

For pipes from DN 15 to 50 mmPP or PVDF

Type Description

Plastic tees

MetricUnion tees

PVCSaddles

IronStrap-onsaddles

PVCGlue-onSaddles

PPClamp-onSaddles

1.5 in. to 8 in. PVDF insert > 8 in. PVC insert

Fiberglasstees &saddles:

FPT FPS

0.5 to 2 in. versionsMounts on threaded pipe ends

In a gravity-fl ow system, the tank must be designed so the level does not drop below the outlet.

This causes the pipe to draw air in from the tank.If air bubbles pass across the Magmeter electrodes, the output will become erratic.

+GF+

UR01211-0M-00 Page 231 of 257

Page 235: Operation and Maintenance Manual

4 2551 Magmeter

Important:• The directional arrow on the body of the sensor must be pointed DOWNSTREAM.• The FLOW arrow decal can be placed directly on the pipe to identify the direction of fl ow.• Use a cable gland or a liquid tight connector to seal the cable ports from water intrusion.• The yellow housing may be reversed to align the conduit ports as required.• If the Magmeter is installed on a vertical pipe, the conduit ports should be turned to point downward. This will prevent condensation from being channeled into the enclosure.• Use plumber's tape or a suitable sealant on cable ports.

5. 2551 Magmeter Confi guration

Whether using the 2551-XX-11 (frequency or digital S3L output) or the 2551-XX-12 (with 4-20 mA output), the wiring terminals located on the inside of the yellow cover are identical. All of the connections from the Magmeter to external equipment (PLC, Datalogger, Chart Recorder, Flow meter, etc.) are made at the large 4-position terminal connector.When the cover is removed the wiring from the sensor can be seen connected to the smaller terminal block. These connections should always remain connected to prevent inadvertent damage or miswiring.The terminals on the 2551 Magmeter are designed for conductors from 16 AWG to 22 AWG.

WARNING!

If the second conduit port is used, carefully drill the opening. (The plastic is too strong to be punched out.)• Secure the Magmeter in a vise

to prevent damage or injury.• The plastic inside the port is

very thin. Do not allow the drill to penetrate too deeply and damage the Magmeter wiring.

1

2

3

4

JP2

WhiteYellowRedBlackBrownBlue

Not used

The factory connectsthe sensor cable to the terminalsinside the yellow cover.

This blue jumper selectsfrequency output orS L serial data outputin the 3-2551-XX-11(Not used on 4-20 mA models)

3

The user must connect output cables tothis 4-terminal block.

Sensor grounding ring

3-9000.392-1Liquid tight connector(one supplied)

JP2 is for factory use only.MAKE NO CONNECTIONS.

Use the yellow decal to markthe direction of flow on the pipe

Set this blue jumperaccording to the pipe size.

½ in. (DN15)¾ in. (DN20)1 in. (DN25)1¼ in. (DN32)1½ in. (DN40)2 in. (DN50)2½ in. (DN65)5 in. (DN125)6 in. (DN150)10 in. (DN250)12 in. (DN300)

3 in. (DN80)4 in. (DN100)8 in. (DN200)

Flow

External Earth Ground Terminal

UR01211-0M-00 Page 232 of 257

Page 236: Operation and Maintenance Manual

52551 Magmeter

6. General Installation and Grounding Tips

Sensor conditioning

The Magmeter output signal may be unstable immediately after installation. Allowing the sensor to soak in a full pipe (or in any container of water) for 24 hours will stabilize the performance.• Very low conductivity fl uids may require a longer conditioning period. (The Magmeter may not operate properly in fl uids where the

conductivity is less than 20 µS/cm.)

Grounding

The 2551 Magmeter is unaffected by moderate levels of electrical noise. However, in some applications it may be necessary to ground portions of the system to eliminate electrical interference. The grounding requirements will vary with each installation.

One or more of the following steps may be applied if the 2551 Magmeter is affected by electrical noise:

The ground terminal on the outside of the yellow housing is connected internally to the grounding ring at the tip of the sensor. Connect a wire (14 AWG/2.08 mm2

recommended) from this terminal directly to a local Earth ground.

Install fl uid grounding devices immediately upstream and downstream of the Magmeter.

Connect the fl uid grounds to the Earth ground terminal on the 2551.

Use fl anged grounding rings or metal electrodes on plastic pipes, or metal clamps on metal pipes.

Fluid grounds must be in direct contact with the fl uid, and as near to the Magmeter as possible.

The shield from the output cable must be terminated at the remote instrument ONLY.

This shield must not be connected at both ends!

Connect an additional wire (minimum AWG 14/2.08 mm2) from the remote instrument ground to the Magmeter ground terminal.

Grounding rings on plastic pipe(Install between flanges)

ormetal straps on metal pipe

Earth ground

SensorGrounding ring

(10 cm to 1.3 m) (10 cm to 1.3 m)

4 in. to 50 in. 4 in. to 50 in.

Instrument

4.

1.

2.2.

Do not terminateshield at Magmeter

3.

7. Wiring the 2551-XX-12 Magmeter with 4-20 mA Loop Output

The 2551-XX-12 Magmeter is a traditional 2-wire passive 4-20 mA loop transmitter.• External loop power (24 VDC ±10%) is required. See Ordering Information for power supplies.• The maximum loop resistance the Magmeter can accomodate is 300 Ω.

• All 2551-XX-12 Magmeters are shipped from the factory with the 4-20 mA output scaled for 0 to 5 m/s (0 to 16.4 ft/s). If this operating range is suitable, no adjustments are necessary. The Calibration charts on pages 10-14 list the 20 mA setpoint for each installation fi tting. Use this information to program the 4-20 mA range of the loop device (PLC, Datalogger, recorder, etc.)

Loop + (24 VDC)

Loop - (Ground) 4-20 mA Loopmonitor

(Maximum 300 Ω)+

+

-

-

24 VDC ± 10%1

2

3

4

2551 Magmeter

UR01211-0M-00 Page 233 of 257

Page 237: Operation and Maintenance Manual

6 2551 Magmeter

1

2

3

4

5-24 VDC

GroundNot used

9

8

7

Sensr Gnd(SHIELD)

Sensr IN(RED)Sensr V+(BLACK)

2551 Magmeter 8550-1 Flow Transmitter

Frequency

• When the blue jumper illustrated here is placed over both pins, the 2551-XX-11 outputs an open collector frequency signal that can be connected to any powered Signet fl ow meter. (Models 5075, 5500, 5600, 8550, 8900.)

• 5 VDC power is provided to the 2551 Magmeter by all Signet fl ow instruments. No additional power is required.

• If connecting the 2551 Magmeter to a fl ow instrument from another manufacturer, 5 to 24 VDC power must be provided to the 2551. A 10 KΩ pull up resistor must also be connected between terminals 1 and 2.

• The frequency output will be displayed as positive fl ow regardless of the fl ow direction.

8.1 Wiring: Frequency output (Compatible with all POWERED Signet Flow instruments.)

8.2 Wiring: S3L output (Compatible with 8900 Multi-Parameter Controller only)

• When the blue jumper illustrated here is removed (or placed over one pin for storage) the 2551-XX-11 outputs a digital (S3L) signal compatible with the Signet 8900.

• The 2551 receives 5 VDC power from the 8900. No additional power is required.• The 8900 will display 0 (Zero) fl ow rate during periods of reverse fl ow.

+5 VDC

S L Data3

Ground

Not used

1

2

3

43-8900.621CI/O Module 3-8900.401-X

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

+5VDC (Black)

Freq. Input (Red)

GND (Shield)

+5VDC (Black)

Freq. Input 2 (Red)

S L (Red)

GND (White/Shield)

+5VDC (Black)

S L (Red)

GND (White/Shield)

3

3

Analog Output 1

Analog Output 2

(if applicable)

(if applicable)

Frequency

Input

1

FrequencyInput 2

OR

S3LInput

2

S3LInput

1

+-

+-

2551 Magmeter

Blue Jumper OFF = S3L OUT

S L3

3

4

NOTE:

The maximum cable length from the 2551 to the 8900 depends on the 8900 confi guration. Refer to the 8900 manual for complete information.

8. Wiring the 3-2551-11 with Frequency or Digital (S3L) output

AUX power MUST be connected on the 8550 to provide power to the 2551.

1

2

3

4

Ground

5-24 VDC

Not used

Frequency Out

2551 Magmeter

3-8900.621CI/O Module 3-8900.401-X1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

+5VDC (Black)Freq. Input (Red)

GND (Shield)+5VDC (Black)

Freq. Input 2 (Red)S L (Red)3

FrequencyInput

1

FrequencyInput 2

ORS3LInput

2

1

2

3

4

5-24 VDC

Ground

Not used

Frequency Out

2551 Magmeter10

Install a pull-up resistor when connecting the2551 Magmeter to other manufacturer's flowmeters.

2551 Frequency Out to Signet 8900

2551 Frequency Out to other Manufacturer's equipment

2551 Frequency Out to Signet 8550-1

Blue Jumper ON = FREQ OUT

3

4

Frequency

UR01211-0M-00 Page 234 of 257

Page 238: Operation and Maintenance Manual

72551 Magmeter

9. Custom System Span and Setup

• The 3-0232 Setup tool enables the user to confi gure the 2551 Magmeter to suit the application.• The Setup tool connects the 2551 to a computer by converting the serial data output into standard RS232 format.• The computer operating system must be Windows 98, 2000, 2000 Pro, XP, XP Pro ONLY.• The 3-0232 Setup tool is not compatible with any other operating system.• Managed and network systems may have security measures enabled that interfere with the installation of this program. See the network administrator or IT staff if the program cannot be installed. 9.1 Collect the Equipment and information that will be required:

• 3-0232 Setup Tool (Includes one RS232 Converter and one CD-ROM with software)• 24 VDC ISOLATED power source.• Personal computer with: Intel Pentium or Higher or AMD 1800 or Higher Windows 98, 2000, 2000 Pro, XP, XP Pro operating system CD ROM Reader capable of reading ISO 9660 Format Free Disk Space Of 400 KB• DB9 serial-to-USB converter cable (required only for computers that do not have a DB9 serial port available.)• Pipe data (id, K-factor from Sec. 12, Pg 10-14)• Measurement Preferences (engineering units, timebase)

9.3 Connect the Magmeter to the computer:

1. Remove the cover from the Magmeter.2. Connect the 2551 output terminals 2 and 4 to the input terminals of the RS232 Interface.3. Connect the isolated 24 VDC power source to the 2551, terminals 1 and 3.4. For 2551-11 version, confi gure the blue jumper for S3L operation. Remember to return it to the frequency position if necessary.

(section 8.2, Pg 6.)5. Connect the DB9 serial output connector from the RS232 Interface to the computer. Note: If the computer does not have an available DB9 serial port, use a serial-to-USB converter cable. Signet recommends cable model USA-19HS by Keyspan. (www.keyspan.com)

9.2 Install the software onto the computer:

1. Insert the CD-ROM into a computer that is running on Win98, Win2000, or Win XP.2. Click the START button, then Run. Click the BROWSE button and navigate to the CD drive and select the Setup.exe fi le. Click

Open, then click OK.3. If unable to install the program, contact the system administrator for assistance.

1

2

3

4

Vaux+GND5Vout+DataGND

Isolated24 VDC

+

-

DB9 ConnectorS3L-to-RS232Converter

Windows PC

DB9-to-USB Adapter Cable(Keyspan # USA-19HS)

2551 Terminals(Inside 2551 cover)

CAUTION!TURN 24 VDC POWER OFF

WHEN WIRING THE MAGMETER.

The following page outlines each step in the 2551 Magmeter Setup Tool software.

For 2551-11 version, confi gure the blue jumper for S3L operation. Remember to return it to the frequency position if necessary.

S L3

3

4

UR01211-0M-00 Page 235 of 257

Page 239: Operation and Maintenance Manual

8 2551 Magmeter

10. Using the 3-0232 i-Go S3L to RS232 Converter and Setup Tool to customize the 3-2551 Magmeter

Procedure:

1. Set the general information about the pipe and application preferences in the Application Settings fi elds.

Note: Press the "Restore Factory Settings" button while all fi elds are blank to load the setup program with factory settings. After a value is entered into any fi eld, the "Restore Factory Settings" button will not change them.

Flow/Velocity Units (factory set: Meters)• Select the engineering units from the list: meters, feet, cubic meters, liters, cu. ft., U.S. gallons, Imp. gallons.Timebase (factory set: Seconds)• Set the timebase preference: seconds, minutes, hours, daysPipe ID (Inside Diameter) (factory set: 44.0)• Enter the inside diameter of the pipe.ID Units: (factory set: millimeters)• Select inches or mm for the dimensions of the pipe.

NOTE: Check all associated settings after changing the units. This program does not convert values automatically.K-Factor (factory set: 65.7665)• K-factors are published in the Magmeter manual as "pulses

per gallon" and "pulses per liter".

2. Set the 4-20 mA span (4-20 mA output models only)

• Enter the fl ow rate at 4 mA. (Factory set: 0 m/s)• Enter the fl ow rate at 20 mA. (Factory set: 5 m/s)• When the RESTORE FACTORY SETTINGS button is pressed,

the 20 mA setpoint will be restored to the equivalent of 5 m/s, in terms of the Flow units and Timebase selected above.

3. Set the Performance Settings to best accomodate the

unique conditions in the pipe.

Averaging Time in Seconds (Factory set: 14 seconds)**• Select the time the Magmeter will use as the averaging

period. Example: With averaging at 14 seconds, each display is an

average of the previous 14 seconds input. Use higher averaging times to smooth the display and

current output where the fl ow in the pipe is erratic.Quick Response Sensitivity (Factory set: 25% of Max Range, or 2.5 m/s)**• Set the percentage of change in the fl ow rate required to allow the Magmeter to override the AVERAGING and jump to a new fl ow rate immediately. (2551 maximum range is 10 m/s) A detailed explanation of averaging and sensitivity functions is provided on the following page.Noise Rejection Frequency (Factory set: 60 Hz)**• Select 50 Hz or 60 Hz according to local AC power specifi cations. Low Flow Cut-off (Factory set: 0.05 m/s)• Set the fl ow rate where all Magmeter outputs will be forced to zero. (When the fl ow rate drops below this value, the frequency output will be 0 Hz. and the current output will be 4 mA.)

4. Click "Write Settings to Sensor" at the bottom of the display to download the new settings to the Magmeter.

• To repeat the same settings in another Magmeter, remove 24 VDC Power to the magmeter and connect the second Magmeter.• Click "Write Settings to Sensor" again.• Click "Read Sensor Settings" to validate the new settings. Note: All settings are lost when you exit the program.

Sensor Information

Serial Number, Sensor Type:

• Information for these fi elds is read from the Magmeter when you press the "Read Sensor Settings" button.Messages

• Displays messages related to the current selection. Error messages and procedure instructions appear here.

Controls

• Read sensor settings: Read information and setup values from the Magmeter into this setup display. • Restore factory settings: Restores Loop and Performance settings to original factory values. Press this button before entering any data into the program if you want to load all factory settings.• Write settings to sensor: Copies all of the settings in this setup display into the Magmeter.• Load settings from fi le: Load a saved meter setup fi le into the Magmeter Setup Tool.• Save settings to fi le: Save a meter setup fi le on your local hard drive to be used again.

Note: If a Low fl ow Cutoff or a 4-20 mA fi eld turns RED, the value entered is outside of the allowable range. The maximum allowable value will be automatically loaded.

** SELECT FROM PULL-DOWN MENU ONLY. Direct text input will not be accepted. Error message will appear: "Cannot write all settings to sensor."

UR01211-0M-00 Page 236 of 257

Page 240: Operation and Maintenance Manual

92551 Magmeter

AVERAGING Only

With AVERAGING set to 60 seconds and SENSITIVITY set to 100%, the fl ow rate is stabilized, but a sharp change in fl ow rate is not represented for 60 seconds or longer. This can cause system problems if one of the operating setpoints falls within this range.

AVERAGING and SENSITIVITY

With AVERAGING at 60 seconds and SENSITIVITY set to 25%, the fl ow rate is stabilized, but the sudden shift in fl ow is refl ected very quickly.

No AVERAGING, no SENSITIVITY

With AVERAGING set to 0 (zero) the SENSITIVITY is ineffective, and the fl ow rate may be very unstable. This will cause the output signals to respond erratically.

Velo

city

10 s 20 s 30 s 40 s 50 s 60 s 70 sTime

Velo

city

10 s 20 s 30 s 40 s 50 s 60 s 70 sTime

Ve

locity

11. 2551 Magmeter Averaging and Sensitivity Settings

Because ideal fl ow conditions are often impossible to achieve, the fl ow rate is often erratic, which causes any control features (ie; relays, 4-20 mA loops, etc.) that are associated with the fl ow rate to also be erratic.

The best solution to these problems is to correct the piping defi ciencies that cause the instability. This may involve longer straight runs upstream, reducing the pipe size to maintain a full pipe at all times, and other installation changes. But in many situations these measures are simply not possible.

The 2551 Magmeter provides several tools that are designed to "work around" these defi ciencies. They are called "Performance Settings" and can be modifi ed only through the i-Go S3L to RS232 Converter and the 2551 Magmeter Setup Tool. The noise rejection and the Low Flow Cutoff settings are self-explanatory. The Averaging and the Sensitivity features should be studied before making adjustments.

Averaging Time in Seconds (Factory set: 14 seconds)

• Set the time the Magmeter will use as the averaging period. With averaging at 14 seconds, each display is an average of the previous 14 seconds input. Use higher averaging times to smooth the display and current output where the fl ow in the pipe is erratic.

Quick Response Sensitivity (Factory set: 25% of Maximum Range, or 2.5 m/s)

• Set the percentage of change in the fl ow rate required to allow the Magmeter to override the AVERAGING and jump to a new fl ow rate immediately. (2551 maximum range is 10 m/s)

The pictures below illustrate the effect of these settings.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 237 of 257

Page 241: Operation and Maintenance Manual

10 2551 Magmeter

12. Calibration Data: K-factors and Full Scale Current Values

Plastic Installation Fittings: PVC Tees and Saddles

PIPE SIZE FITTING K-Factor K-Factor 20 mA= 20 mA=

(IN.) TYPE Gallons Liters* in GPM in LPM

SCH 80 PVC TEES FOR SCH 80 PVC PIPE

½ PV8T005 2289.37 604.85 13.1 49.6¾ PV8T007 1430.41 377.92 20.97 79.381 PV8T010 876.86 231.67 34.21 129.51¼ PV8T012 447.06 118.11 67.1 253.991½ PV8T015 324.19 85.65 92.54 350.252 PV8T020 206.69 54.61 145.15 549.382½ PV8T025 131.46 34.73 228.2 863.743 PV8T030 82.52 21.80 363.55 1376.044 PV8T040 44.78 11.83 669.88 2535.49 SCH 80 PVC TEES FOR SCH 80 CPVC PIPE

½ CPV8T005 2496.03 659.45 12.02 45.49¾ CPV8T007 1381.48 364.99 21.72 82.191 CPV8T010 857.98 226.68 34.97 132.341¼ CPV8T012 445.17 117.61 67.39 255.071½ CPV8T015 325.56 86.01 92.15 348.78 SCH 80 PVC SADDLES FOR SCH 80 PVC PIPE

2 PV8S020 193.83 51.21 154.77 585.812½ PV8S025 138.01 36.46 217.38 822.783 PV8S030 83.89 22.16 357.62 1353.604 PV8S040 40.88 10.80 733.88 2777.746 PV8S060 22.53 5.95 1331.85 5041.068 PV8S080 12.52 3.31 2395.41 9066.6410 PV8S100 7.94 2.10 3778.75 14302.5712 PV8S120 5.71 1.51 5256.69 19896.57 SCH 80 PVC SADDLES FOR SCH 40 PVC PIPE

2 PV8S020 180.01 47.56 166.66 630.812½ PV8S025 123.72 32.69 242.49 917.823 PV8S030 75.81 20.03 395.71 1497.764 PV8S040 41.87 11.06 716.56 2712.196 PV8S060 19.71 5.21 1521.92 5760.468 PV8S080 11.73 3.10 2558.12 9682.5010 PV8S100 7.43 1.96 4037.60 15282.312 PV8S120 5.23 1.38 5734.87 21706.48

POLYPROPYLENE CLAMP-ON SADDLES ON SCH 80 PP PIPE

10 PPS100 7.94 2.10 3778.75 14302.5712 PPS120 5.71 1.51 5256.69 19896.57

POLYPROPYLENE CLAMP-ON SADDLES ON SCH 40 PP PIPE

10 PPS100 7.43 1.96 4037.60 15282.312 PPS120 5.23 1.38 5734.87 21706.48

UR01211-0M-00 Page 238 of 257

Page 242: Operation and Maintenance Manual

112551 Magmeter

PIPE SIZE FITTING K-Factor K-Factor 20 mA= 20 mA=

(Metric) TYPE Gallons Liters* in GPM in LPM

POLYPROPYLENE FITTINGS (DIN/ISO ,BS, ANSI)

DN15 PPMT005 2192.73 579.32 13.68 51.78DN20 PPMT007 1327.81 350.81 22.59 85.52DN25 PPMT010 737.16 194.76 40.70 154.04DN32 PPMT012 453.46 119.81 66.16 250.41DN40 PPMT015 275.03 72.66 109.08 412.86DN50 PPMT020 164.17 43.35 182.74 691.66DN65 PPMT025 112.02 29.59 267.82 1013.70DN80 PPMT030 77.40 20.45 387.60 1467.06DN100 PPMT040 51.76 13.68 579.58 2193.70DN125 PPMT050 40.14 10.61 747.36 2828.74DN150 PPMT060 24.51 6.47 1224.17 4633.48DN200 PPMT080 15.66 4.14 1915.10 7248.67 PVDF FITTINGS (DIN/ISO ,BS, ANSI)

DN15 SFMT005 1946.49 514.26 15.41 58.34DN20 SFMT007 1158.05 305.96 25.91 98.05DN25 SFMT010 749.09 197.91 40.05 151.58DN32 SFMT012 439.51 116.12 68.26 258.36DN40 SFMT015 248.93 65.77 120.52 456.16DN50 SFMT020 146.85 38.80 204.30 773.26DN65 SFMT025 104.84 27.70 286.16 1083.10DN80 SFMT030 72.01 19.02 416.64 1576.97DN100 SFMT040 46.82 12.37 640.69 2425.00DN125 SFMT050 31.93 8.44 939.63 3556.51DN150 SFMT060 18.78 4.96 1597.70 6047.30DN200 SFMT080 11.86 3.13 2529.84 9575.44 PVC FITTINGS (DIN/ISO ,BS, ANSI)

DN15 PVMT005 2067.76 546.30 14.51 54.91DN20 PVMT007 1136.61 300.29 26.39 99.90DN25 PVMT010 716.52 189.31 41.87 158.47DN32 PVMT012 446.07 117.85 67.25 254.56DN40 PVMT015 278.83 73.67 107.59 407.23DN50 PVMT020 159.36 42.10 188.26 712.55DN65 PVMT025 110.11 29.09 272.46 1031.26DN80 PVMT030 73.92 19.53 405.84 1536.12DN100 PVMT040 47.86 12.64 626.87 2372.70DN125 PVMT050 36.18 9.56 829.10 3138.16DN150 PVMT060 21.56 5.70 1391.30 5266.07DN200 PVMT080 13.81 3.65 2172.63 8223.4

Plastic Installation Fittings for Metric Pipes:Polypropylene True Union Tees and Wafers

PVDF True Union Tees and Wafers

PVC True Union Tees and Wafers

12. Calibration Data: K-factors and Full Scale Current Values

UR01211-0M-00 Page 239 of 257

Page 243: Operation and Maintenance Manual

12 2551 Magmeter

PIPE SIZE FITTING K-Factor K-Factor 20 mA= 20 mA=

(IN.) TYPE Gallons Liters* in GPM in LPM

CARBON STEEL TEES ON SCH 40 PIPE

½ CS4T005 1572.66 415.50 19.08 72.20¾ CS4T007 1086.73 287.11 27.61 104.491 CS4T010 582.34 153.86 51.52 194.991¼ CS4T012 377.48 99.73 79.48 300.811½ CS4T015 267.79 70.75 112.03 424.022 CS4T020 167.85 44.35 178.73 676.48 STAINLESS STEEL TEES ON SCH 40 PIPE

½ CR4T005 1601.26 423.05 18.74 70.91¾ CR4T007 937.78 247.76 31.99 121.081 CR4T010 606.18 160.15 49.49 187.321¼ CR4T012 279.68 73.89 107.26 405.991½ CR4T015 147.65 39.01 203.19 769.062 CR4T020 111.90 29.56 268.09 1014.73 STAINLESS STEEL WELDOLETS ON SCH 40 PIPE

2½ CR4W025 106.31 28.09 282.19 1068.103 CR4W030 72.27 19.09 415.12 1571.254 CR4W040 36.84 9.73 814.34 3082.285 CR4W050 29.28 7.73 1024.70 3878.506 CR4W060 20.29 5.36 1478.26 5595.218 CR4W080 11.73 3.10 2557.72 9680.9610 CR4W100 7.45 1.97 4028.83 15249.1312 CR4W120 5.24 1.39 5722.73 21660.53 CARBON STEEL WELDOLETS ON SCH 40 PIPE

2½ CS4W025 105.70 27.93 283.82 1074.273 CS4W030 70.68 18.67 424.45 1606.564 CS4W040 36.38 9.61 824.65 3121.305 CS4W050 29.28 7.73 1024.70 3878.506 CS4W060 20.29 5.36 1478.26 5595.218 CS4W080 11.73 3.10 2557.72 9680.9610 CS4W100 7.45 1.97 4028.83 15249.1312 CS4W120 5.24 1.39 5722.73 21660.53

GALVANIZED IRON TEES ON SCH 40 PIPE

1 IR4T010 558.50 147.56 53.71 203.311¼ IR4T012 334.45 88.36 89.70 339.511½ IR4T015 248.97 65.78 120.49 456.072 IR4T020 146.00 38.57 205.48 777.76

Metal Installation Fittings:Carbon Steel Tees and Weld-o-Lets

Stainless Steel Tees and Weld-o-Lets

Galvanized Iron Tees

12. Calibration Data: K-factors and Full Scale Current Values

UR01211-0M-00 Page 240 of 257

Page 244: Operation and Maintenance Manual

132551 Magmeter

PIPE SIZE FITTING K-Factor K-Factor 20 mA= 20 mA=

(IN.) TYPE Gallons Liters in GPM in LPM

SCH 80 IRON SADDLE ON SCH 80 PIPE

2 IR8S020 194.85 51.48 153.96 582.752½ IR8S025 142.28 37.59 210.86 798.103 IR8S030 87.53 23.13 342.72 1297.204 IR8S040 40.62 10.73 738.58 2795.545 IR8S050 29.28 7.74 1024.43 3877.486 IR8S060 22.30 5.89 1345.58 5093.038 IR8S080 12.52 3.31 2395.41 9066.6410 IR8S100 7.94 2.10 3778.75 14302.5712 IR8S120 5.65 1.49 5311.45 20103.83

SCH 80 IRON SADDLE ON SCH 40 PIPE

2 IR8S020 185.35 48.97 161.85 612.612½ IR8S025 127.47 33.68 235.36 890.833 IR8S030 76.62 20.24 391.54 1481.994 IR8S040 40.23 10.63 745.72 2822.575 IR8S050 27.32 7.22 1098.24 4156.836 IR8S060 19.71 5.21 1521.92 5760.468 IR8S080 11.61 3.07 2584.23 9781.3010 IR8S100 7.36 1.94 4078.8 15438.212 IR8S120 5.18 1.37 5793.39 21927.98

Metal Installation FittingsIron Saddles

12. Calibration Data: K-factors and Full Scale Current Values

PIPE SIZE FITTING K-Factor K-Factor 20 mA= 20 mA=

(IN.) TYPE Gallons Liters in GPM in LPM

BRONZE TEES ON SCH 40 PIPE

1 BR4T010 582.34 153.86 51.52 194.991¼ BR4T012 330.54 87.33 90.76 343.531½ BR4T015 254.76 67.31 117.76 445.712 BR4T020 157.36 41.58 190.64 721.58 COPPER TEES FITTING ON COPPER PIPE SCH K

½ CUKT005 2459.19 649.72 12.20 46.17¾ CUKT007 1108.02 292.74 27.08 102.481 CUKT010 649.87 171.70 46.16 174.731¼ CUKT012 422.03 111.50 71.09 269.061½ CUKT015 281.43 74.35 106.60 403.472 CUKT020 136.02 35.94 220.55 834.78

COPPER TEES FITTING ON COPPER PIPE SCH L

½ CUKT005 2406.30 635.75 12.47 47.19¾ CUKT007 1174.77 310.37 25.54 96.661 CUKT010 672.28 177.62 44.62 168.901¼ CUKT012 402.84 106.43 74.47 281.871½ CUKT015 294.99 77.94 101.70 384.922 CUKT020 149.63 39.53 200.50 758.89

COPPER/BRONZE BRAZOLET ON SCH 40 PIPE

2½ BR4B025 117.31 30.99 255.74 967.963 BR4B030 78.62 20.77 381.58 1444.284 BR4B040 45.13 11.92 664.77 2516.155 BR4B050 32.79 8.66 914.91 3462.956 BR4B060 22.73 6.01 1319.87 4995.728 BR4B080 13.14 3.47 2283.68 8643.7110 BR4B100 8.34 2.20 3597.17 13615.2912 BR4B120 5.87 1.55 5109.58 19339.76

Metal Installation Fittings:Bronze and Copper Tees and Brazolets

UR01211-0M-00 Page 241 of 257

Page 245: Operation and Maintenance Manual

14 2551 Magmeter

13.1. Environmental Recommendations:

• When used properly, this product presents no inherent danger to the environment.• Please follow local ordinance when disposing of this or any product with electronic components.

• Conductivity is less than 20 µS/cm.• Electronic component failure.

• 4-20 mA is not scaled same as Loop device.

• Loop device is not scaled same as Magmeter.

• Range Jumper not placed correctly.• Defective Magmeter

• Magmeter installed too close to upstream obstruction.

• Magmeter electrodes are coated with solids.

• Magmeter electrodes exposed to air bubbles/pockets.

• Electrical noise is interfering with the measurement.

• New sensor, metal surface not properly conditioned.

• Output is not 0 when fl ow is stopped.

• Frequency, Digital or Current output is erratic.

• Output is 22.1 mA.

• Electrode not adequately conditioned.• Electrical noise is interfering with the

measurement.• Vibration or other movement in pipe

causes magmeter to detect fl ow.• Defective Magmeter

Symptom Possible Cause Possible Solution

• Frequency output is inoperative• Digital (S3L) output is inoperative.• Loop output is inperative.

• Move the Magmeter upstream at least 10 pipe diameters from obstruction.

• Clean the electrodes with soft cloth. Do not use abrasives.

• Eliminate air bubbles in the pipe.• Remove the Magmeter and reinstall

with the fl ow direction arrow on the sensor body pointed DOWNSTREAM.

• Modify grounding as required to protect the Magmeter from interference.

• Soak sensor overnight in fl uid.

13.2 Troubleshooting

13. Maintenance

The 2551 Magmeter requires very little maintenance. There are no user-serviceable components in the Magmeter.• If the fl uid contains deposits and solids that may coat the electrodes, a regular cleaning schedule is recommended.• Do not use abrasive materials on the metal electrodes. Clean with soft cloth and mild detergent only.• Use a cotton swab and mild detergent to remove deposits on the metal electrodes at the tip of the sensor.

• Soak sensor overnight in fl uid.• Modify grounding as required

to protect the Magmeter from interference.

• Set low fl ow cutoff higher.• Return to factory for service.

• Use 3-0232 Span and Setup tool to set output range.

• Respan Loop device to match Magmeter.

• Set Range Jumper correctly.• Return to factory for service.

• 2551 is wrong model.• Blue jumper not in correct position.• Wiring is not correct.• Frequency input to other

manufacturer's fl ow instrument does not have pull-up resistor.

• Frequency model is 3-2551-11.• Place blue jumper correctly. (Sec. 5 pg. 9)• Check wiring, make corrections.• Install 10kΩ resistor. Sec 8.1, pg. 6)

• Unsuitable application for Magmeter.• Return to factory for service.

• 4-20 mA output is incorrect.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 242 of 257

Page 246: Operation and Maintenance Manual

152551 Magmeter

O-Rings

Mfr. Part No. Code Description1220-0021 198 801 186 O-ring, FPM (Viton®)1224-0021 198 820 006 O-ring, EPDM1228-0021 198 820 007 O-ring, FFPM (Kalrez®)

Replacement Transducers

Mfr. Part No. Code Description3-2551-P0 159 001 211 PP/316L SS, DN15 to DN100 (½ to 4 in.) pipe3-2551-P1 159 001 212 PP/316L SS, DN125 to DN200 (5 to 8 in.) pipe3-2551-P2 159 001 444 PP/316L SS, DN250 to DN300 (10 to 12 in.) pipe

3-2551-T0 159 001 213 PVDF/Titanium, DN15 to DN100 (½ to 4 in.) pipe3-2551-T1 159 001 214 PVDF/Titanium, DN125 to DN200 (5 to 8 in.) pipe3-2551-T2 159 000 445 PVDF/Titanium, DN250 to DN300 (10 to 12 in.) pipe

3-2551-V0 159 001 376 PVDF/Hastelloy-C, DN15 to DN100 (0.5 to 4 in.) pipe3-2551-V1 159 001 377 PVDF/Hastelloy-C, DN125 to DN200 (5 to 8 in.) pipe3-2551-V2 159 000 446 PVDF/Hastelloy-C, DN250 to DN300 (10 to 12 in.) pipe

3-2551-W0 159 001 234 PVDF/316L SS, DN15 to DN100 (0.5 to 4 in.) pipe3-2551-W1 159 001 235 PVDF/316L SS, DN125 to DN200 (5 to 8 in.) pipe3-2551-W2 159 001 447 PVDF/316L SS, DN250 to DN300 (10 to 12 in.) pipe

Replacement Electronics Module

Mfr. Part No. Code Description3-2551-11 159 001 215 Magmeter electronics, no display, frequency or digital (S3L) output3-2551-12 159 001 216 Magmeter electronics, no display, 4 to 20 mA output

Miscellaneous

Mfr. Part No. Code Description7300-7524 159 000 687 24 VDC Power supply 7.5 W, 300 mA7300-1524 159 000 688 24 VDC Power supply 15 W, 600 mA7300-3024 159 000 689 24 VDC Power supply 30 W, 1.3 A7300-5024 159 000 690 24 VDC Power supply 50 W, 2.1 A7300-1024 159 000 691 24 VDC Power supply 100 W, 4.2 A3-8551.521 159 001 378 Clear plastic cap for display3-0232 159 000 865 4 to 20 mA spanning CD with RS232 Converter

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Troubleshooting with the RED and BLUE lights

No Lights: The power is off or the sensor is not connected

Solid Blue: The power is on but there is no fl ow in the pipe.

Blinking Blue: Normal operation, blink rate is proportional to the fl ow rate.

Alternating Red-Blue: Empty pipe indication (electrodes are not wet.)

Blinking Red: System errors (Electrical noise interference)

Solid Red: Instrument error (defective electronics component)

1

2

3

4

D7

D6

Flow Flow

Reverse fl ow:

• Frequency out cannot distinguish reverse fl ow from forward fl ow. The output will be the absolute value.• Digital (S3L) output: Reverse fl ow results in 0 fl ow rate displayed on 8900• 4-20 mA output can be spanned into negative fl ow range using the custom setup tool. (example: 4-20 mA = -100 to +100 GPM)

Empty Pipe Detection

• Frequency output will be locked to 0 Hz if electrodes are not wet.• Digital (S3L) output will be locked to 0 if electrodes are not wet.• 4-20 mA will be locked to 4 mA if electrodes are not wet.• Blue and Red LED indicators on the magmeter circuit will blink alternately if the electrodes are not wet.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 243 of 257

Page 247: Operation and Maintenance Manual

George Fischer Signet Inc., 3401 Aerojet Avenue, El Monte, CA 91731-2882 U.S.A. • Tel. (626) 571-2770 • Fax (626) 573-2057

For Worldwide Sales and Service, visit our website: www.gfsignet.com • Or call (in the U.S.): (800) 854-4090

3-2551.090 Rev. F 02/07 English © George Fischer Signet, Inc. 2004 Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper

Ordering Information

Part Number Code

3-2551-V0-11 159 001 2573-2551-V0-12 159 001 259

3-2551-V1-11 159 001 2583-2551-V1-12 159 001 260

3-2551-V2-11 159 001 4503-2551-V2-12 159 001 451

3-2551-W0-11 150 001 2303-2551-W0-12 159 001 231

3-2551-W1-11 159 001 2323-2551-W1-12 159 001 233

3-2551-W2-11 159 001 4523-2551-W2-12 159 001 453

Part Number Code

3-2551-P0-11 159 001 1053-2551-P0-12 159 001 110

3-2551-P1-11 159 001 1063-2551-P1-12 159 001 111

3-2551-P2-11 159 001 1073-2551-P2-12 159 001 112

3-2551-T0-11 159 001 1083-2551-T0-12 159 001 113

3-2551-T1-11 159 001 1093-2551-T1-12 159 001 114

3-2551-T2-11 159 001 4483-2551-T2-12 159 001 449

Sensor Part No.3-2551

Sensor Body (Transducer) and electrodes/grounding ring materials - Choose one-P Polypropylene and 316L SS-T PVDF and Titanium-V PVDF and Hastelloy C-W PVDF and 316L SS

Pipe size - Choose one0 DN15 to DN100 (1/2 to 4 in.)1 DN125 to DN200 (5 to 8 in.)2 DN250 to DN300 (10 to 12 in.)

Display Options - Choose One-1 No Display

Output options - Choose One1 Frequency, Digital (S3L)2 4 to 20 mA output

3-2551 -P 0 -1 2 Example Part Number

UR01211-0M-00 Page 244 of 257

Page 248: Operation and Maintenance Manual

1www.gfsignet.com

2850 DryLoc™ Conductivity/Resistivity Sensor

‡ SIGNET

DescriptionThe 2850 Conductivity/Resistivity Sensorsprovide two-wire 4 to 20mA outputwithout the expense of local display andother luxuries available in full-featuredtransmitters. Eight 4 to 20mA outputranges for each electrode cell constant,plus the ability to invert each range, areselectable by the user in the field. Thesesophisticated sensors also provide S3L™(Signet Sensor Serial Link) digital inter-face, another example of leading-edgetechnology from +GF+ SIGNET.

Features• S3L™ Digital Interface• Two-wire 4 to 20mA

output with manyrange settings

• In-line integral mountand submersibleinstallation versions

• Automatic electrodecell constant recogni-tion (0.01, 0.10, 1.0,10.0)

• Automatic tempera-ture compensation

• DryLoc™ electrodeconnector

• Optional EasyCalwith automaticstandard test solutionrecognition

• Junction boxes forconvenient wiring

Applications• Water Treatment &

Water Quality Moni-toring

• Reverse Osmosis• Deionization• Demineralizer,

Regeneration & Rinse• Scrubber, Cooling

tower and BoilerProtection

• Aquatic Animal LifeSupport Systems

System Featuresa) 2850-1, -2 Sensor Electronicsb) DryLoc™ electrode connectorc) 2839-2842 DryLoc™ Conductivity/

Resistivity Electrodes (sold separately)d) S3L™ or 4 to 20mA Output (field

selectable)e) 2850-3, -4 Sensor Electronicsf) Extension pipe (customer supplied)g) 8052-1CR, -2CR Junction Box (sold

separately)

3-2850.099 (B - 3 /03)

The DryLoc™ electrode connector quicklyforms a robust assembly for submersibleand in-line installations. NEMA 4XJunction Boxes are integral parts of thein-line version and are available asaccessories for the submersible version.With the optional EasyCal feature, thedevices automatically recognize stan-dard conductivity test solution values forsimple field calibration.

a

b

c

f

e

d

g

d

2850

2839-2

x

2840-2

x

2841-2

x2842-2

x

2831

Sensor Options

Options

2850-12850-2

2850-32850-4

In-line Submersible

UR01211-0M-00 Page 245 of 257

Page 249: Operation and Maintenance Manual

2 www.gfsignet.com

WiringEasyCal Board shown here.

Dimensions

Installation

3-2839-2

3-2839-2D

136 mm/

5.6 in.

3-2841-2

3-2841-2D

64 mm/

2.5 in.

95 mm/

3.7 in.

3-2840-2

3-2840-2D

3-2842-2

3-2842-2D

52 mm/

2.1 in.

181 mm/

7.1 in.

94 mm/

3.7 in.

In-line Installation• Position the electrode to avoid entrap-

ment of air bubbles.• The preferred installation for in-line

applications directs flow straight intothe electrode.

• If the electrode is mounted vertically ina tee, do not recess the orifices insidethe tee. Mounting upside down mayhelp prevent air entrapment.

• An oversized tee or flow cell may behelpful for inline installations.

Submersible/Tank Installation• If installed in an aerated vessel,

ensure that the electrode is in astillwell to avoid entrapment of airbubbles.

• Select a location that will remain freeof sediment.

• To prevent moisture accumulation atthe cable-end of the electrode, fill thelower 3 to 4 in. of conduit or extensionpipe with a flexible sealant, such assilicone.

SW2

RunCalSW1

SW3

D1

OPEN

4 3 2 1 J1

V-

V+

Blk

Red

Wht

Grn

Brn

+

-

RS

RS

a) 4 to 20mA output range selection switchesb) Power and 4 to 20mA or S3L™ output terminal blockc) Push-button calibration (EasyCal option)d) S3L™ output interrupt (EasyCal option)e) LED indicator (EasyCal option)f) I/O terminal block to sensor electronics

Note: Maximum wire length between 2850-X and805X-XCR junction boxes is 4.5m (15 ft.)

a

b

c d

e

f

Shown with J-Boxaccessory 3-8052

Shown with 2850-3, -4(available with either 3/4 in. NPTor ISO 7-1/R 3/4 male threads)

Shown with2850-1,-2

UR01211-0M-00 Page 246 of 257

Page 250: Operation and Maintenance Manual

3www.gfsignet.com

SpecificationsGeneralCompatible Electrodes: +GF+ SIGNET 2839-2842

DryLoc™ CR ElectrodesOperational Range:

0.01 cell (2839-2X): 0.010 to 100µS0.10 cell (2840-2X): 1 to 1,000µS1 .0 cell (2841-2X): 10 to 10,000µS10.0 cell (2842-2X): 100 to 200,000µSTemperature: -10° to 85°C (14° to 185°F)

Materials/Shipping Weight:2850-1, -2 (in-line): PBT = 0.75kg (1 .75 lbs.)2850-3, -4 (submersible): CPVC = 0.64kg (1 .4 lbs.)

Temperature Compensation: AutomaticCable: 4.5m/15ft., 5-conductor shielded

22AWG (2850-3, -4)Optional EasyCalAutomatic recognition using the following cond. values:

10µS 1,000µS 50,000µS100µS 1,408.8µS* 100,000µS146.93µS* 5,000µS200µS 10,000µS500µS 12,856µS*

* = per ASTM D1125-95All other values are standard test solutions available from VWR Scientific.

ElectricalPower: 12 to 24VDC for 4 to 20mA output

5VDC ±5% regulated, 2mA max., for S3L™ output Reverse polarity and short circuit protected

Note: applied power determines output mode (S3L™ or 4 to 20mA)

Current Output• 2850-1, -2 (in-line): Field-selectable ranges• 2850-3, -4 (submersible): Full-scale fixed 4 to 20mA

dependent upon cell constant of electrode as follows:0.01 cell (2839-2X): 4 to 20mA = 0 to 100µS0.10 cell (2840-2X): 4 to 20mA = 0 to 1,000µS1 .0 cell (2841-2X): 4 to 20mA = 0 to 10,000µS10.0 cell (2842-2X): 4 to 20mA = 0 to 200,000µS

Use 8050-XCR and 8052-XCR accessory J-Boxes forfield-selectable ranges.

SW3 Switch Setting

#4 #3 #2 #1

O C C C

C C C C

O C C O

C C C O

O C O C

C C O C

O C O O

C C O O

O O C C

C O C C

O O C O

C O C O

O O O C

C O O C

O O O O

C O O O

C = closed O = open

0.01 Cell

10 to 20 MΩ

20 to 10 MΩ

2 to 10MΩ

10 to 2 MΩ

0 to 2 MΩ

2 to 0 MΩ

0 to 1µS

1 to 0µS

0 to 5µS

5 to 0µS

0 to 10µS

10 to 0µS

0 to 50µS

50 to 0µS

0 to 100µS

100 to 0µS

0.10 Cell

0 to 2µS

2 to 0µS

0 to 5µS

5 to 0µS

0 to 10µS

10 to 0µS

0 to 50µS

50 to 0µS

0 to 100µS

100 to 0µS

0 to 200µS

200 to 0µS

0 to 500µS

500 to 0µS

0 to 1,000µS

1,000 to 0µS

1 .0 Cell

0 to 20µS

20 to 0µS

0 to 50µS

50 to 0µS

0 to 100µS

100 to 0µS

0 to 500µS

500 to 0µS

0 to 1,000µS

1,000 to 0µS

0 to 2,000µS

2,000 to 0µS

0 to 5,000µS

5,000 to 0µS

0 to 10,000µS

10,000 to 0µS

10.0 Cell

0 to 200µS

200 to 0µS

0 to 500µS

500 to 0µS

0 to 1,000µS

1,000 to 0µS

0 to 5,000µS

5,000 to 0µS

0 to 10,000µS

10,000 to 0µS

0 to 50,000µS

50,000 to 0µS

0 to 100,000µS

100,000 to 0µS

0 to 200,000µS

200,000 to 0µS

Resistivity Ranges in BOLD

Switch #4 inverts the output: OPEN = 4 to 20mA, CLOSED = 20 to 4mA

Current Output (continued)Max Loop Resistance: 50Ω @ 12VDC

325Ω @ 18VDC600Ω @ 24VDC

Accuracy: ± 2% of full scaleResolution: 7µAUpdate rate: < 600mSError indication: 22mA

S3L™ OutputSerial ASCII, TTL level 9600 bpsAccuracy: (Conductivity) 2% of reading

(Temperature) ±0.5°CResolution: (Conductivity) <0.1% of reading

(Temperature) <0.07°CUpdate Rate: < 600mSAvailable Data: • Raw conductivity

• Calibrated conductivity• Calibrated temperature com- pensated conductivity• Temperature

Error Indication: Open input and out of rangediagnostics for conductivity andtemperature

Environmental• Storage Temp: -20° to 85°C (-4° to 185°F)• Operating Temp: -10° to 85°C (14° to 185°F)• Relative Humidity: 0 to 95%, non-condensing

(without electrode connected)• Enclosure Rating:

2850-1, -2 (in-line): NEMA 4X/IP65 with elec-trode connected2850-3, -4 (submersible): NEMA 6P/IP68 withelectrode and watertight conduit and/orextension pipe connected

Standards & Approvals• CE• Immunity: EN61326-1• Emissions: EN55011 Class A• Manufactured under ISO 9001

and ISO 14001

Field Selectable Ranges for 4 to20mA Operation

+GF+ SIGNET 2831

Conductivity

Certification Tool

0.01 Cell Constant

Simulates 1.0µS

and 2.5µS, ± 0.1µS

For use with+GF+ SIGNET 3-2850

Cond. / Res.Sensor Electronics.

Pictured on the left is the 2831 ConductivityCertification Tool and below is a samplecopy of the new label installed on each unit.

2.5 µS

1.0 µS

UR01211-0M-00 Page 247 of 257

Page 251: Operation and Maintenance Manual

4 www.gfsignet.com

Ordering InformationMfr. Part No. Code Description3-2850-1 159 000 783 In-line Sensor Electronics3-2850-2 159 000 784 In-line Sensor Electronics w/EasyCal3-2850-3 159 000 785 Submersible Sensor Electronics, 3/4 in. NPT male threads3-2850-4 159 000 857 Submersible Sensor Electronics, ISO 7-1/R 3/4 male threads

AccessoriesMfr. Part No. Code Description3-2831 159 000 888 Conductivity Certification Tool (for system

verification per USP requirements)3-2839-2 159 000 922 Cell 0.01, DryLoc™, 3/4 in. NPT3-2839-2D 159 000 924 Cell 0.01, DryLoc™, ISO 7/1-R 3/43-2840-2 159 000 787 Cell 0.1, DryLoc™, 3/4 in. NPT3-2840-2D 159 000 789 Cell 0.1, DryLoc™, ISO 7/1-R 3/43-2841-2 159 000 791 Cell 1 .0, DryLoc™, 3/4 in. NPT3-2841-2D 159 000 793 Cell 1 .0, DryLoc™, ISO 7/1-R 3/43-2842-2 159 000 795 Cell 10.0, DryLoc™, 3/4 in. NPT3-2842-2D 159 000 797 Cell 10.0, DryLoc™, ISO 7/1-R 3/43-2842.390 159 000 925 2842 Replacement Insulator w/FPM O-ring3-8050-1 159 000 753 Universal Mount Junction Box3-8050-1CR 159 000 889 Universal Mount J-Box w/CR Cell Ranges3-8050-2CR 159 000 802 Universal Mount J-Box w/CR EasyCal3-8052 159 000 188 3/4 in. Integral Mounting Kit3-8052-1 159 000 755 3/4 in. NPT Mount Junction Box3-8052-1CR 159 000 890 3/4 in. NPT Mount Junction Box w/CR Cell Ranges3-8052-2CR 159 00 803 3/4 in. NPT Mount Junction Box w/CR EasyCal3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid-tight Connector Kit, 1 set, 1/2 in. NPT3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid-tight Connector Kit, 1 set, PG 13.5

For more information on these products, please contact your local sales company:

‡ SIGNETSignet Scientific Company, 3401 Aerojet Avenue, El Monte, CA 91731-2882 U.S.A. • Tel. (626) 571-2770 • Fax (626) 573-2057

For Worldwide Sales and Service, visit our website: gfsignet.com • e-mail: [email protected]

Specifications subject to change without notice. All rights reserved. All corporate names and trademarks stated herein are the property

of their respective companies.

3-2850.099 (B-3/03) © 2003 by Signet Scientific Company printed in U.S.A.

A Georg Fischer Rohrleitungssysteme GmbH, Sandgasse 16, A-3130 Herzogenburg, Tel. 02782/56 43-0, Fax 02782/51 56

AUS George Fischer IPS Pty Ltd., 186-190 Kingsgrove Road, Kingsgrove, NSW 2208, Tel. 02 9554 3977, Fax 02 9502 2561

B/L Georg Fischer N.V./S.A., Digue du Canal 109-111 – Vaartdijk 109-111, B-1070 Bruxelles/Brussel, Tél. 02/556 40 20, Fax 02/524 34 26

BAR George Fischer Ltda Av. dos Nações Unidas, 21689 CEP 04795-100 - S.Paulo - SP Tel.: 155111 247 1311 Fax: 155111 247 6009

CH Georg Fischer Rohrleitungssysteme (Schweiz) AG, Amsler-Laffon-Strasse 1, Postfach, CH-8201 Schaffhausen, Tel. 052/6313026, Fax 052/63128 97

D Georg Fischer GmbH, Daimlerstraße 6, Postfach 1154, D-73093 Albershausen, Tel. 07161/302-0, Telex 727867, Fax 07161/302259

DK Georg Fischer A/S, Klintehøj Vænge 17, DK-3460 Birkerød, Tel. 42/811975, Fax 42/811622

E Georg Fischer S.A., Sistemas de tuber´ıas para la industria, Calle Isla de la Palma, 32 – Nave 1, E-28700 San Sebastián de los Reyes (Madrid),

Tel. 91/663 80 00, Fax 91/663 81 76

F George Fischer S.A., 105–113, rue Charles Michels, B.P.174, F-93208 Saint-Denis Cedex 1, Tél. 1/49 221341, Fax 1/4922 1300

GB George Fischer Sales Limited, Paradise Way, Coventry, CV2 2ST, Tel. 01203/53 55 35, Telex 3300 32, Fax 01203/53 04 50-51

I Giorgio Fischer S.p.A., Via Sondrio 1, I-20063 Cernusco S/N (MI), Agente generale di vendita Tufira S.r.I., Tel. 02/92 18 61, Fax 02/92 14 07 85

J Georg Fischer Ltd., 2-47, Shikitsuhigashi, 1-chome, Naniwa-ku, Osaka 556, Tel. 6/6482838, Telex 5 26 7785, Fax 6/648 25 65

N Georg Fischer A.S, Bygdøy Allé 23, Postboks 3223 Elisenberg, N-0208 Oslo 2, Tel. 22/44 4110, Fax 22/43 40 19

PRC Georg Fischer Piping Systems, Ltd., No. 218 Kang Qiao Dong Road, Pudong Shanghai 201319 Tel. 86 21 58 13 33 33, Fax 86 21 58 13 33 66

RA George Fischer Inc., Lavalle 2614, 1640 Martinez Buenos Aires, Tel. 01/798 74 01, Fax 01/798 40 74

NL Georg Fischer N.V., Lange Veenteweg 19, Postbus 35, NL-8160 AA Epe, Tel. 0578678222, Fax 0578621768

S/SF Georg Fischer AB, Box 113, S-12523 Älvsjö-Stockholm, Tel. 08/7274700, Fax 08/74923 70

SGP George Fischer Pte. Ltd., 15 Kaki Bukit Road 2, KB Warehouse Complex, SGP-417 845 Singapore/Singapore, Tel. 7 47 06 11, Fax 7 47 05 77

USA* George Fischer Inc., 2882 Dow Ave., Tustin, CA 92780-7285, Tel. 714/731-8800, Toll Free 800/854-40 90, Fax 714/7 31-46 88,

e-mail: [email protected], Internet: http://www.us.piping.georgefischer.com

*Serving North, Central, and South America

Engineering Specifications• The sensor shall provide 4 to 20mA or S3L™ (Signet Sensor Serial Link) outputs, and be available with ISO and

NPT threads for the submersible model and include a junction box with/without EasyCal for the in-line version.• The sensor shall be compatible with the 2839-2842 DryLoc™ Conductivity/Resistivity Electrodes and will recog-

nize cell constant inputs of 0.01, 0.10, 1 .0 and 10.0.• The sensor shall have an operating temperature of -10° to 85°C (14° to 185°F) and an accuracy of ±2% of

reading at 25°C.• The sensor shall have power requirements of 5VDC ±5% regulated for S3L™, and 12 to 24VDC for 4 to 20mA

current output, and shall meet CE requirements and be manufactured under ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 .• The sensor shall be +GF+ SIGNET Model 3-2850.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 248 of 257

Page 252: Operation and Maintenance Manual

96 www.gfsignet.com

Features• Designed for use with

2750 DryLoc™ Sensor• Foul-proof connector• Gold-plated contacts• Durable CPVC body• Self-cleaning flat ver- sions reduce risk of glass breakage• Large reference volume and solid polymer elec- trolyte• Temperature sensor included in pH electrodes• DI option for pure water• HF option for pH

Applications• Water & Wastewater

Treatment• Neutralization Systems• Scrubber Control• Effluent Monitoring• Surface Finishing• Heavy Metal Removal

and Recovery• Toxics Destruction• Sanitization Systems• Commercial Pools &

Spas• Aquatic Animal Life

Support Systems• Process Control

‡ SIGNET 2754-2757 DryLoc™ pH and ORP Electrodes

Description+GF+ SIGNET 275X DryLoc™ pH andORP Electrodes feature a unique con-nector designed specifically for use withthe 2750 Sensor Electronics (the robustconfiguration also supports the weightand torque associated with the installa-tion and operation of integral junctionboxes, and the EasyCal accessory).Rugged CPVC construction, large

Technical Featuresa) Foul-proof connector with gold-plated

contactsb) Keyed for a simple, sure fitc) Viton® O-rings (standard)d) Silicone-bushing seale) Secondary junction: Nylon filamentf) Ag/AgCl reference elementg) Platinum sensing surface (ORP) or pH

glassh) Primary junction: Porous UHMW

polyethylenei) PT-1000 RTD (pH only)j) Solidified acrylamide reference

electrolytek) Ag/AgCl measuring elementl) Large reference volumem) Epoxy sealn) Shieldingo) 10KΩ I.D. resistor (ORP only)

reference volume and intelligent position-ing of internal elements combine toextend the service-life of these depend-able and highly responsive electrodes.Flat versions allow sediment and par-ticles to sweep past the measurementsurface, minimizing risks of abrasion,breakage and coating.

ab

c

d

e

f

g

o

l

kj

i

h

n

m

c

3-27543-2754-HF3-2755

3-27563-2756-DI3-2757

UR01211-0M-00 Page 249 of 257

Page 253: Operation and Maintenance Manual

97www.gfsignet.com

Sensor MountingDimensions

Installation

1.06 in./F27 mm

1.06 in./F27 mm

1.4 in./F35.3 mm

2.9 in./F74 mm

4.3 in./F109 mm

0.72 in./F18 mm

0.72 in./F18 mm

4.6 in./F116 mm

1.4 in./F35.3 mm

3.2 in./F81 mm

3-2754 Flat pH3-2755 Flat ORP

3-2756 Bulb pH3-2757 Bulb ORP

275X Electrode F

mounted in fitting

Installation F

Fitting

2750-1 or -2F

Sensor Electronics

In-Line Installation Submersible InstallationTo prevent moisture accumulation at the cable-end of thepre amplifier, fill the lower 3 to 4 in. of conduit or exten-sion pipe with a flexible sealant, such as silicone.

2750-3 Submersibe F

Sensor Assembly

275X Electrode

ExtensionF

Pipe/WatertightF

Conduit CustomerF

Supplied

• Available in 1/2 in. to 4 in. sizesF

• PVC, CPVC w/solvent cement socketF

• PVDF and PP w/union end fittings

Plastic teesFF

PVC saddles• Available in 2 in. to 4 in. sizesF

• Requires 1-7/16 in. hole in pipe

• Available in 2 in. to 4 in. sizesF

• Requires 1-7/16 in. hole in pipe

Type Description

Iron F

strap-onF

saddles

Carbon steel F

weldolets

• Available in 2 in. to 4 in. sizesF

• Requires 1-7/16 in. hole in pipeF

• Install by certified welder only

• Available in 1/2 in. to 2 in. sizesF

• Female NPT ends

Carbon steel F

threaded tees

UniversalF

pipe adapters• Use for installation in pipes > 4 in. (1-1/4 in. NPT)F

• PVC, CPVC, or PVDF versionsF

• Specify socket or 1-1/4 inch NPT male threads

Type Description

Fitting Types for In-Line InstallationsRefer to Fittings section of +GF+ SIGNET catalog for a complete listing of part numbers.

F

30°30°

YES YES

NO

NONO

• It is recommended that you do not installstandard electrodes within 30° of horizontal.

• Special electrodes for horizontal or invertedinstallation are available - contact factory.

For pHInstallations

UR01211-0M-00 Page 250 of 257

Page 254: Operation and Maintenance Manual

98 www.gfsignet.com

Technical Data2754 and 2756 pH ElectrodesOperating Range 2754, 2756: 0 to 14 pHOperating Range 2754-HF: 0 to 12 pHTemperature:

2756: 0°C to 85°C (32° to 185°F)2754: 10° to 85°C (50° to185°F)2754-HF: 0° to 50°C (32° to 122°F)

Storage Temperature: > -12° C (11° F)Pressure: 6.89 bar @ 0°C (100 psi @ 32° to 149°F)

4.00 bar @ 85°C (58 psi @ 150° to 185°F)Pipe Size Range: 1/2 in. and up. Use +GF+SIGNET installation fittings from 0.5 to 4.0 in.

(use pipe adapter in pipes over 4 in.) Vertical mounting ±60° required.Submersion with 3-2750 sensor requires 3/4 in. NPT or ISO 7-1/R 3/4 male threadedextension pipe.

Temperature Sensor: PT-1000 (1096.8Ω = 25°C)Response Time, τ =140 secs. (2754), 196 secs. (2756)

Wetted Materials: CPVC BodyGlassFPM - Viton® O-ringsPorous UHMW Polyethylene (Primary reference junction)

Reference: Electrolyte: Solidified Acrylamide Gel3.5M KCI (2754, 2754-HF, 2756)0.1 M KCl (2756-DI)Secondary junction: Nylon filamentElement: Ag/AgCl

Primary Functions: 2754: Flat surface resists fouling2756: Bulb surface for general use2754-HF: Extended use in applications with trace hydrofluoric acid (<2%)2756-DI: Extended use in pure waters (< 100 µS)

Efficiency: >97% @ 25°C (77° F)pH Response Time: < 5 secs. for 95% of signal change (for flat and bulb style electrodes)Shipping Weight: 0.25 kg (0.55 lb)

2755/2757 ORP ElectrodesOperating Range: ORP: ±2,000 mVOperating Temperature/Pressure:

6.89 bar @ 0°C (100 psi @ 32° to 149° F)4.00 bar @ 85°C (58 psi @150° to 185°F)

Storage Temperature: > -12° C (11° F)Pipe Size Range: 1/2 in. and up. Use +GF+ SIGNET installation fittings from 1/2 to 4 in. (use

pipe adapters in pipes over 4 in.) Submersion with 3-2750 sensor requires 3/4 in. NPTor ISO 7-1 /R 3/4 in. male threaded extension pipe.

Efficiency: > 97% @ 25°C (77 °F)ORP Response Time: Application dependentMaterials: CPVC Body

GlassFPM-Viton® O-ringsPorous UHMW Polyethylene (Primary reference junction)Platinum sensing surface

Reference: Electrolyte: Solidified Acrlyamide Gel = 3.5M KCLSecondary junction: Nylon filamentElement: Ag/AgCl

Primary Functions: 2755: Flat surface resists fouling2757: Bulb surface for general use

Shipping Weight: 0.25 kg (0.55 lb)

Graph applies to bothpH and ORP sensors

503

PSIBAR

50

122

75

167

25

77

0 10

32 50

252

755

1007

°F°C

2754 m

in.

2754-H

F m

ax.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 251 of 257

Page 255: Operation and Maintenance Manual

99www.gfsignet.com

Engineering Specifications• The electrode shall have a foul-proof connector with gold-plated contacts.• The electrode connector shall be keyed for simple, sure connection.• The electrode body shall be constructed of CPVC.• The electrode shall have flat measuring glass or include guard.• The electrode shall have solidified acrylamide, solid polymer reference electrolyte.• The electrode shall have a double UHMW reference junction.• The pH reference element shall be placed opposite the TC element for accurate temperature compensation.• The electrode shall be equipped for either in-line or submersible installation using manufacturer supplied hardware.• Optional: 3-2754-HF The electrode shall be supplied with a measuring glass formulation resistant to chemical

attack from hydrofluoric acid/fluoride ions.• The electrode shall indicate month and year of manufacture.

Ordering InformationMfr. Part No. Code Description3-2754 159 000 747 Flat pH Electrode3-2754-HF 159 000 748 Flat pH Electrode, HF Resistant3-2755 159 000 749 Flat ORP Electrode3-2756 159 000 750 Bulb pH Electrode3-2756-DI 159 000 751 Bulb pH Electrode, DI Resistant3-2757 159 000 752 Bulb ORP Electrode3-2750-1 159 000 744 In-line Sensor Electronics w/Junction Box3-2750-2 159 000 745 In-line Sensor Electronics w/Junction Box & Local EasyCal3-2750-3 159 000 746 Submersible Sensor Electronics

AccessoriesMfr. Part No. Code DescriptionP31515-0P200 159 000 630 Universal Pipe Adapter PVCP31515-0C200 159 000 631 Universal Pipe Adapter CPVCP31515-0V200 159 000 459 Universal Pipe Adapter PVDF3-0700.390 198 864 403 pH Buffer Kit3-2759 159 000 762 pH/ORP Simulator/System Tester3-2759.391 159 000 764 Adapter Cable for use w/27501220-0021 198 801 186 O-ring, FPM (standard)1224-0021 198 820 006 O-ring, EPR1228-0021 198 820 007 O-ring, Kalrez®

pH

ORP

A

B

D

C

E

F

G

2759 pH/ORP System Tester SpecificationsA) Power OFF ButtonB) Output simulation buttons and indicators. Simulate pH

and ORP output at five fixed values: pH 4, pH 7, pH 10,-700 mV and +700 mV. Pressing one of these buttonsturns the 2759 on.

C) Low battery indicatorD) High Ω switch: Adds 1000 MΩ resistance in series with

output. Simulates high impedance of pH electrodes.Used to verify proper preamplifier operation.

E) 3-2759.391: Adapter cable for use with 2750F) 3-2759.390: Bypass adapter cable (included with 2759)G) Mode selector switch: Trigger automatic sensor

recognition software in +GF+ SIGNET pH/ORPinstrumentation.

Kalrez® is a registered trademark of DuPont Dow Elastomers.

UR01211-0M-00 Page 252 of 257

Page 256: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 253 of 257

Page 257: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 254 of 257

Page 258: Operation and Maintenance Manual

UR01211-0M-00 Page 255 of 257

Page 259: Operation and Maintenance Manual

HUARA P R O J E C T # U R 0 1 2 1 1

O & M

Section

12

LOG SHEETS

UR01211-0M-00 Page 256 of 257

Page 260: Operation and Maintenance Manual

REVERSE OSMOSIS OPERATING LOG

OPERATOR:

TRAIN#

DESIGN SHIFT 1 SHIFT 2 SHIFT3

DATE

TIME

OPERATION HOURS

PRES

SUR

E (P

SIG

)

FEED STAGE 1

FEED STAGE 2

PERMEATE STAGE 1

PERMRATE STAGE 2

CONCENTRATE

P (P

SID

) CARTRIDGE

STAGE 1

STAGE 2

FLO

W (G

PM) FEED

PERMEATE STAGE 1

PERMEATE STAGE 2

CONCENTRATE

RECOVERY(%)

CO

ND

UC

TIVI

TY (M

s/m

)

FEED

PERMEATE STAGE 1

PERMEATE STAGE 2

CONECTRATE STAGE 1

COMBINED PERMEATE

CONCENTRATE STAGE 2

SALT PASSAGE (%)

Ph

RAW WATER

FEED

CONCENTRATE

PERMEATE

FEED

CL2 (MG/L)

SDI

TURBIDITY (NTU)

TEMPERATURE ©

AC

ID

LEVEL

REFILL (I)

CONSUMPTION (G/M3)

INH

IBIT

OR LEVEL

REFILL(I)

CONSUMPTION (G/M3)

NO

RM

ALI

SED

PERMEATE FLOW (GPM) STAGE 1

PERMEATE FLOW (GPM) STAGE 2

SALT PASSAGE (%)

REMARKS

UR01211-0M-00 Page 257 of 257